& ^ / CORNELL UNIVERSITY.
i^3S>
16? >- THE
THE GIFT OF
ROSWELL p. FLOWER
FOR THE USE OF
THE N. Y. STATE VETERINARY COLLEGE.
1897
RA 847.H3ri892''''''''''''*'^^
^m?mSmm^l^:S}"*'"^'°" Of disease
Cornell University
Library
The original of tiiis book is in
tine Cornell University Library.
There are no known copyright restrictions in
the United States on the use of the text.
http://www.archive.org/details/cu31924000294516
THE GEOGRAPHICAL DISTRIBUTION
OP
DISEASE
IN
GREAT BEITAIN
THE GEOGRAPHICAL DISTRIBUTION OF DISEASES
MAPS OP THU &EOLOfrT AUD GOinaURATIOir OF THE EIGLISH LAKE DISTRICT,
CTJMBERLAlSfD AUD WESTMORLAND,
BY ALFRED HAVILAND, M.R.C.S.E., &c.
3'Vf.I.oiL|.
GEOLOGICAL
MAP.
CONTOUR
MAP.
' UxfJy S- T.
60"
INDEX OF COLOURS.
■Hh^
gi
f ^
54'y.Iiat
i4
da
dl
_54.'N.l«t.
1)7
T)«
Fsl)2
1)2
GRAN ITE
Scale, i:760.320
LIAS Whitehave
SAND
KIRKLINTONlSTONEjl
SfBeesBeail,
ST BEES sandstone'
RED MARLS.
PERMIAN.
coal measures.
millstone grit,
yoredale sd.st.
carboniferous
limestone.
basement beds
(conglomerate)
ludlow beds
stockdale slates
ooniston grits.
IcoNisTON limestone.
volcanic series of
borrowdale.
SKIDDAW SLATES.
INLAND BOUNDARY
NORTH PENNINE CHAIN)
ABOVE lOOO FEET
BETWEEN 500&I000
250 & 500
] BELOW 250 FEET
54-SXiit
S-HTLcg.
S.T.-SEA TEMPERATURE.
SWAN SONNENSCHEIN 4 C? LONDON.
M A C L U rt E & ^, Ln rt , LO fi J N .
THE GEOGRAPHICAL DISTRIBUTION
OF
DISEASE
IN
GEEAT BEITAIN
BY
ALFEED gAVILAND
MElffBEE OF THE HOTAI, COLLEGE OF SUEGEONS OF ENGLAND; FELLOW OP THE EOYAL MEDICAL AND
CUIBUBGICAL SOCIETY, LONDON"; FELLOW OK THE SANITAET INSTITUTE OP GEEAT BEITA[N; LlTIl
LECTIJEBE ON *'tHE GEOGBAPHICAL DISTBIBTJTION OF DISEASE*' IN ST. THOilAS'S HOSPITAL,
LONDON; AUTHOR OP " CLIMATE, WEATHEB, AND DISEASE," "tHE GEOGBAPHICAL
DISTEIBDTIOW OF HEAET DI8EABB, CANCHE AND PHTHISIS IN
ENGLAND AND WALES," ETC., ETC., ETC., ETC.
SECOND EDITION
LONDON
SWAN SONNENSCHEIN & CO.
1892
BonBn & TilfKEB,
The Selwood PniHTiwa Wobks,
PjioaiE, AND London.
No tF3
1 6f^
THIS PART IS
DEDICATED,
HIS PEEMISSK
SIR JAMES PAGET, BART., E.R.S.,
SERGEANT-SUEGEON TO HER MAJESTY THE QUEEN;
SURGEON TO HIS ROYAL HIGHNESS THE PRINCE OF WALES ;
D.C.L. OXON ; LL.D. CANTAB. AND EDIN. ; CONSULTING SURGEON TO
ST. Bartholomew's hospital, etc. ; whose name
WILL EYER STAND PRE-EMINENT IN THE
HISTORY OF PATHOLOGY
AND SURGERY,
WITH SINCERE RESPECT AND ESTEEM,
BY
THE AUTHOR.
PREFACE.
WHEN tlie publication of this second edition was first proposed,
it was my intention to divide equally the materials of the
first edition among the several parts of its successor, with such addi-
tions as had accrued since 1875. On reviewing, however, the material
that had accumulated since the issue of the First Edition, it was con-
sidered advisable to condense within this Part all the facts and the
propositions based upon them contained in the original work, so as
to leave the succeeding parts, devoted to the principal river-basins
of Great Britain, entirely free for the discussion of the new statistical
material and the local facts connected with the natural history of
certain diseases. Hence the delay in the issue of Part I., and the
increase in the size of this volume.
In the first edition I had simply to describe some remarkable and
hitherto undiscovered facts in the natural history of disease, and
place before my readers the physical, geological, climatological, and
other facts which were coincident with certain well-defined mani-
festations in the geographical distribution of cancer, phthisis, and
heart disease.
In this second edition my function is enlarged, if not exalted, for
it becomes my duty, not only to add the results of ten years more
deaths (1861-70) to those I first published (1851-60), but to show how
the later disease-facts agree with the earlier, and how by their so do-
ing the geographical manifestations, which were once only spoken of
as coincident with certain other facts connected with the local soils
and climates, may now be regarded as having a closer and more
clearly-defined relationship.
Had the geographical distribution of deaths from Cancer, Phthisis,
or Heart Disease throughout England and Wales during 1861-70
differed in any essential character from that observed during the
preceding decade, 1851-60, I would not have embarked on the costly
undertaking of which this volume forms the first part. The same
field, however, that I surveyed in 1868 with the death-roll of 1851-60
from these causes in hand, I have again carefully gone over, and
studied it by the light of the later list of killed occurring during
1861-70, and have found that in the 630 districts, into which Eng-
viii Preface.
land and Wales are divided for the registration of deaths, it was as
easy to discover in which the contests were severest with either of
the above disease foes, and in which resistance was either more suc-
cessful or the enemy in smaller force. The maps of these two sepa-
rate campaigns had then only to be laid side by side to demonstrate
the facts, that the fields of the deadliest struggles with either Cancer,
Phthisis, or Heart Disease in the 1851-60 campaign were identical,
in the majority of cases, with those marked on the map for 1861-70 ;
and that the least deadly fields of the earlier corresponded with
those of the later decenniad.
The fact, therefore, being established, that in certain well-defined
areas throughout England and Wales, Cancer, Phthisis, and Heart
Disease had for twenty years consecutively caused high death rates,
whilst in other equally well-defined areas they had failed to exceed
their average death-rate in the country, it is evident that if we de-
sire to search for the causes of this unequal but apparently fixed
distribution, we must no longer be contented with the mere state-
ment that certain geographical facts in the distribution of disease
are coincident with certain other facts connected with the soil and
atmosphere, for the time has arrived when the cause of the disease
itself must be thoroughly investigated, and its relation to the soil
and the atmosphere ascertained.
This is no new research, for it originated in the great medical
school of Cos, which flourished more than 300 B.C., and had published
before that early date the remarkable work entitled " On Airs,
Waters, and Places," in which were embodied the principles, on
which their disciples should investigate the relations between disease
and man's surroundings : these surroundings being the air, the
water, and the soil.
Up to within a very brief period the results of such researches
have only been used empirically by the medical practitioner, for the
conditions of soil and air that were discovered to be associated with
the existence of certain diseases within their reach, could only be
regarded in the light of coincident conditions ; whilst the latent verx
causes, remained unrevealed.
Since 1868, however, when I first announced (a) that Cancer was
more fatal among women in clayey fiooded areas than on elevated
calcareous soils; (6) that Heart Disease and Rheumatism were more
fatal in the unventilated valley-system of England and Wales than
in the open areas freely exposed to the prevailing winds and sun-
shine ; (c) and that those tainted with Phthisis succumbed readily to
the full blast of prevailing winds ; the powerful aid of the microscope
has been invoked, and in some specific forms of diseases has detected
flagrante delicto some of these long hidden verce causae at their deadly
work. True, the hidden cause of Cancer still baffles the most expert
microscopist; so did the cause of Tuberculosis and many another
pathogen in times gone by; the cause too of the Rheumatism that is
Preface. i.\
at tlie root of our national Heart Diseasej still remains undetected in
the malarial miasm of tlie pent-up valley, where death from cardiac
and other affections of the circulatory organs abounds.
With the increase of facts and the corroboration they brought of
the views set forth in the first edition, a desire has gradually been
spreading to see the coincidences on which certain propositions have
been based, explained by the light of a more thorough investigation
of all that connects the blood and cellular structure of the human
bodies with their environment.
Eobert Gordon Latham, in his work on "The Varieties of the
Human Species," says : " Every one knows not only that there are
such men and women as negroes and whites, and that there are such
things as warm and cold climates, but also that, as a general rule, the
negro comes from a hot, the white from a temperate country. To
know this leads to the admission that certain physical differences
connected with the earth's surface exercise a certain amount of
influence upon the human organization; though whether it be great
or whether it be small, whether it be sufficient or insujB&cient to
account for all the varieties of our species is another question. One
thing alone is certain : viz., that there is sometldng in soil, climate,
and nutrition." Now in that " sometldng " we expect to find the link
connecting the earth's airs, waters, and soils with our bodies.
Before, however, entering upon such an investigation, these
geological and meteorological factors must be studied carefully in
every district, the diseases of which are more or less due to in-
digenous causes, or to exotic causes that find congenial soils and
other surroundings within them.
Such a subject as disease distribution cannot progress without
many workers. I have therefore endeavoured in this edition to
facilitate the investigations of local observers by giving as fully as
possible details in my chapters on the physical geography, geology,
and meteorology of the area discussed in this part.
I am much indebted to Mr. Eobert Eussell, F.G.S., late of H.M.
Geological Survey, for the great assistance he so kindly afforded me
in the construction of the geological map. In the chapter on
meteorology the well-known name of George James Symons, P.E.S.,
stands out prominently, as it should do, for no one has worked more
laboriously or successfully than he has done in the field of British
meteorology. To Dr. Alexander Buchan, M.A., I am also much
indebted for the valuable aid his reports on mean temperature, wind
direction, and barometric pressure in the British Isles, have afforded
me.
Finally, I must heartily thank those who have helped me with
their special knowledge of some of the subjects treated in this part,
amongst whom are Dr. John Beddoe, F.E.S.; Chancellor Eichard
S. Ferguson, M.A., F.S.A.; W. Eoger Williams, F.E.G.S.; H. B.
Woodward, F.G.S., whose admirable work on "The Geology of Eng-
X Preface.
land and Wales," I have extensively quoted; William Marriott, Sec.
F.E. Met. Society j to tlie artist at the Lithographic Establishment,
who bestowed so much care on the geological, contour, and disease
maps ; to Mr. Joseph Martindale, who supplied me with a list of the
limestone plants in the Lake District; and to Mr. Edward Best,
P.G.S., and his colleagues at the Geological Survey Office, whose
ever ready help has been freely accorded to me, not only whilst this
work was in hand but for many years previously.
To Mr. Henry T. Butlin, P.E.C.S., Surgeon to St. Bartholomew's
Hospital, I shall always feel indebted, not only for the kind interest
he has felt in this work, but for his impartial and valuable report
to the Collective Investigations Committee of the British Medical
Association, on that part of the first edition which related to cancer.
The temporary loss of the whole of the manuscript of the chapter
on the Physical Geography of the Cumbrian and Lake District con-
tributed to the delay, as it had to be rewritten. When this had
been done, the missing sheets were returned to me by post.
Medical Geography, studied in connection with geology, climato-
logy, and physical geography, offers a wide field to the student of
etiology, which must be well cultivated if he would study success-
fully that most essential branch of the natural history of disease.
In the Appendix will be found some data which will be of service
to those who propose carrying on the investigations in Cumberland,
Westmorland, and the Lake District; and should the observer pro-
ceed to mapping, the skeleton sanitary diagrams of the counties issued
by the Ordnance Survey Office, will materially assist him. These
skeleton maps are on a scale of four miles to one inch, and they
contain the boundary lines of all the civil parishes which are in-
cluded in this Appendix. Each registration district is well defined,
as in the small maps illustrating this work, the boundaries of which
can be transferred to blank paper and then coloured according to
scale.
For the preparation of the Index I am mainly indebted to the kind
help of Mr. R. H. Skaife, Editor (for the Surtees Society) of "Kirkby's
Inquest of Yorkshire."
The classical work of Professor James Geikie, D.C.L., P.R.S.,
" The Great Ice Age," has been of signal service to the author, for
which he desires to render his best acknowledgment.
Whilst these pages were going through the press, geology sus-
tained a severe loss by the death of Sir Andrew C. Eamsay, from
whose work on the "Physical Geography and Geology of Great
Britain," I have extensively quoted, and will still continue to quote
in the future parts of this work.^
A. H.
' Part TI. "The Climatology, Geology, and Disease Distribution of the Basin
of the Thames," will be published next.
CONTENTS.
T, PAGE
Preface ^jj
Inteoduction 3
CHAPTER I.
Early experiences of weather and disease — The cholera in 1849— Effects of
calms and winds on — Dr. Parr — Schonbein and ozone, 1848 — Hippocrates —
" Climate, "Weather, and Disease" — Boudin — Littre— Dr. Parr's Pirst Sup-
plement for 1861-60— "Hurried to Death " — Eailway Travelling — Dr.
Druitt— Pirst edition of this work— Major Graham, Dr. Parr, Capt. Clode
— Calms and Cholera — Hingeston — Hippocrates on Pestilence — The impor-
tance of the great river inlets — How they first directed the course of the
earliest invasion by animals and by man himself — English Channel — Pro-
fessor James Geikie — The inlets around the English and Welsh coasts —
Sir Archibald Geikie on Britain joined to the Continent and its subsequent
isolation — Glacial period — Advent of man — The importance of the river
valleys in the study of disease-distribution — Their relation to the medical
geography of heart disease, cancer, and phthisis . . . . p. 6
CHAPTER II.
The facts, and the propositions based upon them, relating to the geographical
distribution of heart disease, cancer among females, and phthisis among
females, in the Divisions, Counties and Districts of England and Wales,
and in the Counties of Cumberland, Westmorland, and the Lake District,
contained in the first edition of this work, published in 1875 . . p. 12
CHAPTER III.
Area Defined — Size — Compared with Others — Natural boundary System the
best— Vagabond parts of Counties and Districts — Prance more naturally
Divided — Isle of Man — Sheadings — Local Government Board and County
Councils — Average size of English, Welsh, Scotch, and Irish Counties —
The Boundaries of the Area — The Coastal Boundary — Coastal Parishes and
Townships — Their Poreshores and Tidal Waters — Sir A. C. Ramsay and
submarine Denudation — Poreshores — Coastal Townships and Parishes —
Poreshores and Populations — Length of Coastal Boundary — Poreshores and
Sea-inlets — Percentage of Coastal to District Populations — Inland Bound-
ary — Districts and Parishes on the Line — Length and Breadth of Area —
Length of Area — Porm — Mean level of Coastal Parishes — Course of the
Inland Boundary Line — Mean Height of the Inland Boundary Line along
Scotland, Northumberland, Durham, Yorkshire, and Lancashire — Mean
Height of the Border District Parishes — Percentage of the Border Popula-
tion to that of the Border Districts y. 41
xii Contents.
CHAPTER IV.
The Great Transverse Eidge— Hippocrates and Water-partings — Direction of
Central Water-parting — Course described on District Map — Western End
of Ridge— Central Portion— Eastern End of Ridge— Eiffel Tower— The
English Lake Area — Boundaries of Lake Districts — Inland Boundary Line
of Lake District — Coastal Boundary Line — Hydrography of the Area —
Rivers and Aspects— Inland Waters — Lakes — Their Areas — Lake Parishes
— Percentage of Lake Populations — Free and Imprisoned Waters con-
trasted—Cascades, Torrents, and Lakes— Their Life-giving Waters — Floods
— Their Impurity and Power for Evil — Southey's Lines on Lodore — Floods
and Local Climates— Effect on Health f • 58
CHAPTER V.
SECTION I.
The Registration Districts of Cumberland, Westmorland, and the Lake District
— Their Number, Names, and Boundaries — Hydrography — Rivers and
Lakes — Table of Rivers' Length — Area of Catchment Basins — Sources —
The Relation of Rivers to the Registration Districts — Longtown, Sark, Esk,
Liddel, Lines — Wigion, Wampool, Waver — Gochermoutli, Ellen, Derwent —
Whiteliaven, Ehen, Calder — Bootle, Irt, Mite, Esk, Buokbarrow-Beck — Dud-
don — JJlverston, Coniston Water and Leven — Kendal, Kent, Lune — East
Ward, Eden and Lune — West Ward, Lowther and Eamont — Penrith, Eden,
Petterill — Brampton, Irthing — Carlisle, Eden, Petterill, Calder — Alston, The
South Tyne — Rivers and Inland Ventilation — Tidal Wave — Catchment
Basins — Gravitation of Water and the Slope of the Land — Aspect — Hippo-
crates — How a River-valley should be studied — Its Trend or Axis — The
Aspects of its Sides — The Eden — The Direction of its Axis — The Aspects
of the Sides of its Valley — Prevailing Winds — Their Relations to the Eden
Valley — Summary of the Courses of the Rivers in each District . p. 70
SECTION II.
The Lalees in the Cumbrian Area.
Divided into four Areas. — I. The Nortk-Western — Ennerdale Water — Butter-
mere —Crummock Water — Lowes Water — Derwent Water — Bassenthwaite
Water — Thirlmere — Their Affluents and Tarns — II. The North Eastern —
Ulles Water— Hawes Water— Their Affluents and Tarns — III. The South-
Eastern — Kentmere — Windermere — The Affluents, Lakes, and Tarns of the
latter, viz. of Grasmere, Rydal Water, Elter Water, Esthwaite Water, etc.
— IV. The Soutli- Western — Coniston Water — Burnmoor Tarn — Eskdale —
Wast Water ^'^ 83
CHAPTER VL
The Physical Geogkaphy or the Aeea.
Description of the Contour Map — Contour Lines — Isotherms — Isobars — Con-
tour Maps — Black Combe, Mr. Penning— The Principal Mountain Masses
Contents. xiii
of the Cumbrian Area— I. The Sca/ell— II. The Relvellyn—III. The SUd-
daw — IV. The Blade Gomhe — V. The Bewcasile — "VI. Tlie Edenside — The
Scafell — The Radiating Ridges of the Scafell Mountain Mass — 1. Tlie
Western — 2. The North-Western — 3. The Northern — 4. The North-E astern—
5. The South-Eastern — 6. The Southern — and 7. The South- We stern — 1. The
Western Ridge — 2. The North-Wesiern Ridge — 3. The Northern Ridge — 4.
The North-Eastern Ridge — Minor Heights to West of Windermere — De-
scription of the View from Orrest Head — 6. The ^South-Eastern Ridge — 6.
The Southern Ridge — 7. The South-Westem Ridge — Recapitulation — 1. Wes-
tern Ridge — 2. The North-Western Ridge — 3. The Northern Ridge — 4 The
North-Eastern Ridge — 5. The South-Eastern Ridge — 6. The Southern Ridge
— 7. The South-Western Ridge p. 91
CHAPTER VII.
The Geology op Cumberland, Westmorlaxd, and the Lake Distkict.
Description of the ' Geological Map of Cumberland, Westmorland and the Lake
District — Explanation of the Index of the Colours and Signs employed —
The same as used by the Geological Survey of Great Britain — Authoi-s
Referred to in this Chapter : Mr. Robert Russell, P.G.S.— Mr. J. G. Good-
child, P.G.S.— Mr. H. B. Woodward, F.G.S.— Formations Found within the
Area — Formations not Pound within it. Brief History of the Formations —
Sedimentary. Volcanic and Glacial — Topography of Formations — Their
Relation to the Five Great Mountain Masses — To the Several Registration
Districts — To the Valleys and Lakes — The Geological and Contour Maps
Compared — What Horizontal Sections Teach us — Rock Structure and
Scenery— Rock Structure and the Water-Partings— Sir Andrew C. Ramsay
on Lake Basins — Rock Structure and Cascades — Sandstones, Claystones
and Limestones — Their Respective Functions in Connection with Animal
Life — Protection, Alimentation, and Reproduction — Their Alternative
Sequence P- 139
CHAPTER VIIL
Population — Race.
Introductory— Populations of Civil Parishes and Townships— Necessity of keep-
ing the Statistics of Males and Females Separate— Populations at different
Age-Periods — Appendix — Former Inhabitants of Area — Racial Character-
istics Men of the Rough and Sharp Stone Period— Men of the Smooth
Stone Period — Professor James Geikie— Dr. John Evans, F.R.S.— Chancellor
Ferguson— Early History of Cumberland and the North of England— Long
Barrows— The Old Lakes of Eden— The Two Races— Dolicocephalic— Bra-
chycephalic— Dr. John Beddoe, F.R.S. — The Scandinavian Element in the
Place Names— The Isle of Man the Source of Norwegians— The Norse
Element in the Place Names of the Civil Parishes— Percentage of Norse
Element— Canon Isaac Taylor— A. W. Moore— Isle of Man— The Lake
District— Iceland— Dr. Beddoe's Opinions— The Colour of Byes and Hair—
The Proclivity to Phthisis— Cancer— Summary of Tables as to the Preva-
lence of certain Prevailing Colours in Eyes and Hair . . .p. 211
xiv Contents.
CHAPTEE IX.
Local Meteorology and Climatology.
Atmosphere and. Ciirrents — Prevailing "Winds — Irish Sea — Isle of Man — Cum-
brian Coast well Air-flushed — Moore on Manx "Winds — Dr. A. Buohan on
Prevailing "Winds of Scotland— Force of "Wind and Phthisis — Horizontal
and Vertical Deflection of "Winds — Scarborough — North Devon — St. Bees
Head — "Wind-force Fatal to the Consumptive — "Winds and Malaria — The
Importance of a Knowledge of Winds to the Medical Practitioner — Malarial
Rheumatism and Heart Disease — "Winds from the Sea — Direction of Coastal
River- Valleys — Monthly Prevalence — "Winds from the Land — Inland
Natural Boundary — Protective Influence of — Alston Outside it — Easterly
Winds Passing over Barrier get Purifled — The Greek Ether and Air —
Zeus — The Helm Wind — Cloud-caps— .aSacas—Oros — Mr. William Mar-
riott's Report on " The Helm Wind " — The Importance of Studying Cur-
rents of Air in Lee-ward Valley Systems — Local Climates — The Rainfall
— Mr. Symons' List of Stations and Approximate Mean Rainfall at each
— Rainfall and Altitude — Distribution of Rain — Wasdale and Borrowdale
— Isle of Man and Scotland — Influence of Concussion — Entanglement —
Kendal, Mr. Isaac Taylor, F.R.S., Average Twenty Tears — Mr. Fletcher —
" Symons' British Rainfall " — Mr. Symons on the Rainfall in the Lake
District — Table Illustrating his Remarks — Mr. Benn — Quinquennial Periods
— Table of Monthly Rainfall — Maximum and Minimum Rainfall — Tempera-
ture, Dewpoint, Rainfall, and Wind — Table — Seasons — Temperature and
Rainfall — Mr. G. J. Symons, F.R.S. — His Ratio of the Rainfall in Twenty-
two Years to Mean of whole Period 1845-1866— Table— Table of Rainfall
— Monthly Percentages at Twenty Stations in the Lake District — Mr.
Frederic Gaster — Mean Monthly "V'alues — Tables — Rainfall in 1868 — Ulls-
water— Haweswater — Western Lake District — Compared with the Eastern
— Table — Altitude and 1868 Rainfall — General Conclusions — Sun — Sunishine
Observations — Mean Temperatures, etc. — Deaths by Lightning — Barometer
—The Climate of the Microphyte p. 227
CHAPTER X.
SECTIOlir I.
DisTKiBUTiox OP Disease.
The Diseases selected — The Geographical Distribution of Cancer — History of
Investigation, 1868 — Series of papers in The Lancet, 1888 — Infrequency of
Cancer in the Lake District, 1890 — Paper at Congress of Hygiene, 1890 —
Clays and Limestones — The Defective Supplement of the Present Registrar-
General— Dr. Farr's Supplements 1851-60 and 1861-70— Death-rates —
Death-rates (female) at diiferent Age-periods — Influence of Sex in Disease
— Dr. Rogers Williams — General Table of New Growths — Table showing
the Organs principally affected by Cancer, and relative frequency in — Per-
centage of cases of Mammary and Uterine Cancer — Geographical Distribu-
tion of Cancer among Females — Description of the Maps — Index of Colours,
and scales of Death-rates— Map I. "All ages"— Map II. "At and above 35
years " — Cancer in the Registration District — Group of Low Mortality —
Contents. xv
Group of 'Higlh Mortality — Great Transverse Eidge — Death-rates in Cumber-
land, Westmorland, and part of Lancashire — Distribution of Cancer among
Males — Table of Death-rates from Cancer at different Age-periods, Males
and Females — Low Mortality Group — Scale of Death-rates for the two
sexes — High Mortality Group (Males) — Male Death-rates in Wigton —
Crescentic form of Low Mortality Group — -Physical Facts in Low Mortality
Group — Limestone — High Mortality Group — Glacial Clay — Valley Systems
— Eden and Derwent Floods — Summary of Coincident Diseases and Physical
Facts — Mixed Populations — An Epitome of Disease-facts during the 30
years 1851-1880 — Cancer as a Cause of Death, irrespective of Sex — Table
showing Mean Death-rates during the three Decennial Periods, 1861-60,
1861-70, and 1871-80 — Eemarks on Table — The same coincident facts not
confined to the Cumbrian and Lake Area — Extracts from a recent paper on
the Influence of Clays and Limestones on the Medical Geography of
Cancer p. 286
SECTION II.
The two Sets of Facts require to be Linked — Their practical Value even with-
out being so — 1868, when the Geographical Distribution of Cancer was first
Announced — The Study of Specific Causes — A brief Resume of Discoveries
in Bacteriology — Ehrenberg, 1828 — Yeast — Cagniard Latour — 1837 —
Schwann — Zymotic Diseases — Dr. William Bndd — Typhoid Fever — Sir
Thomas Watson — Sir John Simon, 1860— Cause of Inflammation — Dr.
Burden Sanderson— Contagium — Professor Hallier — Dr. Klein — Microphy-
tology — Grouping of Fungi — Ehrenberg — Cohn's Classification— Schizo-
mycetes — Billroth— Lankester — Klebs — Nageli -^ Cryptogams — Phanero-
gams — Ancestors of Fungi — Mycelium of Carboniferous Age — Professor
Williamson — Habitat of Microphytes — Fliigge— Flooded Lands and Sapro-
phytes — Tropical Climates — Dr. Koch — Cholera Bacillus — Increase of
Cancer — Progress of Agriculture — Drainage and Sewerage — Floods in-
creasingly Foul — Soil in Cryptogamic Culture and Propagation — Difficulty
in finding Appropriate Soil — Tubercle Bacillus — Koch — Viability of Fungi
— Manured Fields — Pathogenic Forms in Earth — Tetanus — Acid-forming
Power of Microphytes — Whitbarrow — Nitric and Carbonic Acids— Relation
of Limestones and Clays to Culture of Microphytes — Floods spread Soils
favourable to Culture of Bacilli, etc. — Phanerogams and Calcareous Soils —
Sir James Paget's Views — Extracts from his " Morton Lecture " — On
Cancer and Cancerous Diseases — Messrs. Ballance and Shattock — Tuber-
culosis — Syphilis — Vegetable Pathology — Xylomata — Galls — Chauveau —
Bistournage — High and Low Mortality Districts (Cancer) — Clays and Lime-
stones — Floods — Difference in Mortality — Statistics — Relations of Phanero-
gams and Cryptogams to Calcareous Soil — The Connection between the
Geographical Distribution of Heart Disease and the Wheat-yield in England
and Wales — The Relation of Soil to the Crop — Vegetable Decomposition —
The Delta of the Ganges — Soonderbuns — Cholera — Major Graham — The
Fevers of Greece — Hippocrates — Littre — Messrs. Ballance and Shattock —
Their Joint Paper on the Cultivation of Micro-organisms from Malignant
Tumours — Factors Predisposing to Successful Invasion of Disease — Racial
Characteristics — Physical Characters— Dr. John Beddoe — Heredity — The
xvi Contents.
Author's later Investigations— The Effect of Different Soils on Microphytes
—Suggestions as to the Cause of the Difference in the Prevalence of Cancer
in Clay and Limestone Areas p. oJ 1
SECTION III.
General Health and Zymotic Diseases— Mortality at all Ages from all Causes-
Mixing the Sexes in the Eegistrar General's Supplement, 1871-1880—
General Death-rate.— Health of Cumbrian and English Lake District-
Configuration of Land in relation to it— Chief Causes in the Fluctuation
of the Death-rates— Zymotic Diseases— Origin of term Zymotic— Dr. Farr
—Professor Tyndall— Dr. Koch— Pasteur— Dr. Keith Johnston— General
Health, 1851-70, 1870-81— Tables— Effect of Local Climates— Group of Dis-
tricts according to Aspects— Tables illustrating Zymotic Diseases p. 338
sectiox iv.
Stomach and Liveb Diseases, Diseases of the Kidneys, Childbirtii and Metma.
Stomach and Liver Diseases— England and Wales — Cumbrian and Lake area —
Table of Death-rates— Diseases of the Kidneys— England and Wales-
Cumberland and Lake Ai-ea- Table of Death-rates— Males and Females—
Difference— Childbirth and Metria- England and Wales— Cambrian and
Lake District— Table of Death-rates— Childbirth and Metria— Table of
Zymotic Diseases for three Decenniads f- 850
section v.
Phthisis and Heakt Disease.
Description of Phthisis Map — Mortality in England and Wales — Death-rates
among Males and Females in Cumberland and Lake District — Males and
Females, 1861-1870 — The Great Transverse Eidge and the Windward and
Leeward Valley Systems — Contour Map — Effect of Strong Winds on the
Phthisical — Dampness of Soil — Bowditch — Buchanan — Whitaker — Descrip-
tion of the Heart-Disease Map — High and Low Mortality Districts — The
Transverse Ridge — Difference in Mortality from Heart Disease on the North
and South Sides of the Transverse Eidge — Table of Death-rates .
MERIONETHSHIRE
§ J CARNARVONSHIRE
ANGLESEY
DIVISIONS.
I LONDON
)t 8. E. COUNTIES
III 8. MIDLAND Do
IV EASTERN DO
V S. WESTERN DO
Vi W. MIDLAND Do-
VII NORTH DO. Do.
VIII NTH. WESTN. po.
IX YORKSHIRE
X MTHN. COUNTIES
XI MONMOUTHSHIRE
AND WALES
COUNTIES.
1 SURREY
2 KENT
3 SUSSEX
4 HAMPSHIRE
9 BERKSHIRE
6 MIDDLESEX
7 HERTFORDSHIRE
8 BUCKINGHAMSHIRE
9 OXFORDSHIRE
10 NORTHAMPTONSH.
11 HUNTINGDONSHIRE
12 BEDFORDSHIRE
13 CAMBRIDGESHIRE
14 ESSEX
1!i SUFFOLK
16 NORFOLK
17 WILTSHIRE
18 DORSETSHIRE
19 DEVONSHIRE
20 CORNWALL
21 SOMERSETSHIRE
22 GLOUCESTERSHIRE
23 HEREFORDSHIRE
24 SHROPSHIRE
25 STAFFORDSHIRE
26 WORCESTERSHIRE
27 WARWICKSHIRE
28 LEICESTERSHIRE
29 RUTLANDSHIRE
30 LINCOLNSHIRE
31 NOTTINGHAMSHIRE
32 DERBYSHIRE
33 CHESHIRE
34 LANCASH'IRE^
35 W. RIDING
6 & ABOVE
DO.
YORK-
SHIRE
I «
43 5 -»
» >
44
X «
it
N. Do.
DURHAM
NORTHUMBERLAND
CUMBERLAND
WESTMORLAND^
MONMOUTHSHIRE
GLAMORGANSHIRE
CARMARTHENSHIRE
PEMBROKESHIRE
CARDIGANSHIRE
BRECKNOCKSHIRE
RADNORSHIRE
MONTGOMERYSH,
FLINTSHIRE.
DENBIGHSHIRE
MERIONETHSHIRE
CARNARVONSHIRE
ANGLESEY
BELOW 2
ANNUALLY
TO EVERY
10000 FEMALES
LIVING.
1851 — 1860.
SWAN.SONNENSCHEiN & C?, LONDON.
MACLURE i C»
SWAN.SONNEHSCHEIH * CP, LONDON.
MACLURE & CP
Cancer in the Counties and Districts^ 1851-60. 37
Cancer in the Counties.
We will now endeavour to show wliafc were the counties
that caused this strange banding of the divisions, and what
were the dominating causes in the counties themselves.
In the first place, let us take the south-eastern high death-
rate belt, which includes the following divisions : London (I.),
South-Bastern Counties (II.), the South-Midland (III.), and the
Eastern Counties (lY.) The counties that make up this group
are all characterized, more or less, by rivers, such as the
Thames, that seasonally flood the districts through which, or
near which, they flow. They are also characterized generally
by much boulder, and other clays, and other soils of a reten-
tive nature. I stated in my former edition, —
(1). In the counties having a high mortality from cancer
we find that the tributaries o£ the large rivers rise from soft,
marly, or other easily disintegrated rocks, and thea fall into
sheltered valleys, through which the main rivers flow.
(2). These rivers invariably flood their adjacent districts
during the rainy season, and have generally their waters
coloured by the suspension of alluvial matter. The Thames
counties, characterized by their tertiary soil and frequently
flooded river, form, as it were, a typical cancer-field (p. 75).
(3). Those counties which are characterized by hard and nob
easily disintegrated rocks, such as the Welsh Silurian and
the a:reat carboniferous ransre which forms the backbone of
the northern counties to the north of the Mersey, and which
are fully exposed to the drying influences of the wind, have,
coincident with these opposite characters, a low mortality.
The Geographical Distribution of Cancer among Females
in the 630 Registration Districts.
The large district map of Cancer at once reveals the order
of distribution : the student has only to trace the courses
of fully-formed i^ivers of the country from source to sea to
38 The Geographical Distribiition of Diseases.
be convinced that, wherever these rivers are known to have
facihties, after heavy rains or thaws, for flooding the adjacent
area, and for retaining these floods on a clayey, tenacious soil,
he is sure to find the districts coloured hlue, indicating a liigli
mortality from this cause ; and it will not be long before he
has ascertained for himself that the districts through which
the higher and earlier tributaries and sources flow are, on the
other hand, characterized by low mortality. If we take the
principal rivers from the river Tweed round by the south
and west to the Eden opening into the Solway Firth, we shall
find the following, at points where they flood their riparial
areas, crowded with hlue, or high mortality districts : The
rivers Tweed, Tyne, Wear, Yorkshire Derwent, Swale, Ouse,
Humber, Witham, Welland, Nene, Great Ouse, Wensum,
Waveney, Thames, Medway, Stour, Sussex Ouse, Dorset
Stour, Devon Axe, Bxe, Dart, Way and Tamar, Fal, Tawe,
Brue, Avon, Severn, Dovey, Conway, Dee, Derwent (Cumber-
land), and Eden. All these rivers, in some parts of their
courses, flood their banks; and coincident with these seasonal
floods we find around them groups of lAue, or high mortality
districts. Where, however, this flooding does not and cannot
obtain, there we find the lowest mortality from this cause,
even in large towns with many hospitals, and even cancer
hospitals, such as at Liverpool, Manchester, Leeds, Bradford,
Blackburn. In all these cases the habits of their rivers are
totally diff"erent from those just named, and, moreover, their
sites consist of limestone and other carboniferous formations,
which we have pointed out are in themselves antagonistic
to the evil effects of floods, even if they did take place on
them.
With regard to the area under consideration, in 1868 I
pointed out that the Cumberland cancer field followed the
course of the river Eden and the valley of the Derwent.
The Eden runs through the new red sandstone, and in the
neighbourhood of Carlisle the character of the soil is alluvial.
Phthisis among Females in the Cotmties, 1851-60. 39
All this, however, will be more fully discussed ia the second
part of this work.
The Geographical Distribtdion of Phthisis among Females
in the Counties in 1851-1860.
The large district map showing the disti-ibution of phthisis
(1851-1860) unmistakably pointed out the significant fact
that wherever the prevailing sea winds were capable of ex-
erting their full force there was to be found the highest
death-rate from this cause. We saw in the map of the divisions
that the one showing phthisis was totally opposite to that
on which heart disease was plotted ; in fact, the one showed
that wherever the sea winds blew strongest and exercised
their greatest power there was to be found the least number
of victims from one kind of disease — heart disease ; and that,
on the other hand, where these very winds prevailed, there
were slain the greatest number of persons suffering from the
other kind of disease — phthisis. The maps of these two
diseases should therefore be the reverse of each in colouring.
And so they are : the rule being, that in the Heart Disease
map all the inaccessible and sheltered valleys are coloured
blue, while in the Phthisis map they are coloured red; in
heart disease all the districts exposed to the full force of the
prevailing winds are coloured red, whilst in phthisis they
are coloured bhoe.
The Cumbrian and lake areas have been shown to be good
examples of the effect of exposure and shelter in the distri-
bution of these two causes of death.
In summing up the facts connected with phthisis as ascer-
tained in 1868-1875, I made the following statements : —
(1). The districts show that coincident with sheltered
positions is a loiu rate of mortality from phthisis; they
therefore confirm what was found among the counties and
divisions.
(2). The distribution of phthisis is almost the reverse of
40 The Geographical DistrihUion of Diseases.
that of cancer, and differs remarkably from that of heart
disease.
(3). The warm, protected, fertile, ferruginous red-sandstone
tracts of country are remarkable for forming the sites of the
most extensive series of lotv mortality groups throughout
England.
(4). The high, elevated ridges of non-ferruginous, and un-
fertile carboniferous formations, and the elevated, hard, unfer-
tile, and non-ferruginous Silurian formations, form the sites
of the most extensive series of high mortality districts.
(5). The elevated parts mostly exposed to the westerly and
north-westerly wind, and to the easterly and south-easterly,
are characterized by high mortality.
(6). A sheltered position, a warm, fertile, and ferruginous
soil, are coincident, as a rule, throughout England and Wales
with loiv mortality from phth'isis.
Having now given a brief summary of the facts connected
with the geographical distribution of the three great groups
of diseases — viz., Hearb Diseases, Malignant Diseases classed
under Cancer (among females), and Pulmonary Tuberculosis
under the heading Phthisis (among females) — we are in a posi-
tion to study each area in minuter detail, and to compare the
later with earlier statistics. Moreover, as these three great
causes of death have been shown to be influenced by certain
grand factors in the climates of the country, we are now in
a position to introduce other causes of death, with the view
of ascertaining how far they are influenced by the local
climates which have been shown to be coincident with such
remarkable diverse phenomena in the distribution of heart
disease, cancer, and phthisis. "With this view. Diseases of the
Stomach and Liver, Diseases of the Kidneys, and the Diseases
and Accidents incident to Childbirth, have been added.-'
1 A few copies of the large coloured maps of the Geographical Distriba-
tionof Cancer and Phthisis, among females, in the Disti-ictsof England and
Wales, published separately, may still be had of Messrs. Swan Sonnenschein
& Co., Paterno.ster Square, London, E.G.
CHAPTER III.
Area Defined — Size — Compared with Others — Natural Boundary System
the best — Vagabond parts of Counties and Districts — France more
naturally Divided — Isle of Man — Sheadings — Local Government Board
and County Councils — Average Size of English, Welsh, Scotch, and
Irish Counties — The Boundaries of the Area — The Coastal Boundary —
Coastal Parishes and Tovrnships — Their Foreshores and Tidal Waters
— Sir A. C. Ramsay and Submarine Denudation — Foreshores — Coastal
Townships and Parishes — Foreshores and Populations — Length of
Coastal Boundary — Foreshores and Sea-inlets — Percentage of Coastal
to District Populations — Inland Boundary — Districts and Pai-ishes on
the Line — Length of — Breadth of Area — Length of Area — Form —
Mean Level of Coastal Parishes — Course of the Inland Boundary Line
— Mean Height of the Inland Boundary Line along Scotland, North-
umberland, Durham, Yorkshire, and Lancashire — Mean Height of the
Border District Parishes — Percentage of the Border Population to
that of the Border Districts.
THE area we are now studying consists of the counties o£
Cumberland, Westmorland, and what is known as The
English Lalce District, which includes parts of these counties
and the Ulverston district of Lancashire.
The entire area consists of two thousand five hundred and
nineteen square miles, and thirty-one statute acres, made up
as follows : —
CcjiBERLAXD ... 970,161 Statute acres.
Westjioelaxd ... 500,906
Ulveeston 141,124 ,,
1,612,191
or 2,519 square miles and 31 statute acres : so that it is one-
twentieth the size of England (20"2) ; nearly one-third that
42 The Geographical DistribtUion of Diseases.
of Wales (2-9); and one-twelfth that of Scotland (12-0).
The areas of these three parts of Great Britain being as
follows : —
Sq. Miles. Statute Acres.
England 50,933 and 178
Wales 7,377 „ 643
Scotland 30,417 „ 98
The area is about equal to that of two average English
counties, which vary in size from I485- square miles, as in
Rutland, to the 6,066 square miles of Yorkshire. The
history of the sizes, forms, and boundaries of counties would
be a curious one indeed.
There is no country, either great or small, whose rulers
have, for governmental or other purposes, divided it accord-
ing to the natural boundary system. If we take England as
au instance, we find in it very few counties that are even
approximately defined by natural boundaries. Yorkshire and
Northamptonshire approach nearest to this common-sense
mode of regulating county boundaries ; but when we examine
the six hundred and thirty districts into which England and
Wales are divided for registration purposes, then we are at
once brought face to face with the utmost confusion, which,
in many instances, is made worse confounded by the fact that
many of these artificially formed poor-law or registration
districts are not self-contained, but are so constituted that
fragments are found in the centres of other districts; a
similar state of things also obtains among the counties : a
vagabond bit of Gloucestershire may be found in Warwick-
shire or Northamptonshire, or if we go to Scotland we shall
find a bit of Stirlingshire in the midst of Clackmannan and
another in Perthshire, as if they had been exiled.
In France a much more natural plan has been adopted, the
river system of that country seemingly having formed the
basis of departmental boundary lines. Even in the Isle of
Man the sheading, into six of which the island is divided.
Areas of Cotmties.
had once natural boundaries. Each sheading had its central
river, the catchment basin of which occupied the higher
portion of the parishes comprehended within its boundai-ies.
It seems highly probable that in the original division of the
island, the chief rivers and other water courses, their water-
partings and their catchment basins, were taken as guides by
its early invaders, the Norwegians, which at all events is
evidence of their possessing at least some common sense, a
mental qualification that does not seem to have been possessed
by either the original designers of the Poor Law districts,
which are now used for registration and sanitary purposes,
or by the more recent Local Government Board officials who
have attempted to rectify the ancient blunders of their pre-
decessors. County Councils have now a golden opportunity
of doing some service to science in this matter.
The student of medical geography mast expect to meet
with plenty of difficulties in carrying out his investigations,
and among the first will be the artificial mode of dividing the
country ; but as it cannot now be altered as regards the
statistics already collected, the difficulty must be met, and made
the best of, ever remembering that few evils are unmitigated.
The average size of the counties varies in Great Britain
and Ireland : — -
Thus the 40 English counties average 1,273 sq. miles.
12 Welsh „ „ 614
33 Scotch „ „ 921
32 Irish „ „ 992
The Ensrlish counties ranging from Eutland, with an area
of only 148 square miles, to Yorkshire with one of 6,066
square miles. The registration districts vary even more in
size one fr'om another; but it is not worth while to give details
as in the course of this work there will be frequent opportu-
nities of discussing the incongruities in their form, size, and
boundaries.
44 The Geographical Distribution of Diseases.
Tlie Boundaries of tlie Area.
From what has already been said on the effect of our coast
line and its sea inlets on local climates and diseases, it will
be expected that great stress would be laid upon this natural
boundary of Great Britain : it is the boundary that has the
hardihood to defy the Local Government Board, and it
will not be meddled with ; it is therefore the one to be
depended on, whether we are studying the country as a
whole or the different areas into which I have divided it for
medico-geographical purposes.
The Cumberland, Westmorland, and English Lake district
area has two boundaries, one the coastal entirely natural, and
the other inland, irregular, and more or less artificial. The
boundaries meet at the Solway Firth in the north and at
Morecambe Bay in the south, and enclose a somewhat oval,
or an irregularly rhomboidal area. Taking the course of the
sun we will trace first the Coastal Boundary from the north-
east coast of Morecambe Bay to the south coast of Solway
Firth.
Along this course in the same order there are the following
coastal registration districts : —
Kendal (Westmorland), Ulverstone (Lancashire), Bootle,
Whitehaven, Goclier mouth, Wigton, and Carlisle (Cumberland),
the coastal boundaries of which form that of the area : this
fact alone, however, helps us but little ; we want more detail
with regard to the foreshores, tidal vaters, and the position
of the populations, with regard to them, and this can be
easily obtained by ascertaining the facts connected with the
coastal boundaries of the coastal parishes or townships which
skirt the districts given above.
The Coastal Parishes aiid Townships : their Foreshores
and Tidal Waters.
There is a wide difference between the precipitous steep-
to coast-hne of cliffs, and the sloping foreshore. The latter
Coastal Boundary and Parishes. 45
only in an extreme form, however, is to be found skirting
this area, and prevailing throughout its whole extent with
the exception of a short distance at the foot of St. Bees Head.
When the difference between the effects of a precipitous
and a shelving coast comes to be studied, the interest ia these
physical features cannot fail to increase.
Whether we view from a height the gradual slope of a
series of hill-tops sea-ward, or the wide expanse of the sloping
shore on the western coast of Cumberland, we are conscious
of having before us the work of submarine denudation.
Ramsay showed how regularly the tableland of Wales had
been worn down seawards by submarine denudation, as
indicated by the generally lessened height of the land towards
the sea; although now disguised by the intersecting work of
sub-aerial denudation, in the form of river channels ; this
sloping towards the sea of plains of marine denudation, as
first described by Sir A. C. Ramsay, in his " Physical Geology
and Geography of Great Britain," p. 496, must be taken
into account with the effect of physical configuration on local
climates as influenced by the powerful winds.
As a rule we know that a steep-to or precipitous coast
generally rises out of deep water, whereas a low coast gener-
ally stretches far out until it is covered by a shallow depth of
the sea at some distance from high water mark. The fore-
sJiore is in fact that sloping part of the sea-shore which is
exposed between the tidal low and high water marks — the
greatest width occurring during spring tides, at which time
the tides gain their highest and lowest points. Foreshores
generally are extensive and very important at the great inlets
into this country, two of which are enjoyed by the lake area ;
at these inlets the foreshores are of great size, and their
gradual slope over wide reaches, in the trend of prevailing
winds, facilitates the passage of these currents inland, where
their influence is felt far up into the heart of the country,
provided the initial slope from the sea is preserved.
46 The Geographical Distrihttion of Diseases.
The coastal boundary consists of the following coastal
parishes included in the registration districts which extend to
the sea. Beginning with Kendal, the parishes range them-
selves in the following order around the coast : Beetliam,
Haverbrach, Heversham and MilntJiorpe, L&vem, Meathop and
JJlplia, and Witlierslack. The Kendal Coastal Parishes have
a population of 5,057; 373 statute acres of tidal water, and
4,585 statute acres of foreshore.
The coastal painshes of Ulverstone are East Broughton,
Lmver AlUthwaite, Loiver HolJcer, West Plain (reclaimed), Out
Marsh (reclaimed), Barrow-in-Furness, Dalton-in-Furness,
Egton with Neivland, TJlverston, TJrswich, Aldingham, and
Dalton-in-Furness, which have a total population of 77,362,
and 1,383 statute acres of tidal water, and 51,403 statute
acres of foreshore.
BooTLE is skirted by the following coastal parishes : Millom,
Whicham, Whitheclc, Bootle, Waherthwaite, Muncaster, and
Brigg, which have a total population of 10,465 ; 1189 statute
acres of tidal water, and 9,271 statute acres of foreshore.
"Whitehaven, although it has an extensive sea coast, has
no great width of foreshore, and it is within this district that
the highest sea-cliff occurs, namely St. Bees Head, in the
parishes of Sand with and Rottington, which is 323 feet above
ordaance datum. The coastal parishes are Gusforth,
, Ponsonhy, St. Bridget Bechermet, Lowside Quarter, St. Bees,
Bottington, Sandwith, Whitehaven, Barton, and Harrington;
and have a total population of 28,768; 7 statute acres of tidal
water, and 2,015 statute acres of foreshore.
CooKEEMOUTH has arranged along its coast, Workington,
Seaton, Flimhy, Cross Canonhy with Mary Port, Ellenborough
and Ewanrigg, Oughterside, and Allerhy, which have a total
population of 31,037, and enjoy 55 statute acres of tidal water,
and 2,230 statute acres of foreshore:
WiGTON enjoys the commencement of the Solway Firth,
and its wide sands and tidal waves. The parishes exposed
Foreshores and Districts.
47
to their inflaences are Hayton and Mealo, West Newton and
Allonhy, Eolme St. Guthbert, Low Holme, Holme East Waver,
KirJcbride, Aikton, and Bowness; the whole population of wbicli
amounted in 1881 to 5,743, enjoying a tidal water of 1,409
statute acres, and a foreshore of 18,657 statute acres.
Carlisle reaches to the Solway Firth by means of Bochliffe,
Beaumont, and Burgh-by-8a.nds to the 4,211 statute acres of
foreshore, which it enjoys, and, in addition, Grinsclale and
Kirli-Andreivs-upon-Hden enable it to have 20 statute acres
more of tidal water besides the 646 statute acres supplied by
the foreshore. The population is 2,114.
LoNGTOWN is the last district in this area enjoying foreshore
and tidal waters, of which it has 261 statute acres of the
former, and 77 statute acres of the latter through the coast
along Nether Quarter, and ArtJmret loitli Longtoiun. The
population was 2,980 at the census of 1881, the date of those
of the other coastal parishes.
The facts relating to the proportion of foreshore area to
district area, and of the coastal population to that of the
districts, are epitomized in the following Table : —
TABLE I.
Coastal Districts.
POPOLATIONS, 1881.
Per
cent.
Areas.
Coastal
Parishes.
Entire
District.
Fore-
shores.
Districts.
Per
cent.
Kendal
Ulterstone
BOOTLE
Whitehaven . . .
GoCKERMOUTH . . .
WiGTON
Carlisle ....
longtown ....
5,057
77,362
10,465
28,768
31,037
5,743
2,114
2,980
41,574
90,940
12,225
59,292
56,789
23,440
52,762
7,711
121
85-0
85-6
48-5
54-6
24-5
4-0
38-6
4,585
51,403
9,271
2,015
2,230
18.657
4,211
261
196,267
152,091
91,301
90,715
170,155
137,647
69,164
88,245
2-3
33-7
101
2-2
1-5
13-5
6-0
•3
16.3,526
.344,733
47-4
: 92,633
995,585
9-3
48 The Geographical Distribution of Diseases.
Coastal Boundary — its Length.
The above Census and Ordnance Survey figures give us the
following facts : (1) that the coastal boundary of the Cum-
brian and Lake area consists of a series of coastal parishes or
townships, extending from Seetham in the Kendal district,
Westmorland, through Ulverston, in Lancashire, to Longtown,
in Cumberland — a length of about 126 miles ; the Hue simply
passing through the parishes approximately pai^allel to the
coast without following its sinuosities; of this coast Cumber-
land shared 76 miles, Lancashire 24, and Westmorland 24.
Omitting the sands at the mouths of the rivers Kent, Levens,
Duddon, Esk, and Sol way Firth, the ordinary foreshore of the
sea coast has only a mean width of about a quarter of a mile ;
but this is an enormous advantage, especially as in this case
it is the fringe of a sloping inland country. The great inlets,
just named, with their extensive Cartmell and Ulverston
sands, Mort Bank and Flat, the Duddon sands, the Drigg
sands of the Esk, the Moricambe, Cadurijock sands, and
middle bank of the Sol way Firth, are, however, the great
physical features which give character to the local climates of
this large area.
(2). That the amount of foreshore enjoyed by each of the
coastal districts, not included in the area of the parishes and
townships, varies from 0-3 per cent, in the case of Long-
town, to the 337 per cent, in that of Ulverston, the mean
percentage for the eight coastal districts being 9-3 per cent.,
and (3) the important fact that along these 126 miles of
coastal country there stretch, one after another, a series of
townships and parishes, which at the census of 1881 contained
163,526 males and females, or 47*4 per cent, of the entire
population of the eight districts. The eight coastal districts,
already named, had in 1881 a population of 344,733, of which
163,526 lived in towns, villages, and parishes that immediately
abutted on the seashore.
The Inland Boundary. 49
Now in geograpliizing disease, and in calculating tlie effect
of local climates on communities, such facts cannot be
ignored. At the very threshold of the investigation they must
be taken into account, and made familiar to our work. The
57 towns and villages which stretch along the coast line
contain 47"4 per cent, of the population of the 224 parishes
constitutinof the eig:bt coastal districts.
Tlie Inland Boundary.
The Inland Boundary of the area begins where the coastal
ends, namely on the north-west limit of Longtown, which
separates this district from the Scotch counties of Dumfi-ies
and Roxburgh ; and then extends along the north-east limits
of Longtown, Brampton, and part of Alston, which separate
these districts from Northumberland, and lastly along the
eastern and southern limits of Bast Ward, and the eastern
boundary of Kendal, which separates this area from York-
shire, and the southern boundary of Kendal, where that
district abuts on Lancashire.
Following the plan adopted in tracing the coastal boundary
line, we now give, in consecutive order, the names of tlie
parishes and townships which form the inland boundary line.
In the Longtown district are Moat, Nicliol-Forest, Bew-
castle ; in Brampton, Arherton, Kingwater, Waterhead, Ujjper
Benton, Nether Denton, Farlam, Midgeholme ; in Peneith,
GroriUn; in Alston, Alston; in East Whv^D, Bufton, Applehy,
St. Michael, or Bongate, Warcop, Stain more, Kaber, Winton,
Hartley, Nateby, Mallerstang, Bavenstonedale, Orton ; in
Kendal, Dillicar, Firbanh, Killington, Middleton, Barton,
Gasterton, Kirkby Bonsdale, Eutton-Boof, and Burton-in-
Kendal, to Beetham.
The populations of the above parishes which skirt the
inland boundary line are given in the following Table II.,
with the proportions they bear to the entire populations of
the districts containing them : —
50
The Geographical Distribution of Diseases.
TABLE II.
PoPnLATIOKS.
Per
cent.
of Inland
Boundary
Parishes.
of
Entire
Districts.
Los(_;to^\-n
Bra.mfton . .
Penrith ....
Alston ....
East Ward . . .
Kendal . . .
1,702
3,178
251
4,621
7,104
4,367
7,711
10,565
23,242
4,621
14,515
41,574
22-0
30-0
1-0
100-0
48-9
10-5
21,223
102,228
20-7
Length of Inland Boundary Line.
The inland boundary line of tliis area shares tlie county
boundaries of Dumfries and Eoxburgh. along the north-west
of Longtown for fifteen miles ; on the north-eastei'n and
easterly borders of Longtown, Brampton, and parts of
Penrith and Alston lie forty-eight miles of the Northumber-
land boundary, which along the east side of Alston is
succeeded by a part of the western boundary of Durham, to
the south of which, along the eastern and southerly sides of
the East Ward and Kendal districts, Westmorland lies next to
Yorkshire for fifty-six miles ; and then along the south side of
Kendal Westmorland shares fifteen miles of the Lancashire
county boundary from the east end of Casterton to Beetham,
-whence the coastal boundai-y started. The entire length of
this boundary is about 143 miles, so that, roughly given, the
circuit of the area would be about 269 miles. The widest
part of the area is in a line due east from St. Bees Head to the
eastern boundary of East Ward in Westmorland, and measures
fifty-nine and a half miles ; the longest from north to south,
namely from the extreme north of Bewcastle parish, in Long-
town, to the most southerly point of the Isle of Walney,
Coastal and Inland Boundary Line. 5 1
Hilpsford Scar, belonging to the TJlverston district, tlie area
measures eighty-two miles in a slightly N.E. and S.W. direc-
tion. The shape of the area is thus roughly rhomboidal,
not unlike some of the blocks of Lower Silurian rocks or
Skiddaw slates. The coastal boundary line must be taken
as at the mean sea level, and that of the margin of parishes
a little above ordnance datum, or 18 "0 ft. : the mean height
of the marginal parishes of each coastal district being as
follows :— Kendal 67-5 ft., Ulverston 80-6 ft., Bootle 56-8 ft.,
Whitehaven 139-0 ft., Cockermouth 96-4 ft., Wigton 25-0 ft.,
Carlisle 25-0 ft., Longtown 25-0 ft., the mean for the whole
being 73-3 ft.
Now along the inland boundary we have a very different
state of things, but equally important and interesting.
The natural inland boundary line of this area and the
artificial one between the registration counties of Northumber-
land, Durham, Yorkshire, and part of Lancashire, and the
counties of Cumberland, Westmorland, and part of Lanca-
shire, are not identical, the former throughout its course
lying at varying distances to the east and south-east; but
we shall not dwell upon the details here as they will be
discussed later on when the physical geography of the inland
districts are considered.^
The north-west boundary of Longtown is so far natural,
inasmuch as it follows the course of the I'iver Liddel and one
of its sources, Kershope river, which rises on the west side of
Dove Crags, nearly opposite to one of the sources of the
Worth Tyne on the east. Near this spot, at the foot of the
same crags, the Black Line river springs, seen in the district
map. This part of the boundary is flanked to the north-east
by the elevated water-parting which separates the basin of the
North Tyne from that of the Line on the west ; in fact, the
north-east boundary of Longtown lies on very high ground.
The north-east and south-east boundary of Brampton is coin-
1 See description of " The Contour Map."
52 The Geographical Distribution of Diseases.
cideut with the course of the source of the river Irthing,
which is seen joining the river Eden near the north-east
boundary line of Carlisle district. The Irthing rises near
Christenbury Crags, and is separated by the water-parting
from the catchment basin of the North Tyne. From the
point at which the Irthing turns to the south-west to cross
Brampton (and join the Eden), near Upper Denton, the line
runs along high ground, namely, Greltsdale Forest, which
separates the Vale of Eden from the basin of the South Tyne;
and here, instead of pursuing its natural course along the
ridge, it is made to cross the valley in which the sources of
the South Tyne run, along the courses of the Gildersdale and
Aleburns, after which it mounts the high ground and runs
southward along the water-partiag between the source of the
South Tyne and the river Wear ; in doing which it embraces
the district of Alston from Penrith to East Ward. In the latter
district, by some means it is forced over the water-parting
into the valley of the sources of the river Tees, but, as if out
of its' element, it passes up to the high ground of Lune Forest
and Sfcainmoor Forest, where it is seen performing once more
its natural function by separating the eastern waters of the
Swale from the western waters of the Eden, and the sources
of the Eden from those of the Ure or Yore. So far, with the
exception of looping in Alston, which geographically belongs
to the catchment basin of the Tyne in Northumberland, the
inland boundary line has, to a certain extent, taken a natural
course, that of dividing the catchment basins of the east and
west from each other. On the north-west side of Lonsrtown
we found the rivers Liddel and Kershope forming a portion
of the boundary ; but it should be remarked at once that,
however apparently fit a river may be to form a boundary,
it is far from being so : the river, it must be remembered, is
part and parcel of what it divides. On leaving the water-
parting which separates Yoredale and the river Yore or Ure
from Ravenstonedale and the River Eden, it turns back to
The CoiLvse of the Inland Boundary Line.
the north-west to get into the deep valley between Langdale
and Houghill Fells, until it reaches the river Lune, when it
turns sharply soutli to run along its left bank as far as the
entrance of the tributary Rother ; it then runs along the left
bank of this tributary as far as Dent Dale, where it is made
to mount the high water-parting between the Dent Dale and
the valley of the Lune, from which, however, it precipitately
descends to cut the Lune in two south of Kirkby Lonsdale in
a westerly direction over Hutton Crags, south of Burtou, to
end at the southern boundary of the Beetham parish in the
district of Kendal at the mouth of the river Kent in More-
cambe Bay.
Tlie Gourse of the Inland Boundary Line.
If we trace the artificial line between our area and Scotland,
and England we shall find the following facts, showing the
difference between the heights of the artificial and natural
boundaries. In this case the two lines, although they do not
coincide, are not so widely separated as to cause inconvenience
to the medical geographer. The natural boundary is the one
that we have to reckon with and study, for it should be nature's
party wall between two or more areas. The artificial boundary
line, when it deviates from the natural, seems only to have
been made to do so for the purpose of sharpening our wits
in devising means for counteracting its evil effects both in
science and politics.
As usual, the natural inland boundary line of this area is
of great interest and importance. At present, however, I shall
content myself with the bare facts connected, with the levels,
as this subject will be again more fully discussed in the
chapter devoted to the physical geography and geology of the
area.
The mean heights of the marginal parishes skirting the
inland boundary are as follows for each district: — Longtowx,
1,013 ft.; Beampton, 820 ft.; Peneith, 1,129 ft.; Alston,
54 The Geographical Distribution of Diseases.
1,500 ft. ; East Ward, 1,228 ft. ; and Kendal, 625 ft. The
mean for the whole being 1,052 ft.
The Gouo'se of the Inland Natural Boundary}
The inland natural boundary of this area is, in fact, the
northern part of the Pennine Chain, which stretches from
Derbyshire to the Scotch border, and is one of the most
powerful factors in the British climates that we shall have to
deal with ; it is well, therefore, to define it at the outset, so
as to understand its influence on the area under discussion.
LoNGTOWN. — It commences at the Scotch border, in longi-
tude 2°40' 40" W., above the source of the Kershope Burn; it
soon joins the county boundary, and gives rise to the sources
of the river Line ; but at the point where the river Irthing rises
it leaves the boundary and runs in an easterly direction, so as
to embrace the Northumbrian sources of this river across
Paddaburn Moor, where, at the source of the Padda Burn, it
is at least a mile and a half from the county boundary, in a
north-easterly direction, and is opposite Irthing Head, where
the district boundary between Longtown and Brampton begins
at the county boundary.
During this course to the east of Longtown its mean
height is 1,503 "7 feet, and its length eleven miles.
Brampton. — From this point it passes in an easterly direc-
tion to Green Moor, where it is about 2\ miles from the
county boundary ; it then turns to the S.W. over to G-reat
Watch Hill, and continues almost parallel to the county
boundary as far as Thirlwall Common, crossing in Nether
Denton parish the county boundary to enter the Brampton
district in a S.W. direction until it reaches Kelky Fell
(1.241 ft.), when it is 5J miles to the W. of the county boun-
dary. It then turns to the S.B. to embrace the Old-Water
and New-Water sources of the river Gelt, which joins the
river Irthing, at Rye Close, just above where it enters the
1 See " Contour Map," where it is shown by a red line.
Mean Heights of Inland Boiondary. 55
river Eden; froaa Kellci/ Fell it proceeds in a S.B. direction
to witliin three-quarters of a mile S.E. of Gold Fell (2,039 ft.)
wliere it joins the county boundary, near the source of the
Black Burn, a tributary of the South Tijne ; it is then coinci-
dent with the county boundary as far as Butt Hill (1,500 ft).
During this course in relation to the Brampton district, its
mean height amounts to 1,051< ft., and its length thirty-one
miles.
Pexrith. — At Butt Hill the boundary line between Bramp-
ton and Penrith begins, and from this point the natural
boundary line is coincident with the county boundary until it
reaches the Knar Burn, in the parish of Knaresdale (2,071 ft.) ;
it then suddenly leaves the latter, and taking a southerly direc-
tion, proceeds to Melmerbij Fell, and during its course gives
rise to Grogrni Water and Baven-beck, tributaries of the river
Eden. It then continues to Melmerhj High Scar (2,247 ft.),
when it runs south-eastwards to the county boundary, which
it crosses to the S.E. of Cross Fell (2,930 ft.), and enters East
Ward district. During its course across the Penrith district
it not only cuts off the eastern part of it, but the whole of
Alston district, which, in fact, does not belong to Cumberland
or this area at all ; for it is contained in the eastern water-
shed of the Pennine Chain, and gives rise to the early sources
of the South Tijne, which are separated from those of the
Eden by the water-parting of the natural inland boundary.
During its course of 12 J miles through Pem-ith it has a
mean height of 2,254 ft.
East Ward. — After leaving the point near Gross Fell it
crosses the county boundai-y and takes a S.E. course to the
extreme S.E. boundary of East Ward. When between Stain-
more Forest and Bowes Moor for a short distance it runs coin-
cidently with the county boundary of Westmorland, having
the sources of the river Tees on its N.E. flank. At Beldoo
Hill (1,565 ft.) it leaves the county boundary and crosses over
Moncly Mia and Gansey Moss (1,649 ft.), and passes between
56
The Geographical DistribiUion of Diseases.
the sources of the river Belali on its way to the river Eden,
and those of the river Sivale on its eastern flank (Yorkshire) ;
it then follows the course of the county boundary until it
reaches the sources of the Hell QUI Bech, after which it turns
to the W., and passes between those of the rivers Eden and
lire, or Yore, along the col between them at a height of 1,189
ft., when it finally leaves the county boundary and the area
altogether. Whilst within East Ward it attains a mean
height of 1,835 ft. and stretches over thirty-eight miles.
KeiVdal. — We have now to trace it from the last point at
some considerable distance from the Kendal district outside
the area. Immediately on leaving the county boundary it
proceeds in a S. by E. direction to Pennegent (2,250 ft.),
having along its northern portion the sources of the river
Tjitne, and along the southern those of river Ribhle, all of
which are derived from its western flank, between it and the
county boundary of Westmorland, which here serves as the
district boundary of Kendal. The average distance between
the county and natural boundary being in this part of the
latter's course about 9-9 miles, taken at ten different points.
The mean height of the Pennine Chain along this part of its
course amounted to 1,829 ft., through the distance of twenty
miles.
The above mean heights and lengths of water-parting may
be arranged as follows : —
Mean Heights.
Lengths
Districts.
Feet.
Miles.
LONGTOWN
... 1,603
11
Brampton ...
... J,054
... 31
Penettu ...
... 2,254 ...
... 121
East Ward
... 1,835 ...
... 38
Kendal
... 1,829 ...
20
Mean height 1695 Total length 112^
It will be observed that the extreme eastern district Alston
Populations of Inland Border Parishes.
57
has no share whatever ia the natural boundary — in fact, it
seems to remind us of the early raids made by early Cum-
brian kings over their border in search of plunder from their
neighbours and enemies. Alston has been filched from
Northumberland or Durham, or from both, but when and by
whom I am not prepared to say — the fact, however, remains.
As we proceed we shall find how necessary it is to preserve
in our minds clear ideas as to heights and geological structure ;
for step by step we find these natural boundaries intimately
associated at every turn with differences in climate.
The Population of the Border Parishes, and tJteir Proportion
to those of the Border Districts.
We found at p. -17, Table I., that the population of the
coastal parishes amounted to 47 '4 per cent, of that of the
coastal districts of which they formed the margin. We have
now to compare this with the inland and upland boundary
District?.
longtown
Bbamptox
Peniiith
Alstox . . .
East Ward
Kexdal
Border Line
Population, 1881. Population.
7,711
10,5Go
23,242
4,621
14,515
41,574
1,702
3,178
251
4,621
7,104
4,367
21,223
Per cent.
22-0
30-0
1-0
100-0
48-9
10-7
20-7
102,228
It may be stated generally, although reference will be again
made to the subject, that while the coastal districts and parishes
in 1881 showed an increased population when compared with
1871, the upland, inland, and border line districts and parishes
were marked by a decrease — out of the eight coastal, seven
in 1881 had increased populations, whereas, out of the eight
upland and border districts, seven out of the eight had
decreased.
CHAPTER IV.
The Great Transverse Ridge— Hippocrates and Water-partings — Direction
of Central "Water-parting — Course described on District Map —
Western End of Ridge— Central Portion — Eastern End of Ridge— Eiffel
Tower — The English Lake Area — Boundaries of Lake Districts — In-
land Boundary Line of Lake District — The Contour Map — Coastal
Boundary Line — Hydrography of the Area — Rivers and Aspects — ■
Inland Waters — Lakes — Their Areas — Lake Parishes — Percentage of
Lake Populations — Free and Imprisoned Waters contrasted — Cas-
cades, Torrents, and Lakes — Their Life-giving Waters — Floods — -Their
Impurity and Power for Evil — Southey's Lines on Lodore — Floods
and Local Climates — Effect on Health.
T
HE altitudes of tlie great longitudinal wall bounding this
area on tlie east, and its general strike north and south,
having been discussed, we must now direct our attention
to another equally important physical feature of the Lake
District, — the great transverse ridge, which, as a stupendous
rampart, strikes across this area from east to west, or at
right angles to the great backbone of Britain, part of which
I have endeavoured to describe in the last chapter — This
lofty wall, so far as the local climates of Camberland, West-
morland, and the Lake Disti^ict are concerned, will be found
to exert a more i-emarkable iufluence on the health of the
districts that radiate from its water-parting ridge than even
the northern portion of the Pennine chain.
The Great Transverse Mountain Ridge, or Central Water-
parting and its Branches. — Hippocrates (460-357 B.C.) was
the first to recognise the importance of studying water-part-
ings and water-sheds in relation to local climates and
diseases ; he well knew how the prevailing winds were affected
by the one, and the sunshine by the other ; he also pointed
out that these features, according to their position, were
58
The Great Transverse Ridge. 59
capable of causing a difference in the climates of two places
only a f ui^long apai't.^
The great central water-parting of this district is remark-
able not only on account of its great inj3.uence on the local
climates of the districts on its northern and southern sides,
but for its length, height, direction, and geological structure,
all of which have most interesting histories, which, however,
we must leave for the present.
This central water-parting stretches right across the Lake
District from west to east ; and, without reckoning the curves
which occur during its course, its length in a straight line
from Dent Hill to Wasdale Pike, is about 32 miles ; the width
of the district at this point, namely from Sfc. Bees Head on
the west, to the extreme eastern boundary of West Ward, being
about 45 miles, so that the ridge occupies all but 13 miles of
a line extending through the most central and widest part of
the Lake District. Either of the accompanying maps will
enable the reader to trace this water-parting if the following
instructions are attended to.
First, find Ennerdale water in the Wliitehaven district, this
lake is 369 ft. above sea level; on the east is seen its affluent
(the river Liza), which has its source at Green Gable (2,500
ft.), and on the west its effluent (the river Bben), which at
Cleator bends suddenly to the south around the western end
of the central water-parting, which culminates in Dent Hill
(1,130 ft.), whose position in the map corresponds with the
T in WHITEHAVEN : the water-parting then takes a north-easterly
direction, but to the south of the river Bhen and Ennerdale
water to Grike (1,596 ft.), and then in a south-easterly direc-
tion over Iron Crag (2,071 ft.) to Cawfell (2,188 ft.), which
mountain lies immediately to the south of the south-east end
of Ennerdale Water, at a distance of nearly two miles, pro-
1 yv Koi a-TaSiov to /jL^raiv yv. " Airs, Waters, and Places." — Littre, vol. ii.
p. 22. A stadium contains 606 ft. 9 in., or 5.3 ft. 3 in. less than a furlong
(660 ft. in.), and is about an eightli of a mile.
6o The Geographical Distribution of Diseases.
ceediug east ifc passes over Haycock (2,619 ft.), then to the ,
north-east over the liigh LT,nd (2,746 ft.) from which some
sources of the river Liza are derived, and on to Pillar (2,927
ft.), then easterly to Looking Stead (2,058 ft.), where it turns
to the south reaching Kirk Fell, and thence on to Great Gable
(2,949 ft.), and above Styhead (2,500 ft.), near the point
where, in the map, the three districts Gochermouth, Whitehaven,
and Booth are seen to meet ; still pursuing a south-easterly
course it passes over Great End (2,984 ft.), which lies on the
north-east boundary of Bootle ; from Great End it follows
the north-east boundary line of Bootle until it reaches the
county boundary, on which it lies as far as Seat Sandal,
through the point at which the three districts meet, to the
height above Angle Tarn, where the Bootle boundary line joins
that of the county (2,500 ft.), and Bowfell (2,960 ft.) ; then
passing to the north-east the water-parting crosses over
Eossett Crag (2,100 ft.), the Black Crags (1,922 ft.), after
which Thunacar (2,351 ft.) is reached. Sergeant Man (2,414
ft.), Calf Crag (1,762 ft.), and to Steel Fell (1,811 ft.), below
which it crosses the road from Windermere to Keswick, at
the pass of Dunmail Raise (783 ft.), and lastly to the summit
of Seat Sandal (2,416 ft.) ; at this point the main water-
parting leaves the county boundary and follows the northern
boundary line of the Kendal district through Fairfield (2,863
ft.). Hart Crag (2,698 ft.), at the head of Deepdale (2,863 ft.),
Rydal Head (2,698 ft.), to Little Hart Crag (2,091 ft.), the
Red Screes (2,541 ft.), and Kirkstone Pass (1,450 ft.), at which
point the line suddenly turns to the north-east, passing over
John Bell's Banner (2,474 ft.). Stony Cove (2,602 ft.), Cau-
dale Moor (2,214 ft.), High Street (2,214 ft.), where the old
Roman Road runs along it, through Harter Fell (2,500 ft.),
over Tarn Crag (2,176 ft.), Harrop (1,963) ft., where the
water-parting leaves the district boundary line to the south
of Hawes Water (694 ft.), over the Shap Fells to the east,
and terminates at Wasdale Pike (1,853 ft.). Such are the
The Great Transverse Ridge. 6 1
Tips and downs of this wonderful barrier, that stretches across
the Lake District from east to west, for more than 31 miles,
separating the northern from the southern lakes, and creating
differences in the local climates of the two areas, which are
made more evident by the death-rates from certain causes
than by the delicate instruments of the meteorologist.
The height of this natural wall may be realized by the
following summary of the facts just detailed. The water-
parting is divisible into three parts : —
1. The Western End, which extends from Dent Hill through
the middle of the Whitehaven District to the point where the
three districts of Gochermouth, Whitehaven, and Bootle meet,
has a mean height of 2,139 ft.
2. The Central Part then starts from the latter point and
follows the boundary line of the north-east of Bootle, and
then along the county line, which is also the northern district
boundary line of the Kendal District, to Harrop Pike, where
the line leaves this combined boundary line : the mean height
of this central portion amounts to 2,323 ft., and —
3. The Eastern Portion, from Harrop Pike to Wasdale
Pike, over the Shap Fells to the north of that on the
Kendal boundary. This, the shortest division, has a mean
height of 1,878 feet. The mean height of the three divisions
amounting to 2,244 feet, which exceeds that of two Eiffel
Towers piled one on the other (1,968 feet), by 276 feet. This
tower all of my readers have heard of and many have seen,
is 984 feet in height, and proves a good unit for comparison.
Curiously enough, whilst using this structure to give an idea
of this great Lake Wall, I am reminded that the volcanic
materials of lava and ash, of which it is composed, have been
said to present all the characteristics of the streams which
flowed from the extinct volcanoes of the Eifel.
For the use of those who may visit this grand and interest-
ing country, lists of the heights described will be given at the
end of the work, and other details connected with physical
62 The Geographical Distrihition of Diseases.
features which cannot vConvenieDtly be given here or else-
where.
We may now turn our attention to the boundaries of the
English Lake District.
The English LaJce District; its Boundaries and Registration
Districts.
The English Lake District is comprehended within the
common boundary of the seven Registration Districts ; four
in Cumberland, namely, Bootle, Whitehaven, Gochermouth, and
Penrith; two in "Westmorland, West Ward and Kendal; and
one in Lancashire, JJherston. These seven districts roughly
radiate from a circular area, the centre of which is on Cold-
barrow Fell to the south of Blea Tarn at a point in the coloured
maps corresponding to the top of the left-hand limb of the
letter H in cockeemouth. From the extreme south-west
corner of the Penritlb district, where the county boundary
between Cumberland and Westmorland turns suddenly at
right angles to the south, (at Stybarrow Dodd, 2,756 feet),
and passes through the two r's in the word Thirlmere, draw
a straight line to the north-east boundary of Bootle, which
is part of the great central water-parting at the point where
it divides the sources of the Long-strath Beck, one of the
affluents of Derwentwater, on the north, from Lingmell Beck,
the affluent of Wast Water on the south, seen also in the
north-east of Bootle district. The sources of these two rivers
which are well seen, although not named, on the maps,
have between them Grreat End (2,984 feet), which forms
part of the great central water-parting. The distance be-
tween the north-east and south-west points is 9^ miles
the length of the radius of a circle drawn around the
centre of this line would therefore be 4f miles and found
as described on Coldbarrow Fell. Within this circle lie
parts of six out of the seven districts, the centre being 4^
The English Lake District — Its Boundaries, etc. 6;
miles from Penrith and Booth respectively ; 3-| from West
Ward ; 2 miles from Kendal district ; 4|- from Whitehaven ;
and 6^ miles from Ulverston, which is only just outside the
ring, being separated from the Cumberland and Westmor-
land districts by Kendal and Bootle.
The disposition of these districts around the described
centre has its origin evidently in the configuration of the
land, which, as will be further shown, has given the direction
to the courses of the rivers and the lakes they feed.
The Inland Boundary Line of the Lake District is shaded
in the map, and is seen to separate Gochermouth from Wigton;
Penrith from Wigton, Carlisle, Brampton. (Haltwhistle in
Northumberland), Alston and Bast Ward; West Ward horn
East Ward ; and Kendal from East Ward (Jedburgh in the
West Riding of Yorkshire and Lancaster).
TJie Coastal Boundary Line is made up of the north-west
boundaries of Cocherinoidh and Whitehaven, washed by the
Solway Eirth ; the south-west coast of Whitehaven, Bootle,
Ulverston, overlooking the Irish Sea ; and lastly the southern
coast of Ulverston and the south-western opening of the
mouth of the Ken, in the Kendal district, which are influenced
by Morecambe Bay and its tidal peculiarities.
In the above description all the Cumberland and West-
morland districts have been named, except Longtown ; this
will be included with the rest when discussing the Cumber-
land districts outside the inland boundary line.
The Hydrography of the Area.
A knowledge of the river systems of a country is the
necessary key to a knowledge of its aspects, the most im-
portant factor in its local climates; this step necessarily
leads to the study of land configuration, so that from hydro-
graphy we are naturally and almost imperceptibly led to
include the physical geography and then the geology of the
area under consideration.
64 The Geographical Distribution of Diseases.
Every river course that carries its vraters to the sea by a
single outfall may be considered an independent river; and
the area from which it gathers its waters is known as its
catchment-hasin, which is separated from neighbouring catch-
ment-basins by its rim, or ivater-partinrj, that is, the line of
highest ground around the river's gathering-ground. The
main water-parting of an island or a continent, such as Great
Britain or Europe, is known as its back-bone. The back-bone
of Great Britain extends from Duncansby Head on the ex-
treme north-east of Scotland to the extreme south-west at
the Land's End, Cornwall. This main loater-'parting separates
the river systems on the east side of England from those of
the west, the former emptying themselves into the North Sea,
which now fills up what has been termed above the Great
Thames Valley during the continental period when these eastern
rivers were so many tributaries to the great river of that age ;
the latter discharging their waters into the Atlantic Ocean,
Irish Sea, and St. George's Channel, as tributaries to the
river of the Great Seine Yalley, now covered by the English
Channel. A most important part of this main water-parting
or bach-bone forms, as has been explained in the last chapter,
the natural inland boundary line of our a,rea, and will pre-
sently claim attention as an important factor in the climate
of this region.
From the moment that my investigations, in 1868, led me
to the discovery that those subject to pulmonary tubercle
were intolerant of forcible air-currents, especially when in-
tensified as draughts by the funnel-like configuration of the
mouths of some river-valleys, I have never despised study-
ing the smallest catchment basin ; for the smallest, equally
with the largest, tells us much of the aspects, and their
direction found within the boundaries of their water-partings,
and whether they are exposed to the full force of the winds
which the consumption map has proved to be so fatal to
those suffering from tubercle in the lungs.
Hydrography — Rivers and Lakes. 65
The Rivers falling into the Sea at the Coastal Boundary
from the North to the South : —
(1) T]ib SohcaT/ Firth, which receives the waters of the
rivers 8arh, Esk, and Eden, must be considered as the mouth
of the last river, to which the others are tributary. The suc-
ceeding rivers, however, are independent, these are (2) the
rivers Wampool, and (3) Waver, which at low tide are seen
to unite in the broad sands of Morecambe to the south of the
mouth of the Eden; (4) the Ellen, falling into the sea at
Maryport ; (5) the Derwent, which is the eflBuent of many
lakes, Thirlemere, Derwent Water, Bassenthwaite Water,
Buttermere, Crummock and Lowes Waters, and carries their
waters to the sea, into which it falls at Workington, after
passing the town of Oockermouth ; (6) the Ehen, the effluent
of Bnnerdale Water, which, after running along the coast in a
southerly direction, joins (7) the Galder and the New Mill Beck
on the foreshore, a little to the south of Sellafield station on
the Whitehaven and Furness Junction Railway. The coast
line is then broken by another triune river mouth, (8) the
Esk, which receives near the foreshore, (9) the Irt that drains
Wast Water, and (10) the effluent of Burnmoor Tarn, the
Mite; the next in succession are (11) Annaside Beck, on
which Bootle stands, (12) the Buddon, (13) Goniston Water,
(14) the Leven, which drains Windermere Lake, and lastly
(15) the Kent, on which Kendal is built. Such is the bare
list of the rivers found in the area; it will now be fitting
to see what relations they bear to the different climate and
disease factors in each of the districts. Of these the most
important are the great water-partings that form the natural
inland and transverse boundaries of the greater portion of the
area.
Inland Waters, the Lakes. — Omitting the Tarns and some
other very elevated collections of water on the flanks of the
mountains, there are sixteen Lakes, which must be studied in
the district in connection with its local climates and diseases.
66 The Geographical Distribution of Diseases.
Height above the 8ea.—0i these sixteen masses of water
there are three havins: their surfaces over 600 ft. above sea
level ; two between 400 and 500 ft. ; three between 300 and
400 ft., five being 200 ft. and 300 ft., and three between 100 ft.
and 200 ft.; the average height being 326 ft.; the highest being
Hawes Water, 694 ft., and the lowest Windermere, 134 ft.^
LaJce Areas. — If we take these sixteen lakes, including
Windermere, Esthwaite, Coniston, Wast Water, Ennerdale,
Crummock Water, Buttermere, Lowes Water, Thirlemere,
Derwent Water, Bassenthwaite, UUs water, Brothers Water,
Hawes Water, Eydal Water, and Grasmere, and ascertain the
superficial area of each, we shall find that the aggregate
amount of water expanse equals 21 square miles and 117
statute acres. A very important water surface, even when split
up into detached masses. These areas of lake-water are shared
by 28 out of the 235 parishes or townships which consti-
tute the Lake District.
Lake Parishes. — These 28 lake-parishes (parts of which are
washed by the lake waters, and on whose shores a consider-
able section of the population live) are important therefore,
and the following facts relating to them should be known.
In the first place, eight per cent. (8'08) of the lake popula-
tion occupy these 28 parishes, out of which in 1871 there
were 9,194 females, or 8"76 per cent, of the whole female
population. The numbers being as follows : —
Population of the seven lake districts, 1871 : males 105,730,
females 105,014, total 210,744; population of the 28 lake
parishes : males 7,841, females 9,194, total 17,035. The
females are distributed among the seven lake districts as
follows — in the 2 lake-parishes of Penrith, 735 females ; in
the 11 of Cockermouth, 3,529 ; in the 2 of Whitehaven, 399 ;
in the 1 of Bootle, 167; in the 5 of West Ward, 1,478; in
the 4 of Kendal, 1,702; and in the 3 of Ulverston, 1,184;
total 9,194.
1 See description of " The Contour Map " (chap. vi.).
Hydrography — Rivers and Lakes. 67
This section of the population may be said to Hve under
the immediate influence of the twenty-one square miles of
water surface ; a climatic factor that must have great in-
fluence on the health of those evidently within its power — and
whether such a body of water be full of life or full of death
is a subject of grave importance. Whilst this lake-water
area is fresh on our minds, let me draw attention to the
vast difference that obtains between free and imprisoned
waters, as the former are well and perfectly represented in
the English Lake Districts; where waterfalls, cascades, tor-
rential rivulets abound, and, as they dash over the precipitous
rocks and along their boulder-laden courses, are thrown into
spray-form high into the pure mountain air, which they en-
tangle in their snow-white meshes, and rush off with to the lakes
below, to promote health and vigour in every being they
contain, belonging either to vegetable or animal life — such
is the function of these free, unfettered waters ; and we all
know how that function is performed, and, whilst contem-
plating the mode in which it is so beneficently and so
vigorously fulfilled, cannot help recalling to our minds those
simple rhyming lines of the poet Southey, who, with feeling
worthy of an observant man, in language simple enough for
his child, described how these free waters went about their
work at the foot of Lodore. " Here it comes sparkling, and
there it lies darkling ; now smoking and frothing. — The cata-
ract strong, then plunges along, shaking and raging, as if a
a war waging — showering and springing, flying and flinging
— and glittering and flittering, and gathering and feathering,
and whitening and brightening."
Let us now transport ourselves from the scene where free
waters in the exuberance of their liberty are carrying out the
beneficent dictates of nature, where they are the ministers of
health and vigour, to some low-lying lands afar off", where the
configuration of the country has been so moulded as to render
it impossible for these high functions of water to be fulfilled
68 The Geographical DistrihUion of Diseases.
— where, in fact, the alluvial and other clayey flats of the
low-lying land through which sluggish rivers wend their way
from their sources to the sea, are so fashioned as to convert
them into traps or prisons, ready to seize upon the errant
waters of a flood, should they be obstructed in their course
by over-crowding between the river's banks, and thus made
to extravasate beyond them.
How different is the present scene, how different the future
effects ! The imprisoned waters, even at first, are seen to
have brought with them, not health and vigour, but death and
destruction in all their varied forms, the foul washings from
cultivated land, manured with every kind of filth, the excre-
ment of man and the lower animals that surround him, dead
and dying vegetable matter ; the sewage from towns and
villages, and the out-casts of factories ; and lastly the newly
dead trees and herbs that have been overwhelmed by the
extravasated flood. What the future ? For days, perhaps
weeks, the stagnant and imprisoned waters lie upon the
surface of what were a short time since luxuriant meadows,
bright in their green garment of grass, calm and still it is
true, but not inert ; their function is not to bring health and
vigour to the herb that lies beneath them, but death and
corruption. The once live-grass and its associated herbs
when drowned, die and decay ; their decay is accompanied by
the extrication of foul gases which pollute the air, and acids
that sour the soil, creating obnoxious local climates that be-
tray their existence on the map of the medical geographer,
and give evidence of their deadly work wherever his dark
blue signs, denoting excessive mortality from certain causes,
are imprinted.
This sketch is far from being overdrawn, for we are as yet
only on the threshold of an investigation that will prove rich
in results 'if only followed up with well-directed patience and
labour.
There is a wide range between the live-waters of the moun-
Hydrography — Rivers and Lakes. 69
tain cascade, the flood-preventing lake, and the dead-waters
of the flood of the plain ; but its entire width must be
travelled over if we would learn how to profit by its
teachings.
CHAPTER V.
SECTION I.
The Registration Districts of Cumberland, Westmorland, and the Lake
District— Their Number, Names, and Boundaries— Hydrography-
Rivers and Lakes— Table of Rivers' Length— Area of Catchment
Basins — Sources — The Relation of Rivers to the Registration Districts
—Longtown, Sark, Esk, Liddel, Lines— Wigton, Wampool, Waver—
Gochermouth, Ellen, Derwent — Whitehaven, Ehen, Calder — Booth, Irt,
Mite, Esk, Buckbarrow-Beck — Duddon — Ulverston, Coniston Water
and Leven — Kendal, Kent, Lune — Hast Wa/rcl, Eden and Jjune— West
Ward, Lowther and Eamont — Penrith, Eden, Petterill — Brampton,
Irthing — Carlisle, Eden, Petterill, Calder — Alston, The South Tyne —
Rivers and Inland Ventilation — Tidal Wave — Catchment Basins —
Gravitation of Water and the Slope of the Land — Aspect — Hippocrates
— How a River- valley should be studied — Its Trend or Axis — The
Aspects of its Sides— The Eden— The Direction of its Axis— The
Aspects of the Sides of its Valley — Prevailing Winds — Their Relations
to the Eden Valley — Summary of the Courses of the Rivers in each
District.
SECTION II.
The Lakes in the Cumbrian Area.
Divided into four Areas . — I. The North- Western — Bnnerdale Water
— Buttermere — Crummock Water — Lowes Water — Derwent Water —
Bassenthwaite Water — Thirlmere — Their Affluents and Tarns — II.
The North- Eastern — Ulles Water — Hawes Water — Their Affluents and
Tarns — III. The South- Eastern — Kentmere — Windermere — The
Affluents, Lakes, and Tarns of the latter, viz : of Grasmere, Rydal
Water, Elter Water, Esthwaite Water, etc. — IV. The South- Western
— Coniston Water — Burnmoor Tarn — Eskdale — Wast Water.
THE Registration Districts of the Area — Number. Cum-
berland (40) ^ contains nine registration districts : Alston
1 The figures within parentheses (40) represent the registration numbers
of the counties and districts for the period 1851-70 ; since then some
slight alterations have been made.
70
The Registration Districts of the A rea. 7 1
(564), Penrith (565), Brampton (566V Longtoion (567), Carlisle
(568), Wigton (569), Gochery^Mith (570), Whitehaven (571),
and Bootle (572), whicli ar,e divided into twenty-eight sub-
districts, at present not available for the medical geo-
graphy of the diseases under discussion, although they are
for births, deaths from all causes, and diseases termed
zymotic to a certain extent. Dr. William Farr expressed to
me a hope that, at some future day, these sub-districts would
take the place of the districts in the supplements, and thus
enable the medical geographer to localize the occurrence of
disease among males and females separately more directly
than is possible by means of the larger unit,
Westmorland (41) contains three registration districts :
East Ward (573), West Ward (574), and Kendal (575), which
are further divided into ten sub-districts : Lancashire (34),
although it is divided into twenty-sis registration districts,
only one Ulverston (486) is included in the area under dis-
cussion, in consequence of its forming a part of the Lake
District, Why Ulverston is not included in the county of
Cumberland is as difficult to answer as, why Alston is.
Ulverston is divided into six sub-districts ; Barroio-in-Furness
is now made a separate district. Within, therefore, the
Cumhrian Area (by which term that part of North- Western
England including the counties of Cumberland, Westmor-
land, and the English Lake District, will hereafter be de-
scribed), there are thirteen Registration Districts, and forty-
four sub-districts ; the former will, however, only be used
in this work for the reasons already given.
Boundaries.
It will be unnecessary to give a written description of the
boundaries of the thirteen registration districts, as the reader
has an opportunity of studying their relations to each other
by means of the several maps, in which they are all distinctly
defined.
72
The Geographical Distribution of Diseases.
Sydvograjpliy. — Rivers and Lakes,
If the reader will consult " The Plan of the Catchment
Basins of the Rivers of England and Wales," that accom-
panies the Report on the Salmon Tisheries in England and
Wales, published at the Ordnance Survey OflSce under the
direction of Captain A. de C. Scott, R.E., Colonel Sir Henry
James, R.E., F.R.S., etc., February, 1861, on a scale of ten
statute miles to the inch, he will find that our Cumbrian area
is divided into eighteen catchment basins, the rivers of which
fall into the Irish Channel, and that it shares the upper parts
of three others that have an opposite course into the North
Sea. The names, length, area, and sources of each of the
former rivers are appended in the following table : —
Length
Names of Rivers
and
Tributaries.
16. EsK
Line and White
Line
Liddel
16. Sark
17. Wampool ...
Wize
18. Waver
19. Ellen ...
20. Derwent
Greta
21. Ehen
111
Miles.
8i
24i
lOf
18
15f
20f
35i
151
Area of
Catcliment
Basins in sq. m.
... 143 ...
Sources
and
Remarks.
From Scotch
to the sea.
Dyke
62
48
54
268
59
From Scotch Dyke
to the sea.
Source near Pastures
to the sea near
Anguton.
Source near Brockle-
bank Fell to the sea.
Source near Caldbeck
Fells to the sea.
From Borrowdale
Fells to the sea.
From Ennerdale
Water to the sea.
Hydrography — Rivers.
73
Names of Rivers
Length
Area of
Sources
and
in
Catchment
and
Tribntai'ies.
Miles.
Basins in sq. m.
Remarks.
22. Calder
,. 8f
... 23 ...
Source at Blakeley
to the sea.
23. Irt
.. 161
... 48 ...
From Haycock to
Mite River at
Ravenglass.
24. Mite
.. 8f
10 ...
FromScreestothesea
at Eavenglass.
25. BsK
.. m
... 43 ...
From Bsk Horse to
the sea at RaveD-
glass.
26. BUCKBAE-
6
... 16 ...
Source at Great
fiow Beck
Paddy Crag to the
sea.
27. DUDDON
.. 27i
... 117 ...
Soui'ce at Three-
shire Stone to the
sea.
28. CONISTON
.. m
... 36 ...
From head of Lake
Water
to the sea.
29. Leven
.. 61
... 123 ...
From Windermere
Lake to the sea.
30. Kent
.. 281
... 196 ...
From KidsleyPike to
Holm Island.
Betlia
.. 161
Mint
.. Hi
Winster
.. ni
Sprint
.. 10
31. Eden
.. 701
... 916 ...
From Eden Head to
the Solway Firth.
Irthing
.. 36
Calder
.. 26i
Petierill
.. 251
Eamont
.. m
74 The Geographical Distribution of Diseases.
The South Tyne drains the district of Alston, where it has
its source ; it then joins the North Tyne, forming The Tyne,
which falls into " The Narrows " at N. Shields.
The Lune, after arising at Lune Head, passes through the
south-east corner of Kendal district and thence into More-
cambe Bay.
Tlie Relation of the Bivers to the Registration Districts.
Taking the rivers in the order observed in the table above,
it will be found that each of the districts is drained by one
or more of the rivers contained in the list.
15. The BsK enters Longtown at its N.W. boundary, where
it joins the Liddel (not shown in the District Map), which
forms the boundary between Cumberland and Scotland ; and
at the S-W. boundary of the district is joined by the rivers
Line and White Line, which take a S.W. course to the Solway
Firth from the extreme N.B. boundary.
16. The Saek is a small border river rising in Scotland,
and separates Longtoivn from that part of Great Britain.
17. The Wampool rises in Wigton, and takes a N.W.
course to the Solway Firth.
18. The Waver also rises within Wigton, and falls into
the same estuary as the Wampool, taking an almost parallel
course to that river.
19. The Ellen rises above the lakelet Ouer Water in
Wigton, takes a course at first in a N.W, direction, after
which it crosses the northern boundary of Gochermouth in a
S.W. direction, and falls into the sea at Maryport.
20. The Derwent is, however, the river of Gochermouth,
over which it ramifies in all directions. One of its four
principal tributaries, the Greta, rises in Penrith district and
joins the main stream near Keswick, where it receives the
effluent of Derwent Water, after the effluent of Midmere has
added to its waters at the boundary line between Cockermouth
and Penrith. From Keswick it proceeds to Bassenthwaite
Hydrography — Rivers and Registration Districts. 75
"Water, in a N.W. direction, and as the effluent of this lake
it moves round in a S.W. direction, receiving near the town
of Cockermouth the effluent of the BitUermere and Grum-
moch Waters, after which it pursues a S.W. course to Work-
ington, where it falls into the sea.
21. The Bhest, not named in the map, but easily traced
as effluent of Ennerdale Water, is the river of the Whitehaven
District ; its source, called the Liza, takes its rise on the
northern side of the great transverse ridge, and, after supply-
ing the lake, its waters emerge as its effluent Ehen, which
moves round from its original N.W. course to the south
around the west end of the great transverse ridge, and enters
the sea near Sellafield station.
22. The Caldbe is another river of the Whitehaven district,
which, after rising from the south side of the transverse
ridge, near the Iron Crag and Caw Fell, proceeds in a S.W.
direction to the sea, which it enters a short distance to the
south of Sellafield station. It is not marked on the map.
23. The Irt is the effluent of the Wast Water, which is
supplied by its sources from Haycock and other heights.
As effluent, it takes a circuitous course in a S.W. direction,
eventually falling into the triple estuary at Ravenglass, which
receives the rivers Mite and Esh. It belongs to Bootle as
well as the two following.
24. The Mite traverses Bootle in a S.W. direction after
rising from the Screes, ultimately falling into the triple
estuary at Ravenglass, between the Esh and the Irt.
25. The BsE, which, like the Mite, is omitted in the District
Map, rises on the flanks of Scafell Pike and courses through
Esk Dale in a S.W. direction, which it continues until it
reaches the most southerly of the river mouths forming the
triune estuary at Ravenglass. All these three rivers drain
Bootle District, which, however, enjoys part of another river,
the Duddon.
26. Buckbaerow-Beck, a small stream having its source
76 The Geographical Distribution of Diseases.
at G-reat Paddy Crag, follows a similar S.W. course through
Bootle to the sea.
27. The DuDDON, which has its source at the ' Three-shire
Stone to the north of Bootle, takes its course in an almost S.
direction to its large estuary, during which it forms the boun-
dary between Bootle and the adjoining district of Ulverston
(Lancashire). Its tributaries have their sources, on its right
bank from Bootle, and on its left from TJlverston.
28. CoNisTON Water belongs entirely to Ulverston; is
almost due S. in its direction, drains the lake of the same
name, and finally empties its waters into the sea at the
estuary of the river Leven.
29. The Leven, the effluent of the Windermere, or Win-
andermere Lake is essentially an Ulverston river. Although
its sources, which act as effluents to Gri'asmere, Rydal, and
Biter Waters, take their rise in the north-western portion of
the Kendal District. In Ulverston the general direction of
its course is S. and S.W. ; in Kendal, however, the sources
have a S.E. trend. It falls into Morecambe Bay.
30. The Kent, or Ken, is devoted to the Kendal District.
Its main valley, extending from Kidsley Pike to Holm Island,
in Morecambe Bay. In its upper part, between Kentmere
and Kendal, it runs rather in a S.E. direction ; but after pass-
ing that town it curves round to the S.W., and falls into
Morecambe Bay thi'ough a wide estuary.
31. The Eden is the most important river of the Cumbrian
area, for its main stream and tributaries drain five out of the
thirteen districts, namely. East Ward, West Ward, Penrith,
Brampton, and Carlisle.
It rises in the S.E. corner of East Ward, at Bdenhead, on
the N.W. side of the water-parting from which the river
Ure springs on the S.E. Its valley from this point has a
N.W. course, which it continues as the boundary-line between
West and East Ward. It then continues in the same direction
as the boundary between West Ward and Penrith, and at the
Hydrography — Rivers and Registration Districts. 77
point, where it ceases to be so, it receives its efl9.uent tribu-
tary, tte river Eamont, after it has carried off the waters
from Ulles Water and Hatoes Water. The main direction of
its tributary, however, is at right angles to the Eden. After
the junction of the Eamont, the Eden crosses Penrith still in
a N.W. direction, until it reaches the northern boundary of
this district. It may be remarked that one of its tributaries,
the Petterill, after rising within the same district, takes a
similar and almost parallel course to the boundary between
Penrith and Carlisle, in the latter of which it joins the main
stream a short distance to the east of the city of Carlisle.
After leaving Penrith the Eden pursues still its N.W. direc-
tion, whilst acting as the boundary between Brampton and
Carlisle; but in ceasing to do so it curves round to the N.,
until the river Irthing joins it, after draining Brampton, which
it runs through in a S.W. direction from its source in North-
umberland to the Eden.
After receiving the river Irthing, the Eden makes a sharp
turn to the W., and then pursues a circuitous route through
the N.B. half of Carlisle in a N.W. direction, and after
receiving the Petterill and Caldew, near the city, falls into
the upper part of the Solivay Firth.
The Caldew rises near the boundary-line dividing Penrith
and Wigton, and takes a N. course through Carlisle to the
Eden.
The South Tyne, which drains Alston, takes a N. by "W.
course through it, after rising in this district. It does not
properly belong to the Cumbrian area.
The LuNE, which rises at Lunehead, in Bast Ward, pursues
a S. direction whilst crossing the S.B. corner of the Kendal
district.
Having drawn the reader's attention to the facilities af-
forded by the river courses of G-reat Britain to the immigrat-
ing fauna of pre-historic times, and having shown how these
same valleys enable the sea winds to penetrate into the in-
78 The Geographical Distribution of Diseases.
terior of the land, ventilating and purging it of stagnant and
malarious residual air, lie will be prepared to find that our
rivers play an important part in Medical Geography, and that
it is necessary to enter into detail with regard to the direc-
tion o£ their courses ; for their efficacy as ventilators depends
mainly on the direction of their trend. Our rivers not only
give, in some instances, free access to the prevailing winds,
but also to the tidal wave, with its accompanying freshening
sea breeze, and uplifting of the lower strata of air twice daily
at least.
The catchment basins of the rivers of the Cumbrian area,
as seen on the map referred to, remind us of the facets cut
by the lapidary on a stone ; in fact, the resemblance increases
as we think it out. In the first place, those catchment basins
are the results of nature's graving tools, — rain, snow, ice,
water, — by which she accomplishes sub-aerial denudation upon
the crust of the earth, which, as we all know, presents a very
varied form ; in fact, it would be difficult to find two places
exactly alike in either structure or form. However, free water
always finds out the course of least resistance and follows it,
indicating at once the slope or asigeci of the surface on which
it operates. The courses of the rivers therefore give us the
clue to the aspects of a I'egion, considered so necessary in
advising people as to where they should or should not reside.
Hippocrates dwelt particularly upon the value of a knowledge
of aspects, and laid down rules for finding them.
A river valley must always be studied at least from three
points of view. (1) The direction of its trend or axis ; and
when this is ascertained, then the question arises, Can the winds
from the sea find their way up through it easily? or Do they
blow over it in consequence of its being at right angles to
their course ? The rivers in the Cumbrian area present
examples of all kinds of land ventilators from the worst to
the best, and will presently be used to illustrate this subject.
(2) The aspects of the sides of the valley, which are neces-
Hydrography — Aspects and River Valleys. 79
sarily at right angles to the course of the river, and opposite
each other, not only in position, but in character of climate.
(3) The structure of the bed of the river and that of the
valley which it drains. This will be considered under
" Geology " (chap. vii,).
As the river valleys will necessarily be dealt with in the
subsequent part of this work, in which the physical geography
and geology of the Cumbrian area are dealt with, it will be only
necessary to summarize the facts which have been given in
this chapter, as to the actual direction of the water-courses
named, and their relation to the sea and land winds.
The Eden. If we draw a line from the source of this river,
from the S.E. corner of Bast Ward to the point where it
falls into the Solway Firth, and then find the centre of the
line, which will be seen to be about the crook in the Eamont
between the junction of the Hawes "Water effluent and that of
the Eamont itself with the Eden, and place the centre of a
card having a mariner's compass upon it (a piece of tracing
linen so marked is very convenient for this purpose), it will be
ascertained that the mean course of this river is from S.E. by
S. to N-W. by N., and that the aspects of the slopes of the
right and left sides of the valley are respectively S.W. by W-
and N.B. by E.; that is to say, the slopes on the N.E. by E,
side of the line, or right bank of the river, will look towards
the S.W. by W. part of the sky ; and that the S.W. by W.
side of the line, or left bank of the river, will look towards
the N.E. by E. part of the sky. In other words, the left
bank and its slopes will catch the rays of the rising summer
sun, when they appear above the Pennine chain, and the right
bank and its slopes the rays of the setting winter sun, whilst
they remain above the sky-line of the central mountain-mass ;
a matter to be well considered both by the medical practi-
tioner and the agriculturist.
What is here meant by the valley-side having a certain
aspect, such as S.W. by W., or IST.E. by B., is that, taking it
So The Geographical Distribution of Diseases.
as a whole, the majority of its square miles or acres would
enjoy such aspects ; this will be better understood when we
come to consider the same subject in the description of the
" Contour Map."
If we look at any valley-side on a good map, such as the
one-inch Ordnance, we cannot but notice the almost innumer-
able furrows that the minor water-courses have made down
the flanks of the heights that form it ; now each of these,
even the smallest, will present on a small scale all the
features of the most considerable river. But it will be
noticed that, however diverse may be the direction of these
tributary streams, they are all influenced by the main slope.
Again, supposing some of the acres on a valley-side have an
aspect contrary to the main one, as many will be found to
have in any large area, we must not forget that each acre
either enjoys the advantages of a good general aspect or
suffers from the disadvantages of a bad one.
As a rule, the S.W. and N.E. winds are the prevaiHng
winds in Great Britain (the approximate prevalence of each
wind for England and Scotland will be given in Chapter
IX.) ; such winds have the axes of their currents nearly at
figlit angles to the axis or trend of the Eiver Eden. These
winds, therefore, would blow over its valley, and not wp
through it, nor down through it, ventilating and purging it
of its residual air. The N.W. wind would, however, fulfil
this function, and when a strong and pretty prevalent wind,
would do so effectually. But it must be remembered
that it does not come straight from the sea, as it has to
sweep over a considerable portion of Scotland before it
crosses the Solway Firth, and enters the mouth of the
E-den. The same may be said of its antagonist the S.E. ; but
the latter, before entering the valley of the Eden, has to break
its force against that portion of the Pennine chain forming
the inland boundary, which separates the source of the Eden
from that of the Ure. Still, if it descend into the valley
Hydrography. — Rivers, Valleys, and Winds. 8i
and sweep along it to the N.W., it would do much, towards
ventilating it. It is, however, not a sea- wind ; for, before
reaching the boundary of the Cumbrian area, it must travel
over a wide expanse of England. We may therefore sum up
■as follows : (1) The sides of the valley of the Eden enjoy
aspects on which the rays of the summer sun fall at its rising
and those of the winter sun at its setting, and that therefore
each side in its turn would receive a certain amount of the
sun's morning, noon, and afternoon rays during the summer.
{2) That the Eden valley is shut out from the direct influ-
ence of the sea winds, but that it affords free access to the
N.W. and at times S.E. winds, which partially ventilate it
■during their prevalence.
If we now briefly review the courses of the rivers of the
other districts, we shall obtain a good general idea of the
means by which the atmospheric currents obtain access to the
interior of the Cumbrian area, and from what points of the
■compass they are derived, taking the districts in their regis-
tration order : —
Alston, an elevated district on the Eastern watershed of
England, is fully exposed, and its main valley, that of the
;South Tyne, has a N.N.W. direction ; and open therefore to a
land wind.
Penrith has already been discussed (p. 17).
Brampton is drained by a tributary of the Eden — the
Irthing — the valley of which takes a "W.S.W. direction to the
main river, and offers free access to winds from that quarter.
Longtoiun, the valley of the river Lijie, has a direction
nearly S.W. from the N.E. corner of the district; the wind
that ventilates it is a sea-wind, and approaches it straight
from the Solway Firth.
Carlisle was included in the Eden Valley (p. 77).
Wigton. The rivers Wampool and Waver open on the Sol-
way Firth, after a N.W. course, and give free access to winds
from this quarter, which are, however, more land than sea
G
82 The Geographical Distribution of Diseases.
currents, as they pass over a considerable portion o£ Scot-
land.
Cochermotith. The Ellen offers every facility to the sea
winds from the S.W., and so does the Derivent in the latter
part of its course ; but at the commencement of its career it
has a N. course ; whilst in its middle portion, its valley in
which Bassenthwaite Water lies, the prevailing S.W. winds
would blow over it. The southern and higher portions of the
Berwent, which act as affluents and effluents to Derwent
Water have their courses from S. to N., and are shut out from
the good influence of the sea winds altogether.
Whitehaven. It will be seen that the effluent of Ennerdale-
Water, the river Ehen, in the last part of its course, has a S.
direction, and open to the full force of the sea winds, but
that the valley, in which the lake and its affluent (Liza) lie^
are sheltered from these winds by the western portion of the
great transverse ridge.
Booth has all its river valleys more or less lying towards-
the S.W., and giving the freest access to the sea winds from
that quarter.
Ulverston. The river and lake valleys in this district have-
a more or less S. direction; and the funnel-shaped estuary
into which they empty their waters promotes the free ingress-
of the sea winds.
Kendal. The river Kent, which is the principal river of
this district, has first a S.E., then a S., and lastly a S.W.
course, which enables it to offer every facihty to the S.W..
sea winds that approach it from Morecambe Bay.
Such are the main facts connected with the river-system of
the Cumbrian area, and when once mastered the reader will
have little difficulty in following the author in his description,
of the disease-distribution. I shall conclude this chapter with
a short account of The Lakes in their relation to the Registra-
tion Districts, some of the more important of which have-
already been given in dealing with the river-system.
Hydrography. — Lakes. 83
Section 1 1.
The Lahes of the Cumbrian Area.
The Lake District is defined on tlie maps by a broad shaded
line around the inland boundaries oE Cockermouth, Penrith,
"West Ward, and Kendal ; and between the points where this
line abuts upon the Solway Pirth and Morecambe Bay, the
sea forms its boundary.
The Lakes, and the rivers which feed them, owe their exist-
ence to the Great Transverse Ridge, which has already been
referred to, and which will again be noticed in the chapter on
Physical Geography, and in the description of the " Contour
Map."
Let the reader take the 3° W. Long, line where it crosses
the River Caldew to the left bank of the estuary of the
River Leven, and then at nearly right angles draw a line
along the course described at p. 59, and he will find the Lake
District divided into four nearly equal parts :, two to the north
of the Transverse Ridge, and two to the south, which may be
described as (1) The North-Western ; (2) the North-Eastern ;
(3) the South-Eastern ; and (4) the South-Western. We
will begin with the Lakes to the north of the Great Trans-
verse Ridge, and give the names oE one or more of the
sources of their affluents, and those of the heights forming
the water-parting nearest their sources : the height above
sea-level, the area, and depth of each lake will be given,
when ascertainable, from the Ordnance Survey maps on a
scale of one inch to a statute mile, or from other reliable
sources.
The Northern Lakes. (1) The North-Western Area.
Ennerdale Water. This lake lies in the Whiteliaven Dis-
trict, at a height of 369 ft. above the sea ; lias an extreme
length of 2^ miles, breadth f mile, and a maximum depth of
80 feet.
84 The Geographical Distribution of Diseases.
The river Li-M is its principal affluent, wliicli rises npar the
summits of the north-western flank of Brandreth (2,344 ft.),
Qreeii Gahle (2,600 ft.^), and Kirk Fell (2,631 ft.), and lies in a
deep valley, the lofty sides of which separate it from Butter-
mere and Grummoch Water on the north, and Wast Water on
the south. It has a W.N.W. direction. Its effluent, the
river Elien, has been described (p. 75). The course of the
valley of the effluent, Wien, can only affect the death-rates in
the Whitehaven District, as above Ennerdale Mill there are
few people living. Gleator and Egremont are the largest towns
on this river, after it has received the river Keekle.
Buttermere and Grummoch Water, now two masses of
water, formed at one time a single lake '^ five or six miles
in length.
Buttermere has an extreme length, of IJ miles, and of
breadth \ mile, whilst Crummock Water is 3 miles long and
f mile broad. They vary too in depth. Buttermere has a
depth of 93 feet, whilst the lower lake, Crummock, has one of
132 ; Buttermere is 331 feet, and Crummock Water 821 feet
above the level of the sea. The affluents of these two lakes
are to be found in that wild but lovely region characterized
by Fleetwith Pike (2,126 ft.), Honiston Crag, Grey Knotts
(2,287 feet).
Lowes Water. As this lake empties itself into the Crum-
mock Water, it will be well to include it in this group,
although its source of water has nothing in common with the
other members. It has a small unnamed affluent ; a length
of 1 mile, and breadth, of -^ mile ; a depth of 60 feet, and a
height of 429 feet above sea level. The effluent of these
three lakes is a tributary of the Derwent, the GocJcer, the
1 The figures represent the height of the part of the Transverse Ridge
named.
2 Mr. Ward says that of lakes filled up in whole or in part, mention
may be made of Buttermere, which originally extended into Warnscull
Bottom on the south, and was continuous with Crummock on the north.
Hydrography. — The Northern Lakes. 85
course of wliicli is north-westerly. The whole of the
valley from White Hall, Buttermere, to Cockermouth, is well
populated ; its direction is W.N.W. After its junction with
the Derwent, the latter bends in a S.W directiou, passing
through a somewhat thickly-populated valley, and entering
the sea to the north of Workington, which would be in-
fluenced by its sea inlet. The Buttermere, Crummock Water
and Lowes Water may be termed the Cocker group of the
Derwent Lakes ; we now come to the Middle or Derwent
Group, consisting of Derwent Water and Bassentlituaite.
Deriuent Water has a length of 3 miles, a breadth of IJ
miles, and a depth of 72 feet ; it lies at a height of 238 feet
above sea level. Its affluent is the Dertoent River itself, which
is singularly associated in its course with tarns and lakes. The
several sources of this river are to be seen flowing from the
Borrowdale Fells into Borrowdale : thus the main source may
be traced from Allen Crags (2,572 ft.), through the valley at the
foot of Seathwaite Fell (1,970 ft.), and Glaramara (2,560 ft.),
where it is joined by the most westerly stream that has its
source in Sprinkling Tarn, 1,960 feet above sea level, and
then feeds Styhead Tarn (1,413 feet). Both tliese sources
rise from the northern flanks of Great End (2,984 feet) near
the summit, this mountain taking part in the great Trans-
verse Water-parting or Ridge. Another stream, Longstrath
Beck, has its source in Angle Tarn, to the north-west of
Rossett Crag (2,106 ft.), and Bow Fell (2,960 ft.), another
member of the Great Transverse Ridge. A third affluent
of Derwent Water is the Watendlath Beck, which has its
source in Coldbarrow Fell, just above Blea Tarn (1,562 ft.),
the rivulet then passes through a lakelet at Watendlath
(847 ft.) ; so that the affluents of Derwent Water are actu-
ally in connection with five tarns before they reach Derwent
Water.
Borrowdale, in which three affluents lie, has a direction
from S. to N., and therefore receives the winds from the latter
86 The Geographical Distribution of Diseases.
point after they have passed over aod had their force broken
by Skiddaw (3,054 ft.). The valley is moderately populated,
but the great centre is Keswick, the popiilatioa of which
■would naturally dominate that of the valley generally.
JBassenthumite, which is connected with the lake, just dis-
cussed, by the River Derwent, lies at a slightly lower level
than Derwent Water, being 226 feet above sea level ; it has a
more north-westerly direction than the last, and is consider-
ably longer, being 4| miles long and J mile broad; its extreme
depth is 75 feet.
The Derwent acts as its effluent at its N.W. extremity, and
then takes a somewhat sudden turn to the W., under the lee
of the heights which extend to the west from Skiddaw.
Thirlmere belongs to the Greta branch of the Derwent. Like
Derwent Water, it lies in a deep valley trending from S. to N.,
exposed to the northerly winds, but protected from them by
the heights of Blencathra (2,847 ft.), or Saddle-Back. This
lake, which has been selected for the water supply of Man-
chester, is 533 feet above the sea level, has a length of 2f
miles, and a breadth of ^ mile, and an extreme depth of 108
feet ; St. John's Beck acts as its effluent and empties its
water into the river Greta, which it enters at right angles
near Threlkeld station. The valley is moderately populated.
The affluent of Thirlmere is Wyth-Burn, which rises on the
north side of the transverse water-parting below the summit
of Sergeant Man (2,414 ft.), after which it takes a north-
easterly direction in the valley to the N.W. of that classic
col, crossed by the main road to Keswick from Ambleside,
near which the tumulus of Dunmail Eaise marks the spot
where the last of Cumbria's kings fought for independence
against the English, which he only surrendered with his life.
ir. The North-Eastern Area.
Ullsivater is the principal lake in this area, which is
separated from the North- Western by the lofty ridge having
Hydrography. — The Northern Lakes. 8y
a south and north strike, and the third hio^hest mountain in
the country in its midst, Helvellyn (3,118 ft.), which has
Clough Head to the north (2,380 ft.), and Seat Sandal
{2,415 ft.) to the south. From the eastern flank of this
stupendous ridge the affluents of this beautiful lake lie, in the
following order from the north, the tarns whence proceed the
feeders of Ullswater : — ■
Keppelcove Tarn (1,825 ft.), and Bed Tarn (2,356 ft.),
just below the summit of Helvellyn ; these empty their
waters into the beck that flows down Grlenridding ; then
•Grisedale Tarn (1,768 ft.), on the N.E. of 8eat Sandal, then
Brothers Water (520 ft.), and lastly Hayes Water (1,383 ft.),
both of which last derive their waters from Caudale Moor;
five in all, the effluent streams of which at last unite at the
•southern end of Ullswater and form its principal affluent,
the Goldrill Beck.
Ullswater is 477 feet above sea level, and at its deepest
part 210 feet; its extreme length is 7^ by f miles. The
river Eamont acts as its eflEluent, and empties its waters into
the Eden. The whole valley, notwithstanding its somewhat
tortuous course, has a mean N.E. direction. It is thinly
populated. Its local climate is shared by the S."W. portion
of Penrith District, and that of the N.W. of West Ward.
Haioes Water belongs entirely to West Ward. Its afflu-
■ents are derived from the southern flank of Kidsty Pike
(2,560 ft.), and two tarns, Blea Water (1,584 ft.), and Small
Water (1,484 ft.), springing from the north of the Grreat
Transverse Kidge, which separates them from the south,
eastern area, and Kentmere. These waters unite into one
■stream, and fall into Hawes Water at its southern extremity.
Hawes Water is 3 miles in length and ^ mile in bi^eadth. Its
surface is 694 feet above sea level ; and its greatest depth is
180 feet. Its effluent, Hawes Water Beck, carries off its
■contents, and shortly after joins the River Lowther at Bamp-
ton, which conveys them at last to the River Eamont. The
88 The Geographical Distribution of Diseases.
valley in whicli this lake lies has a direction from S,W. ta
N.E., and is very thinly populated.
III. The South-eastern Area.
Kentmere. This little lake or reservoir lies in the vale'
between Lingmell End (2,183 ft.), and 111 Bell (2,476 ft.).
Its affluent rises to the south of the Transverse Ridge, in the-
neighbourhood of the Roman Road. It is 973 feet above the
level of the sea. Its valley is but sparsely populated. Its
effluent, the River Ken, or Kent, runs through an important
and well-populated area, and its local climate has much
influence on the health of those who inhabit it.
Windermere lies entirely in this area, and is shared by the
Kendal and Ulverston Districts. Its affluents, however, for
the most part are derived from the South- Western Area, as
will be seen by the map ; but they will be described with the
lake that they feed.
As the affluents of this lake are rather complicated in their
relation to the tarns and lakelets above Windermere, it will
be well to describe them each separately.
Troutbech is a considerable stream having its source on the
southern flank of Caudale Moor, part of the Great Transverse
Ridge. It enters the lake on its eastern side, near Calgarth
Hall.
Stocli, QUI has its source near the Screes and Kirkstone
Pass. It is noted also for its, force, or waterfall, near Amble-
side, which town it passes through on its way to join the
Rothay river; whicb, after receiving the waters of Godale
and Easdale Tarns, acts as affluent and effluent to Grasmere
Lake and Bydal Water. The Bothay derives one of its
sources close to Bunmail Raise, on the south side of the
great water-parting.
CodaJe Tarn has a level above the sea of 1,528 feet, on the
flank of Thunacur Knott (2,351 ft.), Easdah Tarn (915 ft.),
and Grasmere (208 ft.); the last of which is a mile in
Hydrography. — The Northern Lakes. 89-
length, \ mile in width, and 180 feet deep. 'Ryd.al Water is
1^ mile long and \ mile wide.
Elier Water derives its supply from Stickle Tarn. Lying
1,540 feet above sea level, on the flanks of the Langdale-
Pikes, its effluent, known as the Great Langdale Beck, then
flows in a S.E. direction and falls into Elter Water, which is
187 feet above sea level ; and on issuing from this lakelet
assumes tJie name of Brathay, and at the site of the Eoman
DiCTis is joined by the river Bothay, which eventually, with its-
combined waters, falls into the Windermere, south of the
ancient station near Brathay Hall. Loughrigg Tarn empties
its waters into the Brathay just below Elter Water.
The Biver Brathay is the southern affluent of Elter Water.
This river rises near the Three Shire Stone at the head of
Little Langdale ; it then proceeds in an easterly direction,
and supplies Little Langdale Tarn, 340 feet above sea level,-
after which it pursues a circuitous course to Elter Water, at
the last changing its direction almost due north.
Esthwaite Water lies to the west of Windermere. It is
217 feet above sea level, 1^ miles long, by ^ mile wide,
and has a maximum depth of 80 feet. Its effluent, the-
Cunsey Beck, discharges its waters into Windermere between
High Cunsey and Eawlinson Nab.
The effluent of Windermere Lake is the Biver Leven, the
course of which, combined with that of the lake, both afford-
ing free access to the prevailing sea winds, must conduce
greatly to the thorough ventilation of the valley in which
they lie.
Windermere is 10 miles long, 1 mile in breadth, has a
maximum depth of 237 feet, and is 184 feet above sea level,
so that its bottom is 103 feet below that datum.
IV. The South- We stern Area.
Goniston Water lies nearly in the centre of Ulverston
District, is 147 feet above sea level, has an extreme depth of
■^o The Geographical Distrihition of Diseases.
160 feet, and has a length and breadth (at the -widest part)
■of h\ and \ miles respectively.
Its affluents are characterized by tarm at their sources.
Iioiv Tarn (600 ft.) near Tarn Hows drains into Yev:dale
JBecJc, from Avhich it derives its principal supply of water.
"This stream is derived from Tilberthwaite and Oxen Fell. It
does not fall directly into the head of the lake, but on the
-western side a little above GJiurch Bech, whicb has its source
at High Fell, and then passes through Levers Water, 1,350
feet above sea level. It then takes a S.B. route through
Ooniston village, and empties itself into the lake just below
the Yewdale Bech. Goat's Water Tarn (1,350 ft.) to the
S.W. of Ooniston Old Man (2,638 ft.), empties its waters
into the beck that falls into Ooniston Water at Oxen House
Bay, in the southern third of the lake. The effluent of
"Ooniston water is the river OraJce, which falls into Morecambe
Bay through the estuary of the River Leven.
Seatliioaite Tarn, 1,210 feet above sea level, derives its
•waters from Seathwaite Fell, and discharges tbem by Tarn
Bech into the river Duddon through its left bank.
Burnmoor Tarn (882 feet above sea level) lies on Eskdale
Fell at the head of Eskdale, and empties its waters into the
river Esk.
Wast Water, the last of tbe series, derives its supply from
the flanks of the Pillar, Kirk Fell, Wasdale Fell, and Ling-
mell, after which last height the combined waters are named,
and, as Lingmell Bech, fall in at the head of the lake ; another
affluent. Nether Bech, issues from Scoat Tarn to the west of
Red Pike, takes a southerly course and falls into Wast Water
-on its ISr.W. side. On its S.E. side the lake is under the lee
of the stupendous " Screes." This lake is 3 miles in length,
i mile in breadth; has an extreme depth of 270 feet, whilst
its surface is only 204 feet above the sea-level, so that its
■bottom at its greatest depth is 66 feet below it. The river Irt
.acts as its effluent, and falls into the sea as described (p. 75).
CHAPTER VI.
The Physical GEOGEAraY op the Area.
Description of the Contour Map —Contour Lines — Isotherms — Isobars —
A Times Weather Chart^Contour Maps — Black Combe, Mr. Penning
— The Principal Mountain Masses of the Cumbrian Area — I. The
Scafell—U. The Helvellyn— 111. The Skiddaw—lV . The Blach Gombe
—V. The Beivcastle—Vl. The Edenside—The Scafell— The Radiating
Ridges of the Scafell Mountain Mass — 1. The Western — 2. The North-
Western — 3. The Northern— 4<. The North-JS astern — 5. The South-Hastern
— 6. The Southern — and 7. The South-Western — I. The Western Bidge —
2. The North- Western Bidge — 3. The Northern Bidge — 4. The North-
eastern Bidge — Minor Heights to West of Windermere — Description
of the View from Orrest Head — 5. The South-Eastern Bidge — 6. The
SouthernBidge — 7. The South-Western Bidge — Becapiiulation — 1. Western
Bidge— 2. The North- Western Bidge— 3. The Northern Bidge— 4. The
North-Eastern Bidge — 5. The South-Eastern Bidge — 6. The Southern
Midge — 7. The South-Western Bidge.
Description of the Gontour Map.
ON looking at the " Gontour Map " it will be seen to be so
coloured as to represent in shades of blue and hroiun
the altitudes of the several areas enclosed within certain con-
tour lines; thus the areas coloured hlue are heloiv 500 feet,
whilst those coloured hroivn are above that level. Afjain, each
colour is represented by two shades : the darkest hlue indicat-
ing the loivest levels, namely heloiv 250 feet ; and the lighter
Mue, altitudes betvyeen 250 and 500 feet; on the other hand,
the areas coloured hroivn are divided into those coloured light
■brown, which shade characterizes such parts of the country
as have a height between 500 and 1,000 feet above the sea
level; whilst the dark brown distinguishes the mountain
(■masses which rise above 1,000 feet.
92 The Geographical DistribiUioti of Diseasesi
Contour lines are lines of equal level used by surveyors to-
show at a glance the results of their field-work, so as to-
facilitate the operations of the engineer and geologist. By
means of these simple lines sections of a field or of a whole
country can at once be made, their gradients or slopes ascer-
tained, and, what is of infinite service to the medical prac-
titioner, their aspects determined.
With the knowledge how to read the expressions of a series-
of contour lines, the medical man is enabled, with, a good
contoured map before him, to decide at once when a locality
is favourably or otherwise situated for his patient, without
actually examining the place itself personally. It was this
important consideration that induced me to construct contour
maps for the two favourite health-resorts, Brighton and
Scarborough, by which medical men, without ever having
been in these towns themselves, are enabled to decide at once-
what aspects would be favourable and what obnoxious to the-
cases they might desire to send there. Before, however,.
pointing out how such maps are to be used by my professional
brethren, it will be well to give a general description of the
contour map before us, so as to familiarise them with the-
broad details of the area in this respect.
We are most of us familiar with the meteorolog-ical terms
isotherm (To-oy = equal and 0ejO^)? = heat), and isobar ((Vo? = equal
and /Sa/)o? = weight); the one applied to lines of equal tempera-
ture, and the other to those of equal weight or pressure-
(atmospheric).
Contours are Lines of Equal Level.
In the case of isotherms, these can be illustrated by a
reference to the map under discussion; as the isothermal
lines according to Dr. Alexander Buchan, M.A., F.R.S.B., for
July, over this area have been inserted ; those for January
being given over the geological map.
Let us take the July isotherms : — At the two ends of the-
Isotherms — Isobars — Contours. 9j
most western crimson line will be found " 60°," which means
that the mean temperature, during July, is equal to sixty
•degrees, Fahrenheit, along the whole course of that line, after
the corrections have been made for altitude in the actual
local observations, that is, from 64° N. Lat., and Morecambe
Bay to the Solway Firth, and 55° N. Lafc., during which
■course the line crosses the great Transverse Eidge of Moun-
tains. The isotherm 61° is seen just crossing the extreme
south-eastern part of the Kendal District ; these will be
again referred to more fully in the chapter on Meteorology.
Now with regard to isobars, the weather charts, published
daily in The Times, afford us ample illustration of the prin-
ciple on which they are constructed and of their extreme value
to science. The weather-chart (see p. 94) published in to-day's
issue (26th August) of the above journal affords an excellent
example of isobaric teaching. A depression had been ad-
vancing towards Ireland from the Atlantic since the 24th
August, and The Times of the former date gives a weather-
■chart for Tuesday, 25th August, 6 p.m., in which we see the
following isobaric arrangement, which to the accustomed
eye tells its unmistakable tale as quickly to the meteoro-
logist as a contoured map would to an engineer.
To the W. and N.W. of Ireland the " depression " spoken
of is represented by a fragment of a circular isobar, which
shows that, after corrections for temperature and altitude
have been made, the barometer stood within this circular
area at 28"9 inches (remarkably low for this time of the year).
Going eastward we find that the next isobaric curved line or
part of a circle stretches from above the Hebrides, passes
down through the centre of Scotland, crosses the Mull of
Galloway and the Irish Sea to the west of the Isle of Man,
enters Ireland and makes its way across its south-eastern
corner to the Atlantic ; this isobar indicates a pressure of
29'1 inches, or yVths greater than within the centre of the
depression. The next isobar, still further to the East,
94 The Geographical DistribiUion of Diseases.
stretches from the Shetlands, across Durham and Cardigan
Bay to the north of Pembroke to the Atlantic ; it has a
pressure of 29"3, The fourth isobar, 29"5, crosses the "Wash
and trends in a south-westerly direction through the Midlands^
and finally reaches the English Channel through Devonshire
on its way to the Atlantic. The fifth isobar, 29" 7, crosses-
TEE WEATEER.
METEOROLOGICAL EEPORTS.
Weather Chakt, Tuesday, Aug. 25, 6 p.m.*
the neck of Denmark, and has a course through the Straits-
of Dover, along the English Channel and across the north-
west of France to the Atlantic ; and the sixth and last isobar,
29'9, extends from the east of Erance across the Bay of
Biscay to the north-west of Spain ; the difference between
* The Times, Wednesday, August 26tb, 1891.
The Contour Map Described. 95.
the first and sixtli isobar being exactly one inch, 28'9-29'9 ;
therefore the chart shows a crowded array of lines (isobars),.
each differing, as regards barometric pressure, to ths of an inch
from the one next to it, and when this occurs the distances
between the lines are lessened and the gradients are said to
be " steep," the same term that the engineer uses when de-
scribing an area on which the contour lines lie close together,-
as over steep precipitous hills, etc. For the above " weather
chart " I am indebted to the kindness and courtesy of tlie-
proprietors of The Times.
Every school-boy does not know what a contour line is ;,
but in my opinion he should be taught, at least before leaving
school, whatever his future lot in life may be. Rather than
give my own definition of this useful, sign in physical geo-
graphy, I will append the one given by Mr. W. Henry Penning,.
r.Gr.S., a geologist in H. M. Geological Survey of England
and Wales, in his excellent text book of " Field Geology,"'
published by Bailliere, pp. 8-25, where he says : —
Contour Maps.
Some maps have marked on them certain lines, the meaning
of which it is well to clearly understand, and which are called
"contour lines." These lines convey at a glance, to the
eye accustomed to them, the physical geography, or the-
actual shape, of a part of country, its hills and valleys, its-
precipices and ravines ; not merely in a sketchy or approxi-
mate form, but with heights and depths taken from actual
admeasurement. For a contour line runs through all the-
points at which a perfectly horizontal plane at a given heiglit
would intersect the surface of the ground; or, in other words^
if the land were covered with water to a certain height, the
margin of the water would be exactly represented by a con-
tour line drawn at the same elevation.
This we can illustrate by the map before us, thus : If
the sea were to rise above its ordinary level to the extenfe
'96 The Geographical Distribution of Diseases.
-of 250 feet, then all the land in the Cumberland and Lake
District coloured darh-hlue would be submerged, and the line
of high-water mark for this 250 feet rise would represent the
contour line for that height. If, however, the sea continued
to rise until it reached 500 feet, then the land coloured light-
-hlue would be submerged, and the line of high-water mark
would correspond with the 500 feet contour. Again, if
another rise took place of an additional 500 feet, then would
all the land coloured ligJd-brown be under water, and the
area instead of being continental as it is now, would be split
up into a number of islands, and the high-water mark of this
third rise of the sea would correspond with the 1,000 feet
•contour lines, above which appear the darJc-broion iusular
masses which remain above water, in consequence of the land
which constitutes the mountain system of this area being
above the 1,000 feet contour line. With these darh-broum
masses we shall begin our description of the " Contour Map,"
but before doing so it will be well to add what Mr. Pennine-
has further to say on contour lines.
These lines, he says, are shown for every 10, 20, 50 and
100 feet, according to the scale of the map and the' degree
•of accuracy required. In geological surveying they are of
assistance in the drawing of boundary lines, whether of hori-
zontal or inclined strata, in ascertaining heights with ac-
curacy, where they run, and between them by estimation.
Observed in relation to boundary lines, the contours indicate
the direction, and in some measure the amount of dip of the
beds, and are otherwise useful in making various calculations-
The scale of the contour map that we are now discussing,
being only 12 miles to the inch, is too small for displaying
more contour lines than have been mven without running the
risk of overcrowding and confusion. For instance, if we take
the Blade Combe mountain mass to the S.W. of the area in
the Bootle district, we find there are only three contour lines
between the darJc-hrown, and the line of hio;h-water mark
Contour Lines — River Valleys. C)j
indicating 250, 500 and 1,000 feet respectively ; within,
however, the same distance on the Ordnance Survey (" New
series ") maps, on a scale of one mile to the inch, there are
ten contour lines including the one of the 1,000 feet level,
■or one for every 100 feet. On maps having a scale of
one mile to every 6 inches, it is possible to draw lines at
every 25 feet and even at every 10 feet ; and on the large
parochial maps on the 25-inch scale at every one or two
feet rise in the level, so as to render such maps admirably
adapted for sanitary purposes, as for calculating the slope
•of the land for drainage and other engineering purposes,
such as railways. These contour lines are of essential ser-
vice in agriculture, as they aid the farmer in selecting the
proper aspects for his crops ; so essential in wheat culture,
as proved in my investigations on the effect of aspect on
the wheat-yield of Great Britain ; the results of which I
gave in two lectures, delivered in London in July, 1886.*
Contours, Mr. Penning further adds, run in a V-^i^^^ shape
up the valleys, in lines more or less straight on flanks
and ridges, and sweep round the outline of the hills ; their
variations are as numerous as the hills themselves, but these
kinds of form prevail in all. It is but seldom, however, that
.a valley presents a straight line, it follows rather a serpentine
course ; therefore a contour, at or near its entrance, would be
like a V with both its sides slightly curved in the same
-direction.
To this explanation of the three principal forms of contour
lines it will be well to add a few remarks and illustrate theiri
by the contour map before us. In the first place the sharp
point of the Vj or the point where the two sides of the letter
meet at an acute angle, in the case of valleys that have been
* " The Effect of Aspect and Climate on the Wheat- yield in England."
Reported in The Times, August 14, 1886; The Farmer and Chamber of
Agriculture Journal, August 9, 1886 ; Bell's Weekly Messenger and Farmers
Journal, August 23, 1886.
U
98 The Geographical DistribtUion of Diseases.
formed by flowing water, either in recent times or at periods
more remote, always points ii'pwards towards the higher land,
so that on the north side of the great Transverse Ridge the
V-like contours would more or less be seen to assume the
usual position of this letter when printed. Thus the rivers
Wamfool (Wigton), Galdeiv (Carlisle), Petterill and Eden
(Penrith), are seen to lie in loop- or V-like channels of darh-
hlue, the apices of which are directed towards the high
ground of the central transverse ridge of mountains, whilst
their bases or broader parts open towards the lower ground y
the valleys, in fact, are fimnel-shajped, the broad parts of
which look towards the sea or lowest ground.
If we now examine the part of the area to the south of
the transverse ridge, we shall see four loop- or V^like valleys
in the Kendal District, coloured light-blue, in one of which,
the second from the west, the river Kent is represented ; in
the others the becks have been omitted.
The most western of the four, having its broad end open-
ing on the north-east of Windermere Lake, is the valley of
the Troutbeclc, one of the affluents of the lake ; its apes
points to the high ground of the great central water-parting,
(transverse ridge), where the loop is repeated in the light-
broion inter-contour space, and made conspicuous by the darlc-
broivn of the high ground of the 1,000 feet contour-line, where
Caudale Moor (2,214) lies, into the southern side of which the
source of the Troutbeclc has scooped the head of the valley,
about 1^ miles north-east of Kirkstone Pass. To the east
of Troutbeck is seen the group of light-blue loops forming
an irregular trident ; these are the valleys of the sources of
the river Kent ; in the most western the river Kent is seen
to take its course, the loop is /\-shaped, but the letter is
reversed, although, as in all other cases, the apex points to-
the high ground and the base to the lowest. This light-blue
loop hke that of Troutbeck is seen to be capped by a light-
brown inter-columnar space, the apex of which contains the
Contour Lines — Elevated Land. 99
Kentrnere reservoir, and points to the liigh ground above it
whei'e lie Lingmell End (2,183), to the south-west of vrhich
are the well known features in the sky-line, Fvoswielc (2,359),
and the pyramidal III Bell (2,746). To the east of the Kent-
mere loop is the centre prong of the trident. This is the
valley of the Sprint, coloured light-blue, and above it is seen
the long liglit-hroicn valley of Long Sleddale, having its apes
pointing towards the elevated mass of Adam Seat (2,180),
and the Enowe (2,509). The easternmost prong of light-blue
is the valley of the Mint, which is similarly capped by a
light-broum inter-contour loop, reaching high up into the
darh-broivn, where the sources of this tributary of the Kent
take rise from the southern flanks of Bannisdale Fell. These
illustrations will suffice for the present, as in the course of
the description of the other features of this map, attention
will be drawn to similar examples, an abundance of which are
to be found in this wonderfully beautiful area.
Now whilst it has been seen that the apices of the valleys
point to the high ground, it must have also been observed
that the contour " sweeps round " the outline of the hills or
high ground ; and that in doing so also forms loops, the apices
of which point in an opposite direction — towards the low
lands. Let us take the elevated mass with which we com-
menced, the elevated mass in the Bootle district, characterized"
by Black Combe in the south-western part of this area : here
we observe the south-western part of the darlc-broion pointing
to the sea ; and that this V-li^e extension is succeeded by a
similar light-broivn loop, and this again by the light-blue loop,
rendered conspicuous by the darh-blue of the low land border-
ing the coast. If we now retrace our steps to the Kendal
district we shall find similar features illustrating this fact, in
the high lands that separate the valley of the Troutbech from
that of the Kent, and this valley from Long Sleddale, and the
latter from the vale of the Mint.
The darh-brown tongue of hijrh land between the Troutbeck
lOO The Geographical Distribution of Diseases.
and the river Kent is seen to point southward or towards
Windermere; it has its base at Fi'oswiclc, and its apex an
Applethivaite Gommon; and is succeeded by the UgU-broiou.
area pointing in the same direction : in fact the lower end is
somewhat bifid, owing to the course of a small streamlet
which feeds the Kent, falling into it at Staveley. On the
sharp eastern point lies Orrest Head (784), above Elleray,
near the Windermere station, whence the most magnificenr,
view in the whole area of the Lake District can be seen.
That little point is classic land; for it was the abode of
Professor Wilson (Christopher North), and the delight of th«
most refined and cultured minds, among whom were the
Coleridges, father and son, Southey, Wordsworth, De Quincey,
Mrs. Hemans, and a host of other lovers of nature, whom
the beauty of this spot had so oft inspired.
The long extension of elevated land coloured darh-hroion,
between the valleys of the Kent and Sprint, points to the
sout'i-east, and so does the liglit-hrown inter-contour V-li^e
looo. This tongue of heights stretches from The Knoive
(f'lSOO), and Baven Crag to Potters Fell, and includes between
these extreme points Sleddale Forest, from which the valley
of the Sprint takes the name of Long Sleddale. In the next
chapter the geological structure of this ridge will be described
"from a section by Mr. W. Aveline, F.Gr.S.
Between Long Sleddale and the valley of one of the prin-
cipal sources of the river Sprint, Bannisdale Beclc, is seen a
- pointed promontory of darlc-hrown, pointing to the S.E., and
succeeded by a loop of light-brown having the same directioTi.
This mass of high land stretches from Bannisdale Fell (1,819)
to Whiteside Pike (1,301), and includes Capplebarrow (1,683).
Mr. Penning remarks that contour lines are more or less
straight on the flanks and ridges of hills, of which the map
under discussion affords a good example in the 1,000 ft. line,
which forms the south-western boundary of the largest darh-
hrovm area in the whole of Cumberland and Westmorland.
The Motmtain Masses Described. loi
This line may be said to extend in a south-easterly direction,
from the southern part of the Brampton district (close to the
letter B, of that name) near Castle Garroch, to the V-^ike loop
ia the East Ward district, which is repeated by the larger
loop of the crimson line representing the great water-parting
of the North Pennine Chain ; a distance of over 30 miles.
The terminal loop just mentioned is the head of the valley
which gives passage to one of the principal sources of the
river Eden, Argill Bech, which has its origin in Stainmoor
Forest (1,582).
This contour line further illustrates also the upward loop-
ing of valleys and the downward looping of the heights.
The south-west boundary of the North Pennine darh-hroivn
mass is seen to be notched or irregularly serrated along its
course: the UgJit-hroicn notches or loops represent the valleys
of the numerous tributaries of the Eden, whilst the darJc-
brown tooth-like projections between them indicate the posi-
tions of the high ground separating the valleys.
The Principal Mountain Masses of Cumberland, Westmorland,
and the Lake District.
These are distinguished on the " Contour Map " by the dark-
broivn colour indicating all land above the 1,000 ft. contour
line.
Within the Lake District there are four principal masses :
two forming the great transverse ridge, which lies between
the northern and southern masses of Shiddaiv and Blach
Combe respectively.
Outside the Lake District there are tvvo masses above the
1,000 ft. contour, but these belong to the same mass, the
North Pennine Chain. They are naturally connected both
geologically and by continuity of water-parting, as the
crimson inland boundary line of the North Pennine Chain
shows. These masses may be classed under the foUowinc
heads : —
102 The Geographical Distribution of Diseases.
Within the Lalce District: 1. The Scafell; II. The Hehellyn;
III. The SMddcm ; IV. The Blade Combe; and outside the
Lake District, Y. The Bewcastle; and VI. The Edenside.
These six masses will be considered as centres of certain
smaller masses which will be treated as physical or geological
outliers, as the case may be.
I. The Scafell. This mountain mass lies in the western
part of the Lake District between the Helvelhjii mass and
St. Bees' Head, and spreads its arms and its climatic influence
into the districts of Goclcer mouth, Whitehaven, Bootle, TJlver-
■stone, and Kendal; its form is not easy to describe, the
readers may, however, see a resemblance to some form that
may aid their memories. We must be content to regard it
as roughly stellar or radiating ; for its rivers and lakes all
more or less radiate from its central line to the different
points of the compass. I think if Homer had had to give
this mass a name, that the coiner of the epithet " cloud-
collector" (ve(f)e\ij'yepeTa), which he applied to the cloud-
collecting Jove, instead of to his Olympian abode, would cer-
tainly have been tempted, on looking at this group on the
map, to name the Scafell mountain mass "the Lake Collector"
(Xifivtjyepera) , and in doing so would have truly described if,
as will be presently seen.
I. The Scafell mountain mass lies to the W. of 3° 4' W.
Long., and between Lat. 54° 20' N. and 54° 47' N". ; it con-
tains two of the highest mountains in the whole area, Scafell
Pihe (3,210 ft.), and Scafell (3,162 ft.): it supplies with
water thirteen out of the sixteen principal lakes ; and it con-
tains the western portion of the great central water-parting
or Transverse Ridge.
It may be described as consisting of a central oblong
body lying on the northern boundary line of the district of
Bootle, which separates this district from those of Whitehaven
and CocJcermouth. This line will be seen more clearly on tlie
" Geological Map," where it will be found to extend in a S.E.
The Scafell Mountain Mass (/.). 103
direction, from just below the n in Whitehaven to the county-
boundary between Cumberland and Westmorland, at the
point where, on the " Contour Map," the July isotherm 60°
crosses it. This central mass contains that portion of the
great transverse water-parting, which includes the following
heights, from N.W. to S.E. :—K%tI Fell (2,631), Great Gable
<2,949), Oi-eat End (2,984), and Boivfell (2,960) ; so that it
has a mean maximum height, along the 4| miles over which
it extends, of 2,881 feet. Prom this central body rise the
sources of the Lingmell BecJc, the feeder of Wast Water, and
the river EsJc, on the south-west; the course of the latter is
marked by the loops in the darh and light blue, and in the
light-iroivn inter-contour spaces, the highest having its apex
just below E in bootle.
Scafell Pike, Boivfell, Gi'eat End and Great Gable are well
seen from Orrest Head, just above Elleray, whence they are
seen to form a part of that magnificent background, which
lends such a charm to the view of Windermere from that
standpoint.
The Radiating Ridges of the Scafell Mountain Mass.
A little careful study of this mountain mass will not only
&t once convince the reader that ivater and other atmospheric
agents have been the sculptors,- that have carved into such
grotesque forms its rock-structure, but that, in ages long
past, before these agents could have exerted their influence
on it, owing to submergence beneath the sea, it must have
formed a much more huge rock mass and that it must have
been united to the Helvellyn, the Skiddatv, and the Black
■Gombe masses ; that in fact their separation has been brought
about by water from above in the form of rain, snow and ice,
and by water from below in; the form of the sea, with its
ever restless, pounding, hammering waves. Whilst the whole
of this area, comprised within the four divisions, was slowly
rising from the sea and escaping the sculpture power of
I04 The Geographical Distribiition of Diseases.
its waves, it rose into the higher regions of the atmosphere
to the extent of thousands of feet higher than the highest
point reached to-day; and in doing so attained an altitude
where the atmospheric water- vapours, licked up from the sea
by the winds, were condensed into snow instead of into rain ;
and whence the snow, converted by its own weight into ice,
gravitated, in the shape of glaciers, along the channels that
running water had already carved, before the land had risen
above the snow line.
At the present time geologists tell us that we have only
the remains of a former enormous thickness of sedimentary
rocks and volcanic ashes remaining to tell us the tale of a
vast denudation that has levelled a mountain mass equal per-
haps in height to Mont Blanc or Etna. The lake valleys that
lie within the outstretched arms of rock extending from the
central mass just briefly described, are the work of incalcul-
able ages, and the lake-basins themselves are in some in-
stances the result of the gouging power of ice, when impelled
forward by the mighty pressure behind, between the sides of
valleys that water had originally hewn out of the rock in its
torrential course to the sea laden with mud, sand, gravel, and
boulders, torn from the riven rocks of the highest peaks.
For the purposes of description the seven dark-hroivn
radiating limbs or ridges may be thus briefly named —
1. The Western ridge, between Wast Water and Ennerdale.
2. The North-ivestern ridge, between Ennerdale Water and
BiMermere, and Crnmmoch Water.
3. The Northern ridge, between Buttermere and Crwnmoch
Water, and Borrowdale and Dertvent Water.
4. The North-eastern ridge, between Borrowdale and Derwent
Water and Thirlmere.
5. The South-eastern ridge, between Coniston Water and
the valley of the Duddon.
6. The Southern ridge, between the Duddon valley and
EsMale.
The Radiating Ridges of Scafell. 105
7. The Soidh-ivestern ridge, between Eshdale and Wast
Water.
1. The Western ridge contains the extreme western portion
of the central water-parting ; its form is irregular, resembling
somewhat an index hand pointing to the west. On the
northern side the contours along the flanks overlooking
Ennerdale are tolerably straight, whilst the southern border
is much indented by the passage of rivers as the light-ln-oivn
inter-contour loops pointing upwards indicate. The first three
to the west give passage to the sources of the Calder, which
can be traced to the corresponding loops in the light and darJc-
5/^fe inter-contour areas ; the fourth loop belongs to the course
of the river Bleng, and the remainder have been scooped out
by the feeders of Wast Water. The darlc-hrotvn heights be-
tween the river valleys are as follows : — The index-finger-like
height at the extreme west is Longbarroiv (Dent) (1,130), from,
which may be traced eastward the water-parting ridge con-
sisting of Blaheley Raise (1,276), Griko (1,596), Gatv Fell
(1,500), Jro7iC'ra^ (2,071), Gaio i^eZ/ (2,188), Haycock (2,619),-
Pillar (2,927), and lastly Kirk Fell (2,631), which we have
mentioned before as the point whence the central portion of
this mass begins : the main maximum height, therefore, of
this portion of the transverse ridge is 1,993 feet. On the-
south are the following heights from west to east dividing
the water-courses from each other : — Lank Rigg (1,750),
(Kinniside Common), Gopeland Forest, S.W. of Caw Fell,.
Scatallan (2,766), to S. of Haycoch, and Yew-harrow (2,058)
overlooking the head of Wast Water, and to the S.E. of Bed'
Pike (2,629).
2. The North-icestern limb is a long ridge stretching from
the central mass near Brandreth (2,844), to Otvsen Fell (1,341),.
and Martin Fell (1,461) ; the extreme end of this limit is
bifid, the former height occupies the northern prominence,,
and the latter the southern. This ridge separates Ennerdale-
io6 The Geographical Distr^b^ltion of Diseases.
from the valley in whicli Bidtermere and Grummoch Water lie.
This ridge or limb will be noticed again in the chapter on
geology.
3. The Northern Umh, is of large size and not so simple in
its form as the last ; for it is deeply indented by the sources
•of rivers. It stretches from the central portion near Brand-
.reth, to beyond Lord's Seat (1,811) and Broom Fell (1,670),
both of which form the S.W. background of Bassenthwaite
Water, when viewed from its right bank. At Broom Fell the
ridge turns at right angles to the west, and ends in KM Fell
t(l,476). To the north of the crook are seen two outlying
heights coloured dark-brown ; the smaller western one is
*he Burthwaite height (1,224) rising up from the Wythop Moss,
which occupies the light-brown inter-contour area to the
south ; the eastern and larger height (1,170) lies to the north
.of Kelswick Church, and overlooks Bassenthwaite.
This inter-lacustrine tongue of elevated land is an important
one, inasmuch as from its north-eastern flanks are derived
the numerous tributaries to the river Derivent, the Neiolands
BecJc, and the lakes they feed ; moreover, it overlooks the most
noted dale in the district, Borrowdale, so full of interest to
all real students of nature. If we take the heights along the
line of water-parting from Brandreth (2,344) to Lord's Seat
t(l,811) we shall be better able to estimate the importance of
this ridge.
Next to Brandreth is Grey Knotts (2,287), which lies to its
north, then comes Bale Head (2,473), Bohinson (2,417), Sigh
Smell Bigg (1,726), Knott Bigg (1,772), Sail (2,500), Fel
■Crag (2,649), Sand Hill (2,525), Grisedale Pike (2,593), the
TurnpiJce Boad to Branthwaite across the neck of the crooked
extremity (above 1,000 feet), Gomhe Plantation (1,627), and
lastly. Lord's Seat, the extreme point of the ridge to the north
..(1,811) ; which heights give a mean maximum level of 2,147
feet along the water-parting of this northern limb, which at
.a height above the 1,000 feet level stretches over 12 miles.
The Radiating Ridges of Scafell. 107
From fhe south-eastern side of this limb will be seen project-
ing from the main mass a very pointed tongue of land directed
towards the north, coloured dark-hronni. This ridge separates
' Borrowdale on the east with the Derwent River and part of
the Lake, from the valley of Neidands Bed-, which falls into
Bassenthwaite Water to the south-west of the river Bervent,
the connecting link between Derwent Water and Bassen-
thwaite. This sharp tongue extends north for about 3^ miles
from Dale Head above the 1,000 feet contour, and its ridge
{beginning from the south) is made up of Eel Crags (2,14:J)
through Maiden Moor (1,887) to the base of the sharp point
■Cat Bells (1,482), near the site of the BrundelJiow lead
mines.
4. The North-east ridge between Borrowdale and Deriuent
Water on the west, and Thirlmere on the east, has now to
be considered. This mountain-mass springs from the central
portion between Allen Crags (2,572) and Boiv Fell (2,900).
Between the main portion of this mass and the one just
described will be seen a small darh-hroivn projection pointing
in a north-easterly direction, and lying between two loops of
light-broivn. This mass has at its base Allen Crags, a little
to the north of the main central water-parting, and the bifid
head of the valley contains in the western loop the source of
the river Derwent, whilst the one to the east contains the
Longstrath Beclc, which joins the main river about half-a-mile
to the north-west of the village of Rosthwaite, the Borrowdale
Fells lying, as it were, in the fork of the two valleys. This
minor mass has a total length above the 1,000 feet contour
■of about 3J miles, and a mean maximum height of 2,469 feet,
excluding Allen Crags ; on this tongue lie Glaramara (2,560)
and Bosthwaite Fell (1,807).
We now come to the main mass. From the point of origin
;at Bot!) Fell, which lies on the great central transverse water-
parting, to the Pike at the extreme north of Gastlerigg Fell
(1,177), the ridge has a length of a little over 11 miles.
io8 The Geographical Distribution of Diseases.
and a mean maximum height of 1,932 feet. The following
mountains lie upon it, excluding Bow Fell; Bossett Crags
(2,106), Blade Crags (1,922), High Whitestones (2,500),
Greenu]) Edge (2,081), Ullscarf (2,370), Long Moss (1,750),
(below which lies Blea Tarn, at a height of 1,562 feet), Arm-
hotJiFell (1,588), High Seat (1,996), Bleaiernj Fell (1,932),
and Castlerigg Pihe (1,177).
The principal valley loops are on the western side ; one
of which gives exit to the Watendlath BecJc, an independent
feeder of Derwent "Water, to the west of which is the dark-
hroiun projection of Grange Fell (1,250), on which also is
Brund Fell (1,363), and on the eastern side the nose-like
darh-hroimi projection lying on the water-parting and county
boundary to the west of Dunmail Raise (781), is Steel Fell
(1,811). On the chin-like projection to the south of Steel
Fell is Silver How (1,345), dividing the valley of the river
liotliay on the north-east from that of Great Langdale Beck
on the south, which after passing through Eter Water, where
it is joined by Little Langdale Beclc, the combined waters
issue as the river Brathay.
Between the ridge (4) just described and the next in
succession (5), there are the remains of another important
mass of elevated land lying between Windermere and Coniston
Water, but not of sufficient height to be included, except
over a very small area, at Long Crags, within the 1,000 feet
contour. This elevated ground is represented by the light-
hro'icn masses and their flanks coloured Zt^/rf and darh-hlue ;
they form the loiver part of the background, of which Conis-
ton Old Man and the mountains on either side from Furness-
Fells to the Langdale Pikes form such a glorious and distin-
guished feature when Windermere is viewed from the east.
The elevated land about to be briefly described lies between
Windermere and Coniston Water, and apparently at the foot
ol the giants behind, when viewed from Orrest Head, or the-
road between Troutbeclr Bridge and Bowness, whence they
The Radiating Ridges of Scafell. 109
appear in the following order from south-west to north-east ;
Blach Combe (1,969), Oaiv (1,735), the highest point of
Dunnerdale Fells, the extreme south-west point of the next
ridge (6), Walna Scar (2,000) with Sroum File (2,239), The
Old Man of Goniston (2,6SS), Bidge of Seathwaite Fells (2,500),
which end in the precipitous peak, Garrs (2,500), lying to
west, and dipping down behind the next height, Wetherlam
(2,250) ; the sky-line then dips to the col, on which the Three
-Shires Stone stands, the Wrynose Pass, on the eastern side oc
which the river Bratliay rises, and on the west the river
Duddon; from this depression we trace the line against the
sky until wo reach Great Knott (2,259), and then the Pike of
Bliscoe (2,304) and the Grinkle Crags, whence the ridge slopes,
until it again rises towards the next mountain, Boiu Fell
{2,960), between which and the Crinlde Crags the highest,
point in England is seen, Scafell Pikes (3,210) ; then we get
a glimpse of Great End (2,984), Great Gable (2,949), Glara-
mara (2,560), and lastly the Langdale Pikes, the Pike of
Stickle (2,323), and Harrison Stickle (2,401).
Such was the glorious mountain view that stood out clear,
distinct and purple against the rnddy golden sky of a setting
sun on the 21st September, 1885, the date of my first visit
to Orrest Head ; the purple of the peaks merging into the
dark-green of the foliage of the lower heights of Hawk's Head
and Glaife Heights, which seemed to lie humbly at their feet,
whilst the broad waters of the lake, like an inland sea of
molten silver, reflected their solemn beauty, and thus enhanced
the glory of one of nature's grandest displays of brilliant
colour and perfect form, never to be forgotten.
The lower heights separate Windermere from Coniston
"Water. The small light blue outlier close to the lake is the
Glaife Heights, and between it and the light-hlue and light-
brown heights, to the west lies Esthwaite Water, whilst still
further to the west is seen a forked area of light-hlue sur-
mounted by a i-idge of light-brown, the northern part of
no The Geographical Distribution of Diseases.
which is Kigli Arnside and Eawh's Head moors ; the southern
or bifid portion contains the Furness Fells, characterized by
Long Grags to the west, and Qreat Green Eoive to the east.
5. The South-east ridge, between Ooniston Water and the-
valley of the river Biiddon.
This mass has already had many of its features given in
describing the distant background of Windermere, so that
little more than a few additional details will be required. It
may be said to extend from Boivfell, Avhere the central por-
tion ends, through a neck-like ridge, on which are Shelter-
Crags (2,651), Long Top (2,816), and Great Knott (2,259), to
the main mass, which begins at the col, on which The Three-
Shires Stone stands, between the sources of the rivers
Brathay and Buddon, the Wrynose Bass ; thence it extends in
a more or less southerly direction through the following
heights: — Hinfiing House Fell (2,537), Seathwaite Fells
(2,600), Broivn Bike (Walna Scar, 2,239), The Old Man of
Ooniston (2,633), Oaio (1,735), the highest point of Bimner-
dale Fells; the total length of which from Boivfell to the
extreme point of the 1,000 feet contour line being 11 miles ;
whilst the mean maximum height amounted to 2,457 feet.
The great valley-loop of the Buddon separates this ridge
from the next one on the west, and that of the river Brathaij
on the east. Lingmoor Fell (1,410), an outlier not shown on
the maps, divides the Great Langdade Bech from the Brathay.
Through the loops below this river issue the feeders of
Coniston Water.
6. The Southern ridge, between the Duddon Valley and
Bskdale.
This is altogether narrower than the limb just described.
It curves to the south-west, and may be described as having
its base at Bowfell and winding through Yew Bank (1,570),
Border End (1,803), Harter Tell (2,140), Ulpha Fell (1,386),
to G-reat Worm Crag (1,400), which last height is separated
from the great mountain mass of Bootle, of which Black-
The Radiating Ridges of Scafell. 1 1 r
Combe is the dominant height, by the valley through which
Crosby Gill flows, coloured light-broivn in the map ; this gill
falls into the Duddon. From Bowfell to the extreme point
of the 1,000 feet western line along this ridge, the distance is
between 7 and 8 miles.
7. The South-ivestern ridge, between EsMale and Wast
Water.
This ridge has its origin in that great mountain mass
known as Scafell ; of which Scafell proper has an altitude of
3,162 feet, whilst Scafell Pike exceeds this height, being 3,210'
feet; the Scafell mass would occupy the position of the letter
li in the name of the district of bootle. This rounded mass-
projecting to the south-west is separated from the remainder
of the ridge by a depression in which Burnmoor Tarn lies
(832 ft.), and the road that crosses the pass into Wasdale.
The Scafell portion of this ridge contains the loftiest moun-
tain in England; besides which, it contains many rock masses
of great height, so that this portion of the elevated ground^
estimated by the height of its twelve principal summits, has
a mean level of 2,334 feet. The col already mentioned
separates the Scafell mass from that of The Screes, lying to
the south-east of Wast Water. This south-westerly termina-
tion of the ridge has its axis from south-west to north-east^
and presents the eminences of III Gill (1,978) to the N.E.
and White Eigg (1,755) to the S.W.
The Scafell portion of this south-western mass is bounded
at its north-east by the remarkable depression known as-
Ush Hause, which lies to the north-east of the great trans-
verse water-parting. Along this hause or throat there is a
mountain road from Wastdale to Langdale ; near this road
lie, at the north-western portion, Sprinlcling Tarn (1,960), and
Sty-head Tarn (1,430), which derive their waters from the-
sides of Alleii Crags (2,572), and then empty them into the
river Derwent in Borrowdale ; from the south-west of Allan
Crags there proceeds in a south-westerly direction a ridge or
112 The GcograpJiical Distribution of Diseases.
minor water-parting, whicb. crosses the great transverse
■central water-parting and connects the tongue-lilce mass
{described under the north-east ridge (4), characterized as
supporting Glaramara, and lying between the bifid head of
Borrowdale), with the Scafell mass. This minor ridge has
on its south-eastern side, Angle Tarn, lying on the flank of
Hanging Knott (2,903) ; it empties its waters into the
rsources of the Langstrath Beck, which, after pouring down
Longstrath, joins the river Derwent, so that at their origins
the two heads of the Derwent rise on opposite sides of this
minor water-parting, but meet in Borrowdale. This south-
Lvestern ridge (7) is separated from the loestern ridge (1) by
Wast Water, and completes the seven radiating ridges of the
.Scafell mountain mass.
Recapititlation.
The details that have just been given in describing tlie
form and constitution of the above seven ridges radiatino-
from what has been termed the Scafell Mountain mass,
however useful for reference, can hardly be expected to be
remembered.
It will perhaps, therefore, be well to give a short recapitu-
lation of the main facts connected with these seven ridges in
order to aid the memory in retaining what is essential. All
the ridges are coloured darh-hroiun on the " Contour Map."
1. The Western Bidge between Wast Water and Ennerdale,
Water has been compared to an index-hand pointing to the
west (St. Bees' Head). The extreme western point is Blaheley
Raise and the high ground is extended through Qrilce and
Pillar to Kirh Fell. The southern flanks are indented by
the sources of the rivers Galder, Irt, and the afiluents of Wast
Water ; whilst the heights dividing these sources are from
west to east, respectively, LanJc Bigg, Gaiv Fell, Scatallan,
the most southerly and extensive, and Yeivbarroiv : the two
last lying immediately to the north-west >of Wast Water.
The Scafell Mountain Mass. 1 1 3
2. The North-western Bidge, between Ennerdale Water,
and Butter7nere and Grummoclc Water. This is a long mass
terminating in a bifid manner towards the north-west.
The chief components of this ridge, beginning from the
extreme north-west, are Owsen Fell, Gavel Fell, Starling
Bodd, Bed Filce, High Stile, High Crag, to Brandreth. The
southern extreme point of the bifid end is Murton Fell.
Within the loop between the two extreme north-westerly
points are some of the sources of the river Murton, a tributary
of the Berwent. On the northern fl.anks rise tlie affluents of
Boioes Water, Grummoclc Water, and Buttermere.
3. The Northern Bidge between Grummock Water and
Buttermere and Borroivdale and Berwent Water.
This is one of the most considerable mountain masses — it
terminates in a sort of crooh to the north, having still further
north two outliers: is deeply indented on the eastern side, and
is characterised by a sharp pointed ridge springing from its
base, and pointing to the north.
Its main ridge proceeding from the extreme point of the
crook consists of Kirh Fell (not the Kirk Fell) to Bord's Seat,
Grisedale Filce, Sand Hill, Eel Grag, Bohinson, Bale Head,
to Brandreth. The sharp-pointed ridge lying between
Borroivdale and Newlands, consists of Gat Bells at its extreme
north, through Maiden Moor, to Eel Grags in the south. The
loops in the crook give passage to some of the sources {Whit
BecJc) of the river Gocher ; whilst the western flanks are
indented by the afflufents of Grummoclc Water and Buttermere-
and the eastern are deeply sculptured by the main sources
of Newlands Beclc, one of the chief affluents of Bassenthimite
Lake. The pointed spit of land separates Neiolands from
Borroivdale, with its river and Berioent Water.
4. The North-eastern Bidge between Borrowdale and Ber-
went Water and Thirlmere, is an irregular mass somewhat
pointed to the north. It consists of the following heights
from north to south, namely, Gastlerigg Fell, High Seat,
114 The Geographical Distribution of Diseases.
Ullscarf, High White Stones, Thunacar Knott, and Pavey Arh,
to Allen Crags ; from which last also springs a promontory
of high land that divides the bifid head of Borrowdale and
on which lies Glaramara. From the western side of the main
ridge issue the affluents to Derivent Water ; and from the
eastern the affluents of Thirlmere including the Wythburn,
the most southerly; and others of less importance which
empty their waters into the left side of the lake. The most
north-easterly indentation gives passage to the source of the
Naddle Beck, which eventually falls into the river Greta.
5. The Soxith-eastern Ridge, which separates Goniston
Water from the valley of the Buddon, is an elongated, pear-
shaped mass, extending from Boivfell through a neck of land
to the main mass extending south to Dunnerdale. It is
characterized by the two well-known mountains, Goniston
Old Man, and Wetherlam. At the point where the neck
joins the main mass is situated the Three-shires Stones. At
its extreme north is Boivfell, which is succeeded towards the
south by Great Knott, Pike O'Blisco, Wetherham, Goniston Old
Man, Walna Scar, and Dunnerdale. On both sides it is deeply
indented ; on the west side by the river Duddon and its
tributaries, and on the east by the Langdales, and the rivers
which flow through them to supply Windermere and other
water masses. Below the Langdales, to the south, the mass
gives egress to the affluent waters of Goniston.
6. The Southern Bidge, between the valley of the Duddon
and Eskdale, is a long but comparatively small mass. It has
its base at Bow/ell, from which it stretches through Harter
Fell, to Great Worm Crag and Ulpha Fell ; on its east side
it is scooped out by the tributaries of the Buddon and on the
west by those of the river Esk.
7. The South-toestern Bidge, between Eskdale and Wast
Water, is the highest of all the radiating ridges. It extends
from Esk Hause to the far extreme south-west point of the
Screes. It is notable as containing the Scafell mass, which
The Helvellyn Mountain Mass. 115
is separated from the Glaramara mass at the head o£ Borrow-
dale by Esh Mause, and from the Screes mass, by the
depression over which the road to Wasdale crosses, and Burn-
moor Tarn lies. It is deeply looped by the tributaries to the
river Esk, and by the affluents to Wast Water.
II. The Helvellyn Mountain Mass.
This great division of the Cumberland and Westmorland
mountain masses is separated from the Scafell mass (I.) by
one of the most interesting and thickly populated depressions
in the whole mountain and lake area, which it well be well to
■describe first.
The Central Depression of the English Lake District.
This great central depression of the English Lake District
may generally be described as extending from the mouth of
the river Kent, where that river empties its waters into More-
<5ambe Bay, in a more or less north-westerly direction, over
Dunmail Raise (783), its highest point, and that portion of
the great central transverse water-parting which forms the
link between the two great mountain masses of Scafell and
Helvellyn ; it then descends into the vales of Wythhurn and
Thirlmere, and after pursuing a north-westerly direction
through Keswick, it may be traced along the course of the
river Denvent, and Bassenthwaite Lake to the sea at Working-
ion. During this course it only traverses two registration
districts, Kendal and Gockermouth.
The " Contour Map " will enable us to trace the course of
this depression : beginning at the mouth of the river Kent
we follow it in the dark blue until after the town of Kendal
is passed ; the road then turns to the north-west and gets
into the light blue around the northern portion of an elevated
area, coloured light brown, to the west of the letter S in
Westmoeland. This height, on the eastern side of its upper
and broader end, is characterised hj Kendal Fell (650), whilst
1 1 6 The Geographical Distrihdion of Diseases.
to its extreme north is Plumgarths Fell (679), under which
the road lies ; to the south of these eminent scars, on
the same light blue area, rises Scout Scar (713), and still
further south, at its extreme sharp end, the scar that over-
looks the road just before reaching Brigsteer, has a height of
605 feet. Scout Scar commands a splendid view of the Lake
mountains ; but what will interest the geologist most is the
oblong light hliie height to the south-west, and to the west
of the letters W and E of the name of the county. This
tract of elevated land is the mountain-limestone outlier of
Whitharrow, where the huge tilted slabs of the above forma-
tion are sculptured with the most grotesque forms ; the result
of nature's etching acids — the carbonic acid of rain-water,
and the still stronger corrosives, resulting from vegetable
and rock decomposition. From the post-glacial drmnlin, on
which Kendal Castle is built, a good view of the Kendal FelU
and Scout Scar can be obtained, and should the observer be
fortunate enough to witness the sun set behind them about
midsummer, he will see the great orb of day as it were rolling
down the sky-line of the slope of the fells, until hidden alto-
gether ; just as the writer has seen it apparently roll down
the sky-lines of the flanks of the Grampian Bens to the west
of Stuc-a-chroin (3,189), from the Abbey Craig near Bridge of
Allan.
Eesuming our journey, we pass under the height of Plum-
garths, and proceed to the north-west until we reach the
narrow strip of light blue lying between a projection of the
main mass of light brown to the north, and a somewhat
quadrangular mass of the same colour to: the, south; the
boundary of the northern mass is the termination of ^ the
southern slopes of Hiigill Fell (839), at Bavenscar, Staveley,.
on the east, and of Orrest Head (871 ) at Bannerigg on the
west. On the southern mass hes Grooh Common, the northern
portion of which rises to the height of 818 feet at Borwich
Fold. Between these two heights lies the light blue valley,.
Helvellyn Mass — Central Depression. 1 1 7
througb. the eastern part o£ which the river Ooiuan flows on
its way to join the Kent at Staveley : whilst the western
portion is watered by a streamlet that enters Windermere
Lake just north of Bowness. The concavity in the southern
boundary of the northern liglit hroivn mass shows the point
where the river Gotvan enters the valley after rising on
Applethwaite Gommon to the south of Sour Hoives (1,568).
The extension line to Windermere of the Lancaster and
Carlisle Railway from Oxenholme station runs through this
valley. On reaching the village of Windermere, we again
bear to the north-west, passing the classic heights of EUeray,
with its wide- spreading sycamore, overshadowing the once
happy home of John Wilson, known throughout the civilized
world, not only by his own name, but as "Christopher
North " : a man whom nature had endowed with a powerful
mind and a powerful body, united by a loving heart that ever
guided its companion powers. With a host so genial, manly,
and cultured ; whose love for nature knew no bounds, and
whose readings and interpretations of her were so fresh,
joyous, and true, it was not to be wondered that his humble
abode became the focus, in the true sense of the term, to which
all who took nature as their guide, and devoted their best
powers to understand her, would gather ; Scott, Wordsworth,
Coleridge, De Quincey, Hartley Coleridge, besides a host of
others, were those who sought the companionship of such a
man, and were never tired of the lovely views of lake and
fell which EUeray commanded, nor of mounting to Orrest
Head with their host, and there listen to his loving admiration
of all that surrounded them ; content for once to let their
silent praise mingle with his eloquence.
This is a digression from the valley to the height, which,
however, I advise every traveller to make.
In the valley once more we proceed along the road to
Ambleside, our way lying by the lake on the darh blue tint ;
shortly we cross the Troutbeclc Bridge, at the base of the light
ii8 The Geographical Distribution of Diseases.
hlue loop, pointing up the valley of the Trouthech, which ha&
its source high up on the southern flanks af Gaudale Moor,
At Ambleside we cross the mouth of another loop that give&
exit to the waters of 8toclc Gill, having its source near
KirTistone Pass. Immediately succeeding this loop are two
others, through which flow respectively Scandals Bed, from
the dell of the same name, and Bydal BecJc, which latter has
its source at Bydal Head, between Fairfield (2,863), and Hart
Crag (2,698). Bijdal Beck, Scandals Bech, and Stoch Gill, all
cross the road below Bydal Water (181) to join the river
Bothay. As we advance along we have the left bank of Bydal
Water, and on our right hand Nah Scar, and Nab Cottage by
the roadside, where Hartley Coleridge lived. Beyond this
point the road turns sharply round a nab (White Moss, 460)
where was the " Wishing Gate:" we then skirt Grasmere Lake
(208), after leaving which we have the village of Grasmere
and the Fairfield spur of Bydal Fell (2,022) on our left ;
during the remainder of our ascent, until we nearly reach
Bunmail Baise, the river Bothay flows down on our left,,
after crossing the road near the county boundary, from its
source near the top of Dollywaggon Pike (2,810), a prominent
height along the ridge of the Helvellyn mountain mass. At
Bunmail Baise, the depression or valley we have been follow-
ing attains its greatest altitude, 783 feet. Here we may rest
awhile and refer back to the description of the view from
Orrest Head, whence can be seen Steel Fell sloping down on
the west towards the pass of Dunmail Baise, which has as its
eastern boundary Seat Sandal (2,415). This view will be-
again referred to in the chapter in which the geographical
distribution of heart disease is discussed, as it aff'ords a re-
markable illustration of the effect of the physical configuration
of the land on medical geography.
The county boundary between the shires of Cumberland
and Westmorland crosses the road over Dunmail Baise, on
reaching it from Steel Fell, and then ascends on the eastern
Helvellyn Mass — Central Depression. 119
side up the northern flank of Seat Sandal, along the course,
for a short length, of the mountain stream known as Raise
Beclc, and as the source of the river BotJiay, already referred
to as having its origin near the summit of Dollyimggon Pihe,
to the north of Seat Sandal. The exact position of this
portion of the great transverse water-parting is indicated on
the " Contour Map " by the dotted county boundary line that
crosses the narrow light broum pass between the darh brown
nose-like prominence projecting from the Scafell mountain
mass (I.) on the west, Steel Fell, and the rounded darh brown
mass on the east i^Seat Sandal). It is at this point that the
two mountain masses of Scafell (I.) and Helvellyn (II.) are at
the least distance from each other.
We now begin to descend, leaving Westmorland and the
Kendal District at the shire boundary line, to the south
of the central transverse water-parting, and entering Cum-
berland and the Cochermouth District, lying to the north of
that famous ridge, and
" That pile of stones
Heaped over brave King Dnnmail's bones ;
He Yiho bad once supreme command,
Last king of peaky Cumberland,"
as "Wordsworth notes it in his " Waggoner."
On reference to the " Contour Map," it will be seen that
the depression — as it is continued between the north-eastern
darh broiun ridge of the Scafell mass (I.), and the northern
darh broivn ridge of the Helvellyn mass (II.) — has a pretty
uniform breadth, as regards the space between the 1,000 ft.
contours of its lateral boundaries ; at the northern end of
Thirlmere (533), these two darh brown masses recede from
each other, and still further to the north (where the effluent
of the lake, St. John's Bech, is seen to be diverted from
the northerly course, and to turn, soon after receiving the
lake's waters, towards the east), they are separated by an
elevated mass, not shown on the map, but situated on the
120 The Geographical Distribution of Diseases.
light brown, and crossed by the words Derwent and Water
in separate lines. This mass is known as High Bigg, or
Naddle Fell, and rises to the height of 1,163 feet at Bake
Eoive; it is continued in and to the west of the crook
of St. John's BecJc, from High Bridge End, where the stream
turns to the east, to the north of Bahe Howe, and then turns
to the west, before going northward to ThrelJceld Bridge,
where it joins the Glenderamackin, or upper portion of the
river Greta, which has its source in the Skiddaw mountain
mass (III.) J as well as on Matter dale Common, at the extreme
north of the Helvellyn ridge.
Instead of following the course of the St. John's Beck, as
above indicated, we shall now pursue the central valley on
the western side of Naddle Fell, after reviewing some of the
points that we have passed unheeded in the general descrip-
tion just given. In the first place, after leaving Bimmail
Baise, we have the valley of the Wytheburn on our left or
western side ; this chief affluent of Thirlmere rises to the
east of High WJiite Stones (2,500), and to the north of Serjeant
Man (2,414). The loop of its valley is seen in the " Contour
Map " north of the nose-like projection of Steel Fell, through
which the dotted line of the county boundary is seen to cross
towards Dunmail Baise. Still further north is another loop
for Hoh Gill, another affluent of less importance ; besides
which there are seven or eight mountain streams which con-
tribute to the waters of Thirlmere, on its left or western side ;
whilst on its right, or eastern side, only one unnamed and
inconsiderable stream reaches it, and that from Helvellyn
itself ; all the others join a stream, Helvellyn Gill, which runs
by the side of the lower end of the lake, and finally enters
St. John's Beck, close by the road that we shall take to the
north-west in following the valley we are discussing. As we
proceed, we have on our left the lake bounded on the west
by those heights already described in the north-eastern ridge
of the Scafell mountain mass (I.) (p. 113). On our right and
Helvellyn Mass — Central Depression. 121
immediately above us is the ridge of 'Kelvdlyn itself, but its
highest points are hidden from our view by its shoulders.
Birlcside, Whelpside (2,412), Brown Gove Crags, WJiiteside,
Watson's Dodd (2,584), Calf How Pike (2,166), and Glougl
Head (2,380), all above us. When we are at the head of
Thirlmere, at the point where the little stream crosses under
the road to enter the lake, we know that we have Helvellyn
towering above us on our right, at an altitude of 3,118 feet ;
but we cannot see it, for the shoulders of Whelpside and
Broion Gove hide it from our view. In reference to the
remark that Thirlmere only received one insignificant little
mountain stream from the north Helvellyn ridge, the reader
will note how comparatively unbroken by valley loops the
1,000 feet contour line of this darh hroivn mass is from Bun-
mail Raise northwards to the point where it breaks to the
north-east, just opposite Naddle Fell. This unlooped con-
dition of the side of the ridge exposed to the westerly and
south-westerly winds is coincident with the protective in-
fluence of the north-eastern ridge of the Scafell mountain
mass (I.), and in strong contrast to the deeply looped 1,000
feet contour on the east and north-east side of Helvellyn.
We now enter upon the third and last portion of the central
depression. Our course lies across St. John's Beclc, at Smai-
thivaite Bridge, just before it ends its eastern direction, as it
winds round the southern base of Naddle Fell, between High
Bridgend and Loto Bridgend (1,016) ; we then take a north-
westerly direction, and cross the Naddle Beck, which has its
source at the northern end of the darh brown north-eastern
ridge of the Scafell mass (I), on the flanks of High Seat
(1,996) and Gastlerigg Fell, where it has the name of Shoul-
thwaite Gill. This beck we cross, and when doing so, we
have High Bigg, 'or Naddle Fell on our right, and Gastlerigg
.and Bleaberry Fell on our left. The road then leads us along
the lower and north-eastern end of Derxoent Water, the lake
being on our left, or south-western side, and Latrigg (1,203)
12 2 The Geographical Distribution of Diseases.
and the SJdddaw mass (III.) to our right or north-east.
After crossing the river Oreta, on leaving Keswick, just before
it falls into the river Derwent, our course takes us along the
dark blue area at the foot of the crook of the northern point
of the Qiorthern bridge of mass I., Lord's Seat (1,811), where
we have Bassenthivaite Lake between us and Shiddaw ; we
continue on the south-western side of the lake until we find
ourselves at the foot of the most easterly of the two darh
hroion isolated heights to the north of the " crook" (1,170),
and the lake on our right, backed by Broad End, Skiddam
Forest. After this we follow the course of the river Derivent,
as it changes its north-westerly course to make a semi-circle
around the north of Elva Rill (788), the light Hue area in
the " Contour Map," between which and the elevated mass to
its north, coloured light brown, Moota Common (825), it ha&
made its valley, along which it flows in a westerly direction
through Cockermoiith, and thence to Workington, where the-
great central depression through the Lake District ends.
With a few brief remarks we will now sum up what must
have struck us on our journey as regards the relation of
this long valley to the prevailing winds.
1. From Morecambe Bay to Dimmail Raise, so far as the
south-westerly and southerly winds are concerned, it is freely
open to their air-flushing influence, which a glance at the
" Contour Map " will prove : for it shows that the sea-winds
from Morecambe Bay are freely admitted up through the
valley of Windermere and Coniston, without any hindrance,
and ,if the map be not sufficient let the reader, when near,,
mount Orrest Head, and thence he will see the gittering
waters of the Irish Sea straight before him with nothing
to prevent his view.
2. From Dunmail Raise, throughout the valley of Thirlmere,
these winds are entirely shut out, and when violently blowing
would pass over the valley instead of up through it, as they
can do to the south of the county boundary.
The Melvellyn Mass. 12 j
3. From Keswick through the valley of Bassenthwaite the
north-west winds would blow up it, but it must be re-
membered that the heights to the north — Moota Common —
would frequently divert these winds when not powerful, and
break their force when they are so. The latter part of the-
Derwent Valley is open to south-westerly winds from the-
Irish Sea, and enjoys all the advantages derivable from them.
4. The central depression from Morecamhe Bay to^
Cochermouth is more or less protected from the easterly and
north-easterly winds, even if these winds had not already
received a check at the great barrier to the north-east, con-
sisting of the northern portion of the Pennine Chain.
The Eelvellyn Mass (II.) Described.
The Helvellyn mountain mass, which is separated from that
of Scafell by the depression just described, has a remarkable
form when plotted on a map at the 1,000 feet level, and
coloured darh brown, but yet not so remarkable nor so com-
plicated as the mountain mass I.
Like that mass it may be divided into a main body and
limbs or ridges radiating from it. Taken as a whole, body
and limbs together, it is very difficult to define its form ; but
it may be said to extend from its extreme northern point at
Great Mell Fell to the east of the 3° W. Long., on which line-
it continues until the great central water-parting is reached at
Seat Sandal : after which this ridge is followed in a south-
easterly direction until, so far as this mass is concerned, it
terminates at Loiv Fell (1,135), from which the river is seen to
rise, on the " Contour Map " (the Lowther), that is further to-
the north joined by the eflGiuent Hawse- Water Beclc. The main
body may be therefore described as extending from Dunmail
Kaise to the north-east of Shap Fells at Low Fell, where the
river Lowther rises, and the fell overlooks the light brown
valley between it and the elevated darh brown outlier to the
124 The Geographical Distrihition of Diseases.
-east, having /S/tixp Thorn, Rardendale Fell, immediately
opposite to it. In the dark broiun outlier is continued the
water-parting ridge, which descends from Loio Fell to cross
the valley named above, through which the Lancaster and
•Carlisle Railway passes. The body of this mass extending
as has been stated along the line of the great transverse
water-parting from Dunmail Raise to Loto Fell, consists of
the following heights, beginning to the west at Seat Sandal
(2,416), Bollyioaggon Pike (2,810), Eydal Head (2,863), Little
Hart Crag (2,091), lied Screes (2,541), Eirkstone Pass (1,481),
Kirkstone, John Bell's Banner (2,474), Strong Gone (2,502),
Roman Road (2,500), The Knowe, Hart Fell (2,509), AdanCs
Seat (2,323), Tarn Crag (2,176), Harrop Pike (1,968),
Great Yarlside (1,937), Wasdale Pike (1,853), and Loiv Fell
•(1,135); which series of heights, almost in a straight line
from west to east gives the body of this mass a mean
maximum altitude of 2,203 feet. Such is the body of this
mountain mass, which may be roughly traced in the " Contour
Map " along the dotted boundary line separating the district
of Kendal from those of Cockermouth and West Ward, until
it reaches Harrop Pike, immediately south of the dark hroivn
ridge that separates Haives Wa,ter from the light hroion valley
loop to the south-east, which gives exit to Siuindale Beck,
after rising from the above Pike. From this point the body
■or main transverse water-parting diverges from the boundary
line in a direction IST.E. by E. to gain Loio Fell.
The Limbs or Ridges.
From the northern part of the body just described three
■masses project ; a ivestern, a central, and an eastern : between
the first and the second the great light brown valley-loop con-
taining Ullswater and its affluents lie; whilst between the
second and the third, the light brown valley-loop of Hawes
Water is seen.
(1) The Western Ridge has the 3° W. Long, running
Helvellyn Mass — Radiating Ridges. [25,
through its entire length ; its direction is nearly north and
south, and it contains the highest mountain of the mass,.
Helvellyn, which, like Scafell, is not included in the central
transverse water-parting. The length of this ridge above
the 1,000 feet contour line amounts to between eleven and
twelve miles ; and the ridge consists of the following princi-
pal heights, beginning from the extreme north at Great Mell
Fell (1,760) :—
Little Mell Fell (1,657) lies on the dark brown isolated
mass that is seen on the contour map between UUsioater and
the northern part of the western ridge ; it opposes, as it were,.
Great Mell Fell ; to the south of this isolated mass is Gow-
barroiv Fell (1,579), and still nearer the lake Gowharrow
Parle (1,434), where the daffodils abound that so charmed
Wordsworth and inspired the poem he wrote on them.
Great Mell Fell is succeeded to the south-west by Great
JDodd (2,807), Watsons Dodd (2,584), Styharroiv JDodd (2,756),.
Raise (2,889), Loia Man (3,033), Helvellyn (3,118), Dolly-
waggon Pike (2,810), and Seat Sandal (2,415). The mean
maximum height of this ridge equals 2,685 feet, which is in
excess of that of the whole body.
It has been noticed how little the western side of this ridge
had been scored by water-courses, one little mountain stream
alone contributing to Thirlmere at its foot. If, however, we
examine the eastern flanks, it will be found that they are
deeply scored by the many waters that act as affluents to
Ullswater. To the east of the e in the word Thirle, just
below the dotted county boundary line, will be seen a rather
shallow loop, which gives passage to Glenridding Bech, the
effluent of Kepplecove Tarn (1,825), and Bed Tarn (2,356),
which lies just under Helvellyn ; the beck then enters Ulls-
water to the south of the hotel.
The next valley-loop to the south is that of Grisedale,
which receives the waters of Grisedale Tarn (1,768), and
carries them to the Goldrill Beck, just before it enters the
3 26 The Geographical Distribtition of Diseases.
head of the lake: the third in succession southward is the
valley-loop of Dee][idale Beck, which rises just below Fair-
field (2,863), and finally joins the Goldrill in Patterdale. To
the north of these dales, at the point where the county boun-
dary crosses the light blue area, will be observed a slight
indentation in the 1,000 feet contour; this is Glencoin Dale,
through which runs a mountain stream from Eartside. To
the north of this small stream will be found a more consider-
able depression giving exit to a stream, that instead of run-
ning to the north, an error that unfortunately escaped me,
should bend its course towards the southern end of the
isolated dark brown height between the main ridge and the
lake, and finally empty its waters into the lake to the south-
west of Gowharroio Parle, at what is known as Aira or Airexj
Point. This stream is Aire^J Beck, and noted for its cascade
just ahoYe Lyidph' s Tower, called Airey Force; the beck rises
in Deepdale, between Hart's Side and Great Dodd. Words-
worth in his poem on it says, that the brook itself is " as old
as the hills that feed it from afar" ! Between the Glenridding
^nd the Grisedale loops is BirJchouse Moor (2,318), and the
highest point of the dark broion ridge separating the latter
-dale from Deepdale Beck is St. Sunday Crag (2,756). Be-
tween the western and the central ridges is seen a somewhat
bifid loop pointing to the south ; it gives exit to the sources
of Goldrill Beck, the southern affluent of Ullsivater ; these
.are derived from the high land of Candale Moor (2,214),
Middle Dodd (2,106), and Little Hart Crag (2,091).
The Central Bidge has a north-easterly direction, lies to
the south-east of the lake and separates it from Halves Water.
Along its ridge the old Roman road or High Street was
carried, portions of which still remain. This interesting
highway has a course which may be described as extending
from a point just below the apex on the eastern side of the
dark brown loop representing Troutbeck, before mentioned,
it then rises in a slightly north-eastern direction, and attains
Helvellyn Mass — Radiating Ridges. 127
at ^iqh Street an altitude of 2,633 feet ; passes to the east of
Hayes Water,, and then proceeds over Raven Hoio (2,356),
Bed Grag (2,328), Weather Hill (2,174), Loadpot Hill
(2,291), Sivarth Fell (1,832), Whitstone Moor (1,213), to the
extreme point of the Central Ridge, where it has an altitude
of 1,000 feet. So that the mean maximum height of this
remarkable road along the central ridge amounts to nearly
2,000 feet above the sea-level (1,932 feet).
The principal loops along the north-western side of this
ridge are, beginning from the north, the one which gives
exit to the effluent of Hayes Water QUI (1,383), the lakelet
shown in the map. This stream joins the Gold-rill ; further
north is a cluster of three or more loops through which the
waters gathered on Martindale Common flow as affluents to
the lake, near which they unite before passing into it to the
west of Hallin Fell (1,271), a height not shown in the map,
but situated to the north of the elboiv-like bend which the
lake makes just opposite the base of the cluster of loops.
The chief heights which skirt the lake are Swarth Fell, Load-
pot Hill, Steel Knotts, Martin Fell, the Dod, Birlc Fell (1,670),
and Place Fell (2,154) ; the last is opposite Glenridding, and
commands a splendid view.
The opposite flank of this ridge, looking towards the east,
is deeply looped by the tributaries to the river Lowther, the
chief of which is the Hawes Water Beck, the effluent of the
lake of that name, 694 feet above the sea level, which receives
through its affluent the waters of Blea Water (1,584) ; be-
tween this tarn and Hayes Water, High Street runs. Hawes
Water separates the central ridge from the Eastern which
may be briefly described as the high land to the north of the
main water parting, from which rise the initial sources of the
river Lowther ; the projecting darlc hrown masses separating
the valley loops are respectively, from north-west to south-
east, Naddle Forest (1,639), Ralfl,and Forest (1,439), and Low
Fell already named.
128 The Geographical Distribution of Diseases.
The southern ridges include S/nxp ¥611$, and. the minor
ridges which extend to the south-east from them, and sepa-
rate the valley-loops of the many sources of the river Lune ;
the first of which makes its exit as Wasdale Beds just to the
south of the river Lowther. The latter, however, turns to
the north, whilst the former makes a sharp turn to the south,
soon after which it is joined by Borroiv Beck, which issues
from the deep loop obscured by the " shaded inland, bound-
ary " of the Lake District. The remaining features of the
southern part of this mountain mass have already been de-
scribed.
III. Tlie Sldddaw Mountain Mass
Lies to the north like a wedge between the two masses
just described, from which it is separated by the valley
through which on the east the sources of the river Greta
flow, before joining the Derwent j and on the west by the
Derwent valley and the upper part of Bassenthwaite. This
huge mass standing right in front of the mouths of Borroiv-
dale and 8t. John's Valley, bars the northerly winds from exer-
cising their full power in them ; whilst its position and size
strike one at once that it must have been the grand diverter
of the glaciers that once filled them to the north-west, where
Bassenthwaite now lies, and that the long projecting ridge
of light trmun from its western side described above as bear-^
ing Mootan Common, continued the diverting influence to the
west, and thus brought about the change in direction of the
Derwent valley from its original north-westerly trend to the
south-westerly one that its river has in its course to the sea
at Workington.
The Shiddaiv Mass (III) may be roughly stated to consist
of about fourteen square miles above the 1,000 feet contour
enclosing its darh brown area. Its highest points are Sigh
Pike (2,157), Great Lingy Hill (2,000), Garroch Fell (2174),
in the north; Dead Grags (2,189), Great Galva (2,267), and
The Skiddaw Mountain Mass. 129
Bowscale (2,306), in tlie centre ; and SJdddaw (o,054) and
Saddlehach or Blencathra (2,847) to the south and west, and
south and east respectively ; so that the mean maximum
height of its northern portion reaches 2,122 feet, of its
central portion 2,254 feet, and of its southern 2,950 feet;
equal to a mean maximum height for the entire mass of
2,115 feet. The contour of Skiddaw is not deeply indented
by river- valleys. At its extreme north there are loops for
the SJdd.daiv tributaries to the river Caldew, which are divided
towards that river by the pear-shaped outliers of dark hrown
to the north and north-west, on which lie Galdbech Fells-
(1,125), the highest point being to the west (1,221). The
small round dark hroion mass to the south of the pear-shaped
one is Greenhow (1,053), which helps to divert the river
Ellen to the north-west after emerging from the looped
north-western side of the Skiddaw mass, and after receiving
the waters of the lakelet Ovenvater, which is seen to lie as it
were in the broad loop of the Ellen as it issues from the-
Skiddaw mass. In this, however, it is considerably assisted
by the pear-shaped mass, and another dark brown isolated
mass to the south-west, on which a " Tumulus " has been
raised at a height of 1,466 feet.
Below the source of the Mien an affluent of Bassentliwaite
issues just beneath Dead Crags. The western and southern
parts of the Skiddaw contour give exit to several small un-
named mountain streams whose destination is the river
Derwent; on the extreme south, however, will be found a
considerable loop, through which flows Glenderaterra Beck,
on its way south to form the river Greta just below where the
Naddle Beck falls into it. From this point round to the
eastern side of the mass only small unnamed mountain
streams pass the western line to join the Glenderamackin
heck, the exit of which is indicated by the loop on the
eastern side that opens in a north-easterly direction ; this
valley-loop is occupied by the beck just named, which takes
1 30 The Geographical Distyibution of Diseases.
its rise to the nortli of Saddlehaclc and reaches the waters
isoon after of Scales Tarn.
To the north of this loop is seen another of greater size,
which bends round from its original north-easterly trend to
assume a south-easterly one. This is the head of the valley
■of the river Galdew, which is seen to issue from it and then
turn at right angles to the north ; this now rises to the south
of SMddaiv Forest, as Salehoiv Beck, and pursues a north-
easterly course, until it reaches the valley between Bowscale
and Garroclc Fell ; at the foot of the former, on the south it
receives the waters of Boivscale Tarn. Midway between the
Galdew loop and the extreme northern point, issues the Gar-
roclc Becli tributary of that river.
To the east of these valley-loops is seen an isolated darh
broivn mass of elevated ground ; it is th.e site of GreystoJca
Parli, and has a mean elevation between 1,100 and 1,200
feet. From the deep loop on its north-western side issues
the Gilllcainhon branch of the river Galdew, whilst through
the loop on the south-west issues one of the sources of the
river Petterill.
IV. The Blade Gomh Mountain Mass.
This elevated area in the south-west of our area, is like
that of Sldddaio in the north, not only physically, but geo-
logically distinct from either the Scafell (I.) or the Helvellyn
(II.) masses. This mountain mass lies to the south-west of the
extreme point of the south-western limb or ridge proceeding
from the Scafell Mountain Mass (I.), and is separated from
it by the valley (Broivn Bigg) in which the Grosby Gill flows
to the south-east and joins the river Buddon, whilst the
Bevolce Water (766) occupies the north-western portion, and
discharges itself by the Linbech QUI to the north-west into
the river Fsh.
The Blach Gomb mass has its long axis in a direction
nearly north and south, and has a length above the 1,000
The Black Comb Mountain Mass. 131
feet contour of between seven and eight miles. Its two
ihighest points are Wood, End Height (1,597) at its extreme
north, and Black Gomh (1,969) at its extreme south. Hesh
Fell (1,566) overlooks the valley of Grosby Gill, which has
on its left bank the Ulpha Fell, and Great Worm Grag (1,400).
The mean maximum height of the whole mass amounts to
1,661 feet. On all sides its contour is indented or looped by
the many mountain streams that take their origin on each
side of its ridge or water-parting ; on its northern end there
are two slight depressions, the western giving passage to the
affluent of Devolce Water, which rises to the north of Wood
End Height, whilst the eastern is the opening for the sources
of Grosby Gill ; lloioantree Hoio dividing the two valley
loops. On the eastern side the upper half of the contour is
indented by the mountain streams which fall into the river
Duddon ; whilst from the lower half, beginning at the deepest
loop on this side, issue the source and tributary streams of
Black Bech, which falls into the river Duddon; and still
further south the independent streams, which go to form
Whieham Bech, issue, but instead of going to the Duddon,
are diverted by the elevated light blue mass to the south {Loiv
.Scales and High Scales), around which they travel as Whieham
Bech (Haverigg Pool) to the estuary of the Duddon.
Blach Gomb is the headland so frequently seen from the
Isle of Man, where, when it is like a black cock's comb,^ as it
frequently is in winter, it is reckoned a sure storm signal.
The writer has frequently seen and sketched it from Douglas,
whence can also be seen the south-ioestern ridge of the Scafell
mass, and the Scafell ridge itself, with the snow lodged in the
recesses of its " rugged ribbed peaks." In summer, when the
air is clear and the sun is shining upon them, the mountains
•of Cumberland afford a splendid sight from the eastern
heights near Douglas.
^ Mariners call it the '■^ Blach Gomb," not Combe, as cwm.
The Geographical Distribution of Diseases.
Y. The Penniiie Chain Mountain Mass.
Incidentally in previous chapters, especially when describ-
ing the physical boundaries of this area, this important
climatic factor has been repeatedly discussed ; it will there-
fore require less detail now than the other four masses have-
demanded.
On the Contour Maj), this mass, so far as that portion-
of it which lies above the 1,000 feet contour line, is repre-
sented as consisting of two distinct dark hroion masses; on&
at the extreme north-eastern side of the area, occupying the
whole of the inland boundary of Longtown, and about a fifth
of the inland boundary of the adjoining district of Brampton ;
then comes a gap characterised by a light brown area of less
height, occupying a portion of the remainder of the Brampton
inland boundary, also divided into two portions by the light
blue valley-loop of the river Irthing, in fact this gap of low
elevation along the course of the North Pennine Chain inland
boundary may be termed the Irthing -and- Tyne-Gap, as it
lies between the valley-loops of the sources of these two-
rivers ; the former deriving its main branches from Grey Fell
Common, in the darh broion mass, in the Longtoivn District,,
as well as from the uncoloured area between the county
boundary and the crimson Pennine water-parting line, where
it is deeply looped towards the east ; these initial streams,,
the sources of the river Ii'thlng, then flow towards the county
boundary, where they join it, as it forms the portion of that
line terminating at 55° N. Lat. ; at which point the river
turns in a south-westerly direction, and pursues its course to
the south-west, occupying from above downwards the light
and darh blue loops in succession. The Cumberland sources,
which take their rise in Longtoivn, issue from the bifid light
brown loop in the north-east of the Brampton district. To the
south of the Irthing loop, along the crimson line just indicatedy
is another deep loop pointing westward ; this is occupied by
The Pennine Chain Mountain Mass. 133
one of the sources of the North Tyne, the Warh Burn, which
takes its rise to the east of Great Watch Hill, that lies on
the crimson line of the Pennine water-parting, although it
has an altitude of less than 1,000 feet. From this point to
the entrance of the crimson line into the main mass of dark
hroivn, in the southern part of Bramjpton district, the mean
altitude of the gap between the two darh hroion masses does
not exceed 883 feet ; the crim,son line at the point of entrance
into the dark brown should have been carried further west
than it is in the map to the base of the letter A in Brampton.
It will be seen that the South Tyne takes its rise in the Alston
district on the high land of Alston Common, and that nearly
the whole of this district lies to the east of the Pennine
water-parting.
We now come to the main mass of the darh hroivn Pennine
boundary, and find it occupying the remainder of the north-
eastern border of our area, and deeply and broadly looped by
the sources of the rivers which flow down the eastern -watershed
of the North of England on their way to the North Sea, and
on the south-western side the 1,000 feet contour line is looped
all along its course by the tributaries to the river Eden, which
occupies the valley below it throughout its entire length. In
the Brampton district the deepest valley-loop, having a north-
western direction is occupied by the river Qelt's sources, the
principal of which rise to the west of Butt Kill, lying on the
-crimson line, and from the high ground of Croglin Fells, and
Geltsdale Middle. The Gelt enters the Irthing before that
river forks into the Eden, to the south, in the Penrith district,
is another loop having rather a south-westerly trend ; this
is traversed by the Croglin Water, which enters the Eden
through its right bank to the south-west. The next broad
and rather bifid loop to the south gives rise to the Baven
Beclc, which forks into the Eden at Kirhoswald; then still
further to the south is a group of loops through which the
Eden tributaries flow from Melmerby and Oushy, and after
134 The Geographical Distribittion of Diseases.
uniting fall into the Uden near Little Salheld, in conjunction
witli the Briggle Bech, the sources of which occupy the loops
still further south in the East Ward district. Still further to
the south-east is a well-defined valley-loop, in the darli, brown
mass, which corresponds with the loop in the crimson line
above where the Pennine water-parting is seen to turn sud-
denly to the north, and then as suddenly bend to the south-
east. The valley thus indicated contains to the south-west
of the water-parting the sources of the Hilton BecJc, which
take their rise from Hilton Fell (2,000), and then unite to
pass through the valley-loop in the 1,000 feet contour and so
join the river Eden through its right bank, just above Great
Ormside on its left. Between the outlet of this mountain
stream and the important group of loops at the extreme
south-east corner of the 1,000 feet contour, only one or two
mountain streams cross that line from Burton and Warcop
Fells. At the extreme south-east corner of the Yale of Eden
is seen a large group of valley mouths, the loops of which
correspond with similar loops in the crimson line of the Pen-
nine water-parting. The two northern loops give passage
to the Sioindale Bech and its tributary Angill Bech, the
former of which rises in Musgrave Fells, and the latter from
Iron Band (1,750), both heights being south-west of the
county boundaries, which at these points are on the outside
the Pennine water-parting; from this elevated land the
streams converge, and after union enter the Eden as Swindale
Bech to the south of Great Musgrave village. In the south-
east and south are two other large loops in the darh brown
mass, which are found corresponding with two well-defined
and sharp-pointed loops in the crimson line of the main
water-parting; the more northern of which extends to the
county boundary, and is coincident with it for some distance ;.
this loop gives passage to Argill Bech, which rises in Stain-
more Forest, close to the county boundary, near the Roman
Fort (1,562) and road; whilst in the southern and lesser
The Pennine Chain Mountain Mass. 135
loop the river Belah flows after the union of its many
sources from Kaber Fell which is encircled by the corre-
sponding loop in the crimson line. These two water-courses
then unite, and as the river Belah enter the Eden to the
south of Stoindale Beck, at the point where the light blue loop
is seen projecting upwards from the 500 feet contour into
the light broivn area. "We next come to the sources of the
river Eden itself, which we find occupying the long sharp-
pointed loop -having a direction due south, which on its
course passes south to north, cuts Mallerstang Common in two,
the eastern portion of which is overhung by Mallerstang
Edge. From its source as Bed G-ill on Blade Fell Moss
(2,200) it takes a south-westerly direction, and then as Hell
Gill Bech to the north of the crimson Pennine line and the
county boundary, where these two lines coiacide, it turns
suddenly to the north, and then enters its valley at the
extreme sharp end of the loop in the 1,000 feet contour line,
to pursue its course until it enters the light blue area, where
it receives its tributary the river Belah just described ; in its
course from its source on Blade Fell Moss to this point its
course resembles the form of a shepherd's crook. At the point
where it turns to the north it is separated by the crimson line
of the main water-parting from the source of the river Tire or
Yore, which rises at lire Head (2,186) on Abbotside Common.
Having now gone through the several points of interest
connected with the physical geography of the Pennine
Mountain Mass (V".), it remains only for me to connect this
important elevated area, containing as it does the Pennine
water-parting, with the Helvellyn (IT.) and the Scafell (I.)
mountain masses, within which the Great Transverse luater-
parting of the English Lake District stretches from east to
west.
136 The Geographical Distribution of Diseases.
The Connection between the Pennine Water-parting and the
Great Transverse Bidge.
When describing the Helvellyn Mountain Mass (II. )» ^^^
great transverse ridge was said to run through it to the
point where the 1,000 feet contour line encircled Lotv Fell
(1,135) ; from which point the ridge descends into the light
hroton area to the south of the' sources of the river Lowther,
where it separates the watershed of that river, from the
sources of the Lune on the south. The ridge then ascends
to enter the most western projection of the outlying darh
hroivn mass that stretches from north-west to south-east
across the name of the county (Westmorland). This mass
curves towards the north at its north-western end, where it
lies on Bed Gill Common, near which is a British camp ; from
this point it stretches between ten and eleven miles to its
■extreme south-east end, where it abruptly ends and over-
looks the valley which has been cut by Potts' Bech on its way
to join the river Eden, as Helm Bech, near the village of
Little Ormside. At this point the great transverse ridge
descends to the Potts' Beck valley, crosses it at a level of
800 feet, and then immediately ascends the small triangular
darh brown isolated mass, which lies between the elongated
mass just mentioned, and the large darh brown mass lying
to the west of the valley of the Eden, which may be described
as a triangular mass, having its base at the county boundary
to the south, and its apex surmounted by a head-like mass
bending to the north-west, and connected with the main mass
by a neck of high land.
We will now trace the transverse ridge from Low Fell, the
extreme point of the Helvellyn mass (II.).
After descending from this height to the pass of Potts'
Bech, it ascends to Shaf Thorn (1,129) (Hardendale Fell), the
most prominent westerly projection of the long curved mass
already mentioned ; it then takes a south-easterly course to
The Pennine Water-parting and- Transverse Ridge. 137
(joal Pit Hill (1,315), the highest point oi Crosby BavensivortJi
Fell, over Orton Scar (1,210), the Knott (1,352), Grange Scar
.(1,270) to Armaside Wood, where it slips to 800 feet in the
Potts' Beck Valley, and then rises to cross the isolated tri-
angular little dark hroivn area, on which lies Crosby Garrett
Fell, through the highest point of which, Nettle Hill (1,254), it
crosses to reach the north-western boundary of the valley
that separates the height through which we have just fol-
lowed it from the head-like mass named above, Ash Fell,
through the highest points of which, Bassett Hill (1,233) to
the neck of land connecting Ash Fell to Wharton Fell, the
apex of the triangular mass lying to the west of the Eden
valley ; the transverse ridge then takes a southerly course,
passing over the following heights in the western portion of
Mailer stang Common, Greenlatv Bigg (1,318), Wild Boar Fell
(2,323), Swarth Fell (2,235), and thence to the point where
the crimson line of the Pennine Chain is seen to leave the
county of "Westmorland. It is at this point between the
sources of the rivers Fden and lire, that the Great Trans-
verse Bidge unites with the G^-eat Pennine Chain, and it is
interesting to note that its continuity, although depressed at
times, is only broken twice by water; the first time by Potts'
Beck between the south-eastern extremities of the long
isolated dark brown mass, characterised by Crosby Bavens-
vjorth Fell, and the small triangular mass supporting Crosby
■Garrett Fell ; and the second time by the valley between the
last height and the head-like mass of Ash Fell, through which
the Scandale Beck flows in a north-easterly direction to join
the river Fden, just after ibs main stream has entered the
light blue area of its valley. Through the same valley the
South Durham and Lancashire Union Railway passes.
The only dark brown masses that remain to be described
are, (1) the elevated mass bounded on the south by the
■county boundary, and deeply looped on the north side by
the many sources of the river Lune ; which is seen to turn
138 The Geographical Distribution of Diseases.
round its westerly side and proceed south : this mass sup-
ports Langdale Fell, and within our area the following high
points at the base of each of the four projections between
the main loops, beginning from the west, are, Uldale Head
(1,553), Simons Seat (1,925), Gartside (2,097), and Grere
Hill (1,750).
If we follow the river Lune still further south, we shall
find on its left bank two detached dark brown masses. The
more northern of the two, triangular in shape, is Middleton
Fell, with Calf Top (1,999). This mass is looped on the
western side by the tributaries of the river Lune. Still
further to the south is another dark broiun mass, like the
former bounded by the county boundary; it is separated
from Middleton Fell by a tributary of the Lune, Barldn Becic,
which, after passing between Barton Park (1,000) and Barton
Lo%i) Fell (1,126), falls into the main river as Barton Beck,
below the village of Barton. It rises on Barton High Fell
(1,794).
CHAPTER YII.
The Gteologt oe Cumbeeland, "Westmoeland and the Lake;
DiSTEICT.
Description of tlie Geological Map of Cumberland, Westmorland and the
Lake District — Explanation of the Index of the Colours and Signs
employed— The same as nsed by the Geological Survey of Great
Britain — Authors Referred to in this Chapter : Mr. Robert Russell,.
F.G.S.— Mr. J. G. Goodchild, E.G.S.— Mr. H. B. Woodward, F.G.S.—
Formations Found within the Area. — Formations not Found within
it — Brief History of the Formations — Sedimentary, Volcanic and
Glacial — Topography of Formations^ — Their Relation to the Five
Great-Mountain Masses — To the Several Registration Districts — To the
Valleys and Lakes — The Geological and Contour Maps Compared —
What Horizontal Sections Teach us— Rock Structure and Scenery — -
Rock Structure and the Water-Partings — ^Sir Andrew C. Ramsay on
Lake Basins — Rock Structure and Cascades — Sandstones, Claystones,
and Limestones — Their Respective Functions in Connexion with Animal
Life — Protection, Alimentation, and Reproduction — Their Alternative
Sequence.
Description of the Geological Map of Cumberland, Westmor-
land, and the Lake District.
The first thing to be done is to familiarize the reader with
the features of the map which illustrates this part of our
work; and having already described in detail the Contour
Map, it is hoped that the contents of the last chapter will
have prepared the reader to comprehend readily the geogra-
phical facts about to be discussed in the present one. In
point of time the geology of the area should have preceded
its physical geography, as the latter is the outcome of the
former; but it is well to follow the course of the anatomist
who first makes himself acquainted with the external forms-
140 The Geographical Distribution of Diseases.
of the head, trunk and limbs of the subject he is studying
before he ventures to investigate the structures lying beneath
them, that are concerned in their formation and support.
The Scale. The scale of the map is twelve miles to one
•inch; the same as that of all the others.
Index of Colours and Signs. The colours and signs adopted
are similar to those used by the Geological Survey of Great
Britain. The oldest sedimentary rocks in this district are
placed at the lower part of the scale, so that the order ob-
served may be considered chronological; for instance, in
Cumberland, Westmorland and the Lake District, the lower
SILURIAN PERIOD as represented by the SJdddaw Slates (b 2), is
the oldest within the area, although not so in Wales, Scotland,
and some other parts of England, where the Cambrian and.
Archcean rocks have been observed. These SJdddaw Slates
are therefore placed, in the lower part of the scale although
not in the lowest, for this position is occupied by the crimson
space marked G, which includes not only granite but other
igneous and intrusive rocks. Although granite was formerly
considered as it were the basement rock of all other forma-
tions, it has been proved since then to be frequently a later
deposit than the rocks amongst which it occurs. Sir
Andrew Ramsay believes that the granite rocks he has seen
are simply the result of the extreme of metamorphism brought
about by great heat (under enormous pressure) with pre-
sence of water. In fact granite and some other igneous
rocks are supposed to be the result of both heat and pressure
in the presence of water on the materials of the sedimentary
rocks among which they are found, and it is certain that
wherever exposed, the fact is evident of enormous denuda-
tion of the strata above, which at the time of their formation
oontributed towards that very pressure and heat necessary
for the conversion of the deposits subject to them into
granite and other so-called igneous rocks. Their position,
therefore, on the scale is not unnatural, although it must be
Index of Colours and Signs — Granite. 141
borne in mind that the sediments which have been so con-
verted must have preceded them. Omitting the Glacial Drift,
which is not shown on the map, the most recent formation
{Lias gi) is placed at the top of the scale. The colours,-
letters and numerals which are used to distinguish the for-
mations, are the same as those used by the Geological
Survey of Great Britain, in order that the student may all
the more easily recognise them when consulting the maps
and horizontal sections of that department.
In the explanation just given there is no diflBculty in
making it evident that the younger rocks would necessarily
lie on the older, in chronological order ; or that, if the several
deposits had successively taken place without any disturbing
influences from below, the artificial arrangement in the
column of formations might have been a tolerably correct
representation of what would have been found in nature
under such placid conditions. The history of these geolo-
loo-ical formations, however, tells us that from time to time
grand and prolonged disturbances did take place, and that
during their activity the crust of the earth was constantly
being upheaved in one part of the world and depressed in
another; that it was subject to enormous vertical and lateral
pressure, the result being widespread movements; so that
what was once beneath the sea and formed its bottom, was
projected above its level and became dry land ; this elevation
was not only gradual but persistent, until the topmost parts
of the folds, into which the crust was at times thrown by
enormous lateral pressure, attained in some regions altitudes
amounting to thousands of feet above the sea from below which,
they had been uplifted; this uplifting into the atmosphere
rendered the exposed islands and continents liable to the
immediate attacks of the denuding influences of rain, snow,,
frost and ice, so that the most recent deposits of the elevated
land would be washed back again into the sea by the rivers-
that flowed down the flanks of the land-masses ; these deposits-
.142 The Geographical Distribution of Diseases.
would then be spread out over the sea-bottom ia the form
■of gravel, sand and mud, and form other rocks, which in
their turn would be upheaved and denuded in a similar
manner. In the meantime the first elevated land, owing to
other movements, would again retire below the sea level, and
perchance to a great depth, where in its turn it would form
the bed of the ocean, and as such receive again the washings
from some adjacent continent that had been elevated as they
once had been, and was undergoing denudation as it was
once demided ; but this ancient continent, now the bottom
of the ocean again, has altered in structure since its once
regularly piled strata were first upheaved ; now these strata
are no longer regular and horizontal, nor even only curved in
outline. From the time they first ceased to be the bed of the
ocean, through that during which they had been thrust up-
wards and converted into land, they have undergone changes
in structure and position, brought about by heat and pressure.
What were once horizontal, have been folded, so that they
have been bent into wave-like ridges, characterized by troughs
■{syncli7ies), and crests (anticlines) ; the latter once formed
the highly strained curves of the first mountain chains, but
yielding more readily to the disintegrating influence of rain
and frost than the compact synclines, or primeval valleys,
were first brought low, until at last their strained and un-
supported strata, gradually shivered by winter ice and
washed down by summer torrents, were reduced to the
level oE the troughs, and even many thousand feet below
them in some cases, until what were the first valleys stood
out as mountain tops, towering above the relics of the up-
turned strata around them; all that might be left of what
once formed the boundaries of the valleys and the flanks of
the primeval mountains. On gradually subsiding below the
sea-level these truncated upturned strata would then be
.subjected to marine denudation, which would give a last and
more equable planing, but whilst doing so the position of the
Index of Colours — Lower Silurian. 143
strata would remain the same; so that when at last they
once more became the bottom of the sea, they would receive
the deposits from its waters on their planed edges, whilst
the new formations would collect in horizontal layers upon
them, and thus would be unconformable to the hardened
strata below them, which at one point may be vertical, whilst
in others they may lie at angles from 90^ to 0°, or from be-
ing vertical to being parallel with the horizon, when the new
deposits above would, although rarely, be found lying parallel
■or conformable with the older rocks below.
LOWER SILUEIAN—SEIDDAW SLATES (bj).
But the rocks themselves vary in their mode of origin.
They are not all composed of the waste of elevated land
washed down by rivers and distributed over the bed of the
sea. The Sldddaio Slates (ba) are described by J. Clifton
Ward, F.Gr.S., in his admirable memoir on the geology of
the northern part of the Lake District, as consisting of many
alternations of mud, sand and grit deposits, now converted
into slate, sandstone and grit-stone, and these metamorphosed
in some parts into Ghiastolite slate (or charred argillaceous
sedimentary rock, with scattered chiastolite crystals), spotted
schist and mica schist. No beds of Limestone occur in the
series, and the traces of the ancient life of the period are
scant. Spotted (or Andalusite) schist is an imperfectly foli-
ated rock with numerous spots (undeveloped chiastolite
crystals, passing into mica schist, which is a foliated rock,
consisting mainly of mica and quartz.
There can be little doubt that the Sldddaio Slates had their
origin in what had been washed into the sea of the period from
land adjacent, which Mr. Ward considers was to the west ;
further, he is of opinion that they indicate comparatively
shallow water, and shore conditions. The series of rocks
that are next above the Skiddaw Slates and resting upon
them, have a totally different origin. The clay slates, just
144 The Geographical Distribution of Diseases.
briejBy described, were seen to be the result of the action of
water on exposed land surfaces.
rOLCAmO SERIES OF BOBBOWDALE (F^ 1)2).
The rock series next to be noticed will be found to be the
result of the action of intense heat, not upon exposed land
surfaces, but on the material of the earth's crust far beneath
its surface and the level of the sea. Whilst the ancient landy
the waste of which had been going on for untold ages, was
being stripped and lessened in thickness and area, the heat
below, due perhaps to the enormous pressure to which por-
tions of the earth's crust were subject, gave such expansive
power to the rocks deep down in the earth's interior, as to
enable them at last to break bounds upwards, and, through
the outlet made, discharge torrents of volcanic ashes and
scoriae into the air, and lava over the land ; the former after
a time falling to the ground to form layer after layer of
volcanic dust, until a vast thickness had been acquired during
ages of oft- repeated outbursts. Such is the supposed origin
of the deposits known as the Volcanic Series of Borrowdale
(Fg bo), which Mr. J. Clifton "Ward describes as rocks almost
wholly made up of volcanic ash and breccia, alternating with
ancient sheets of lava, and the whole traversed by dykes and
masses of intrusive igneous rocks. Fossils are altogether
absent.
CONISTON LIMESTONE SEBIES (bg).
Time went on ; the volcanoes, which had covered the
land with thousands of feet of ashes, breccia and lava, at
last had exhausted themselves ; calm, such as it was, followed,
during which the atmospheric agents attacked the elevated
mountain mass, the materials of which had fallen through
the air and been arranged in layers, more or less uniform,,
until the huge pile had attained an altitude of many thousands
of feet. Rain and rivers, frost and ice attacked this stu-
pendous cone or cones, as they had the old land on the west
The Coniston Limestone Series. 145
of the Siluriau sea, in wticli the Skiddaw Slates were formed,
and the ashes, breccia and lava were hurried away to the sea
below ; but whilst this was doing, the land of volcanic birth
began to sink bodily, until it was sheltered from further
spoliation by sinking many fathoms below the level of the
sea, the bed of which it became at last. Then it was that
it became the resting place of the waste from the land
that still remained above ; which for ages continued joined
to its depressed portion. At last complete submergence
of the volcanic land took place. Daring this time the sea-
bed was collecting the material of those rocks that are now
known as the Coniston Limestone Series (bg) ; which consist of,
(] ) dark flaggy shales, having ashy beds intercalated among
them (the Dufion Shales, H. B. Woodward, p. 82), with
bands of nodular limestone near their base ; to which suc-
ceeded, (2) the Coniston Limestone, consisting of hard grey
calcareous slabs and slates, containing either nodules or thin
bands of dark blue crystalline limestone of variable char-
acter. Above the limestone are, (3) the Ash QUI Shales, con-
sisting of grey and green calcareous mudstones, sometimes
aflfected by cleavage, with grey crystalline limestone in the
lower part. All these three divisions are included under the
term " Coniston Limestone " (bg) in the map.
With the Coniston Limestone series end the Lower Silurian
formations of the Lake District.
In the first and second series, the SJciddaw Slates and
Borrowdale series, there was no limestone, in the last this
rock was abundant. In the first, evidence of ancient life was
scant ; in the second, totally absent ; and in the third it was
abundant. Dr. Hicks is of opinion (Woodward, p. 61), that
the earlier stages of the Loiver Silurian (Skiddaw Slates),
which he includes under the Cambrian period, the climate was
probably very cold, gradually becoming milder, until in time
warm currents or seas of moderately high temperature pre-
vailed, as indicated by the growth of corals. The moUusca
L
146 The Geographical Distribution of Diseases.
and the trilobites indicate marine conditions, and the sand and
muddy sediments indicate the nearness of land.
With regard to the volcanic ashes of the Borrowdale series,
Sir Andrew Kamsay remarks that when we consider the vast
amount of these products of ancient volcanoes, there can be
no doubt that, rising from the sea, some of them must have
rivalled Etna in height, and as most volcanoes have a conical
form, we can easily fancy the magnificent cones of those of
the Lower Silurian Age.*
In the Lake District the Goniston Limestone series (bg)
separates the Lower Silurian, consisting of the Volcanic series
of Borrowdale (F^ ba), and Skiddaw Slates (bg) from the
Upper Silurian consisting of the following, from below up-
wards : —
Upper Silurian' (bg-b,).
1. StocJcdale Shales or Slates (bg) (in the lettering of the
index, by an error, " Goniston Grits " have been placed where
these should have been). These beds are considered to be the
basement beds of the Upper Silurian ; they form certain cal-
careous and gritty bands. Mr. Woodward mentions that Pro-
fessor Hughes has pointed out that the graptolite mudstones,
and their basement bed at Skelgill, rest on the Goniston
Limestone bands, and near Goniston on the Ashgill shales.
As indicated by fossils the life-forms of this basement bed
do not agree with those found in the beds below them, but
agree in all respects with those characteristic of the Upper
Silurian period. These beds consist of pale grey and purple
shales with graptolites, and containing calcareous grit of
conglomerate at their base, the Stockdale shales being com-
paratively soft, their occurrence is generally marked by a
low tract of ground.
Goniston Grits and Flags (bg). These rest conformably
upon the pale shales and graptolitic mudstones of the base-
" Physical Geology and Geography of Great Britain," 5tli ed. p. 81.
upper Silurian — Coniston Grits, etc. 147
bed ; they consist of bard, siliceous sandstone or grit, flags
and conglomerate, with thin bands of slate. The Coniston
Grits are estimated as having a thickness of 4,200 feet, and
the Flags 2,000 feet (H.B.W.).
We now come to what in Wales and the West of England
are known as the Ludlow rocks (b,), which in the Lake
District are characteristic by certain local names, such as
Bannisdale Slates and Kirhy Moor Flags.
The Bannisdale Slates. Mr. Aveline describes these slates
as consisting of sandy mudstones divided by thin bands of
hard sandstone, and occasional beds of grit. The beds some-
times exhibit false bedding and ripple marks. The sandy
mudstones are much pointed and roughly cleaved, never
making good slates, but often large rough slabs. The
boundary line between Bannisdale Slates and Coniston Grits
is very indefinite owing to the alternation of slaty and gritty
beds near the junction. These are more or less the equiva-
lents of the Lower Ljudlow.
The Kirhy Moor Fla.gs come next in succession. These are
considered the equivalents of the Upper Ludlow rocks. They
consist of grey calcareous flagstones and grits, sometimes in
thick beds, locally stained of a reddish colour, of coarse tex-
ture, and often exhibiting a massive concretionary structure.
It also contains bands of coarse slate and tile-stone. The
estimated thickness of these beds is 2,000 feet (H.B.W.).
Throughout the Upper Silurian period life was abundant.
Mr. Aveline has proved the complete unconformity of the
Coniston Limestone and overlying beds, to the volcanic
series. This unconformity, Mr. Ward remarks, probably
represents the time during which the volcanic land area was
being depressed beneath the GoniHlon Limestone and Upper
Silurian Sea. The latest volcanic efforts may have been
made during the deposition of the Coniston Limestone, for
it contains interstratified and fossiliferous ashy-looking beds
and probably a lava-flow ; this probable lava, west of the
148 The Geographical Distribution of Diseases.
Shap granite, is a true felstone and quite unlike the old lavas
of the district in character.
Thus, over the whole district, during very long periods,
there were deposited upon the series of volcanic strata a
great thickness of llfper Silurian beds, amounting, Mr.
AveMne estimates, in the Kendal District to at least 14,000
feet. At the close of the Upper Silarian period, there
is every reason to believe that in the northern part of the
present Lake District, the Sldddaiv Slates (bg) were buried
deeply beneath the whole of the volcanic series of Borrow-
dale.(Fsb2) from 12,000 to 15,000 feet in thickness, and the
?7pper Silurian strata (bg-by), perhaps 14,000 feet, making
altogether some 25,000 to 30,000 feet of rock above the
topmost beds of the Shiddaw Slate.
Mr. J. Clifton Ward thus summarizes the above facts as
follows : (1) The most ancient geologic records in the dis-
trict (the Skiddaio Slates) indicate marine conditions with a
probable proximity of land. (2) Submarine volcanoes broke
out during the close of this period, followed by an elevation
of land, with continued volcanic eruptions, of which perhaps
the present site of Keswick was one of the chief centres.
.{3) Depression of the volcanic district then ensued beneath
the sea, with the probable cessation of volcanic activity ; much
denudation was effected ; other slight volcanic outbursts
accompanied the formation of the Goniston Lhnestone (bg),
and then the old deposits of Skiddaw Slates (bg), and vol-
canic .material {Volcanic series of Borroivdale) (Fs bj) were
buried thousands of feet deep beneath strata formed in the
Upper Silurian Sea [StocMale Slates and Goniston Grits (bg),
and Ludloiv Beds) (b,) consisting of Bannisdale Slates and
the Kirhy Moor Flags. We now leave the Silurian rocks ;
but before proceeding to another chapter in the geological
history of this district, it will be well to make the following
observations.
In the first place the term Silurian was applied to the
Summary of Geological Events. 149
rocks first discovered by Morcliison, on account of their
great development in that portion of Wales which the Silures,
a Keltic race, once occupied. The Geological Survey of
Grreat Britain still retain the term as applied by Murchison ;
some recent authors, however, have adhered to Prof, Sedg-
wick's classification and included the Lower Silurian under
the heading Upper Cambrian; and Mr. H. B. Woodward in
his admirable work on " Tiie Geology of England and
Wales," which I have had occasion so frequently to quote,
adopts this classification, but throughout this work the
nomenclature and classification of the Geological Survey
of Great Britain have been followed.
Secondly, as the oldest rocks in our district, not only
derive their name from a people once inhabiting the part
of Wales where they are well developed and first well
studied, it will be well to place side by side the several
formations that occupy somewhat similar horizons in Wales
and the Lake District ; and this I shall now do as a supple-
ment to the list of formations attached to the " Index of
Colours " given in the " Geological Map " on p. 150.
After the great and long-continued Silurian depression
and accumulation, during that vast period of the formation of
the Upper Silurian above the volcanic series, there occurred
in this area a break in the succession af geological forma-
tions, so that the next series of formations, the Devonian,
and Old Bed Sandstone, so well developed in Devonshire, in.
the South of Wales, and in Scotland, are not represented in'
the Lake District ; or at least only imperfectly, if at all.
Mr. J. Chfton Ward has made the following remarks on.
this subject.
Old Red Sandstone Period. Most likely the greater part,,
if not the whole of this period, is unrepresented by deposits
in the Lake District. The so-called Upper Old Bed being-
probably but the basement bed of the Carboniferous series.
The reason for this absence of Old Red rocks seems clear.
150 The Geographical Distribution of Diseases.
r-T-. c3
03
03
PI
PI
M m
03
O
o
CO
CO
C5
>
o o
"^ ^ rh
^^ fl
^1 fH o^
_bc
'^ P
P 03
•a'Bun|ig J9ddj2
CO
CO -u
CO
."t^ =«
03
^m
pq
ton
dale
^
OD ^
f— *
•P
^
S
p
p
^J
OO2
1 — 1
1 1
J3
_D
1 1
1 1
•□Bun{ig aaMoq;
03
a
i-i
p
-ij
CZ3
03
P
P
-4-1
00
03
;-i
CS
03
!-
— 1
over-lie and cover the limestones. The general aspect of the
district is south-west.
5(37. Lnnfjtoii-n. — The rivers Line, Esh and Sarh have from
southerly to south-westerly courses, and thus open up the
district to the influence of the south-westerly sea winds. To
the north and north-east lie the heights of Bewcastle, and the
crimson line of water-parting, which have a protective influ-
ence.
It will be seen that the Limestone series (d,) occupies the-
upper half of the district, and the Bed Sandstones (ft, and fe) the
lower. The general aspect of the district is south-westerly.
568. Garliale. — The district taken as a whole lies low, as
will be seen by the contour map ; and although well watei^ed
as regards rivers, their courses are not favourable to the pure
air-flushing of the more powerful Kouth-nwst sea winds, whicb,.
instead of blowing up through their valleys, blow athwart or
over them. The circuitous course of the pi-incipal river the
Eden gives access to north-westerly and northerly winds :
it must be remembered, however, that the heights immedi-
ately around Carlisle are not great; although undoubtedly
when strong south-westerly winds prevail, the remoter bar-
riers of the SJciddaw Mountain-Mass (III.) must considerably
break their force, and reduce their powers of air-flushing th&
area. The aspects of the district are northerly to north-
westerly.
The geological map shows us that within this area the-
Loiver Ljias (gi) covers a] considerable area, and overlies the
Bved Sandstones (f^, and f^), which surround it beyond. Again
we must always bear in mind that over all lies a great thick-
ness of glacial drift, which has been already described (p. I60),
Floods, too, at times occur in this district, which, while
present, interfere with the oxygenizing function of the porous-
soil on dead and decaying vegetable and animal matter, and
Geology of Districts — Wigton. 185'
obstruct it for a considerable time afterwards ; in fact, until
the soil has regained its porosity, which it does very slowly
in clayey and other retentive soils.
569. Wigton, to a great extent, is another low-lying district.
Its rivers, the Wampool and "Waver, have north-westerly
courses to the Solway Firth, showing that the slope of the
land they traverse is in that direction. The low foreshore,,
which has already been discussed in a former chapter (p. 47),
enables the sea winds to exert a powerful air-flushing influ-
ence over that part of this area, which lies at the foot of the
Skiddaw mountain mass to the S.B.
At the south-eastern portion of Wujton, where its rivers
have their principal soiu'ces, we find the following rocks iu-
succession from S.E. to X.W. The contour map will show
the relation of the mountain mass just named to the remainder"
of the area.
The highest formations in the S.B. are the Sldddaw Slates
(ba), on which lie the volcanic series (F^ h^) ; and above this
last in succession, the Limestone Series (d,), Millstone Grit
(di). Coal measxires (d,), and above all the Bed Sandstones
(ft), which last are covered by r/laclal drift, aUiicium, peai,.
and along the line of coast by bloa-n sand, which is significant
of the power of the prevailing sea winds over the foreshore,,
and must be taken into account whenever present.
570. Cochermoiith. — This important district has a varied
configuration and geological structure. It has the third
largest population of the coastal districts, over 50 per cent,
of which inhabit its coastal parishes (p. 47) ; and thus affords
evidence of the necessity of making the sn&-district the unit
of our calculations, instead of the district; which Dr. Farr,.
during my last discussion with him on the subject, told me
he hoped would in future decennial reports obtain. Such
a division would at least have enabled us to separate the
inland populations of Cockermouth and Keswick from those
inhabiting the coastal districts of Workington and Maryport.
1 86 The Geographical Distribution of Diseases.
Howevei', varied as it is iu its physical geography and geo-
logy, we must treat the district as a whole.
The local climates of the two inland sub-districts differ
widely from those on the coast.
The southern part of the district lies nestled amidst the
dales in which the lakes of Thirhnerp, Derurnt Wafer, Gruvi-
moclc Water and Bntternirre repose, whose waters are collected
from the great Transverse Ridge, and the radiating ridges
from the ScafeU (I.), and lleh-clhjn (ll.) mountain masses;
to the north of which the SlncWav- (III.) mountain mass
■blocks out the northerly currents ; thus, on all four sides the
southern and most inland part of this district is hemmed in :
•on the 'west by the great northern ridge from the ScafeU mass ;
on the east by the HelveJhjn ridge ; on the north by Skiddaw ;
and on the south by the central portion of the great Trans-
verse Ridge, the north-east ridge from the ScafeU mass, and
the water-parting crossing Diinmail Raise. Shut in as just
•described on all sides, this region of Cockermouth district
affords a marked contrast to the more coastal area to the
north-west, where it is traversed by the rivers EUen, and Der-
ivent, both of which, after turning from their original northerly
•course, have, in obedience to the configuration of the land,
swept round to the south, and thus opened up the country
they water to the air-flushing influences of the south-westerly
sea-winds. The aspects, therefore, of Cockermouth, as a
whole, are as diverse as is possible almost for a district to
have; nevertheless, diverse as they are, the contour map
will enable the reader to discover towards what point of the
compass each one looks ; he must remember, however, that
the southerly and south-westerly in the southern inland area
will have before them the elevated Transverse Ridge to the
south, and that the whole of this area is pent up under its lee
as regards the southerly and south-westerly sea-winds. He
need not ascend any of the great heights to conviuce himself
of this, if he will stand on the county boundary on Dunmail
Cockermouth and Whitehaven. 187
Raise, and look alternately down its northern and southern
slopes.
The geological map shows us that the formations are
similar to those found in the last district, except that the
second in age heads the list in Borrowdale. Now if we
follow the course of the river Derwent from its source near
the Transverse Ridge, we shall find it flowing through the
Volcanic Seriea of Borrotvdale (Fgb,), lying on the Sldddaw
Slates (ba), which are exposed just above the head of Der-
went Water, and continue to be so until this lake and Bas-
senthwaite Water are passed ; when the river iJenrent crosses
a belt of the Borrowdale Volcanic Series (Fg ba), and then a
belt of Carboniferous Limestone (da), which, during the re-
mainder of the river's course to Workington, is seen to sup-
port the coal measures (dj).
571. Whitehaven. — The greater portion of this disti'ict lies
=to the south of the great Transverse Ridge, which commences
in it at St. Bees Head ; to the north of which the town of
Whitehaven lies. In this district it must be remembered
the central water-parting terminates at Redness Point, just
north of the above seaport. The district contains the nortli-
irestern and western ridges of the Scafell mountain mass (I.).
At St. Bees Head the coast is precipitous, and the cliffs have
a sufficient height to affect the local climates to their lee-
ward, as regards the sea-winds. Taken as a whole, the con-
figuration of the district is such as to facilitate air-flushing
by the sea-winds, especially those from the south-west. The
■aspects are mostly south-westerly. In the sparsely inhabited
Ennerdale the valley opens to the north-west, whilst the flanks
have south-westerly and northerly aspects I'espectively. The
river JEhen, after rounding the Western Ridge of Scafell
mountain mass (I.), turns to the south, and continues that
•course to the sea. The whole district is well air-flushed.
If we follow the courses of the river Lir.a (affluent) through
Ennerdale Water, and then the Ehen (effluent), we shall cross
1 88 The Geographical Distribtition of Diseases.
the following geological formations characterizing this dis-
trict. The Lha first descends from the Transverse Ridge in
the Volcanic Series of Borrowdale (F^ bg), it then enters the
Ennerdale Syenitie Granite (G), in which the upper part of
the lake lies ; the remaining part having its bed in the Shid-
daw Slates (ba), through which its eflfluent (Ehen) flows, until
it is turned to the south by the elevated land of the Carboni-
ferous Limestone (dj), supporting the Coal Measures (dj). The-
rest of the Ehen's course is through the Eed Sandstones (f).
572. Bontle. This is a well air-flushed district, as it has
the advantage not only of its triune sea inlet, into which the
river hi empties the contents of Wastivater, and the rivers
Mite and iJsh discharge themselves ; but it shares the bene-
fits derived from the broad sea inlet of the river Duddon with
the next district, Ulverston. Moreover the rivers that tra-
verse it have more or less south-westerly courses. It will be
seen by the contour map, that all the principal valley-loops
open tovi^ards the south-west ; in fact the configuration is so-
pronounced that there will be no difficulty in deciding upon
the aspects enjoyed by every portion of the area. In the
south-west is the mountain mass of Black Combe (IV.), which
presents a variety of aspects on account of its isolated posi-
tion and comparatively great height. The geolor/ical map
tells us that in Black Combe, the Skiddaiv Slates (b^) are re-
presented, and that over a large area to the north-east the
Volcanic Series of Bnrroivdale (F^ h^) extend, whilst along the-
right bank of the Duddon the Goniston Limestone (bg) skirts
the Volcanic xerlc-^. Again the large mass o^ E^kdale Granite
(G) comes to the surface, supporting both the Skiddaw Slates
and Volcanic series. The coast line presents a border of Bed'
Sandstones (f).
486. Ulrcrdnn. This, the most southerly of the districts,
is also well air-flushed ; it enjoys the sea inlet of Duddon-
Month, and the wide estuary of the river Lcven, which opens
towards Morecambe Bay and its sea- winds. The valleys in
Ulverston and Kendal. 189
wMcli Coniston Water and Windermere Lake lie, both opeu
seaward; and although, witli exception of the South-eastern
■ridge of the Scafell Mountain mass (I.), it has no great
mountains ; still scattered over its sui'face are many lesser
heights, the axes of which are so disposed as to offer every
variety of aspect and facility for the sea-winds to air-flush
the valleys between them. The north-western portion of
Ulverston is that occupied by the Borrovdale Volcanic Series
<(Fs bg), skirted to the north-west of Goniston Water and Wi)t-
dermere by the belt of Goniston Limestone (bg), whilst the
southern portion of the area consists of tbe Upper Silurian
Bocks (bo by), overlaid by the Carboniferous Limestone (du),
supporting near the coast the lied Sandstones (f).
575. Kendal. — This district comes next in natural, although
not in registration, order. So much has already been said of
this district, that little more need be added. To the north it
is bounded by the Transverse Ridge, and is separated from
Cockermouth district by Dunmail Rmse. To the south it
has the estuary of the Kent opening into Morecambe Bay in
a south-westerly direction. The whole of the valley of the
Kent is open to the sea- wind, and this can be well seen from
.the Limestone height of Scout Scar to the south-west of
Kendal town ; whilst from Orrest Head we can see More-
<3ambe Bay. As a fact, proving how unobstructedly the
sea-winds blow up the valley of the Kent, I stated, two years
ago in The Lancet,^ that petrels had been found after storms
■dead in the streets of Kendal. This has been confirmed
during the recent gales by several of these birds having been
found in the same locality.^ Mr. Aveline's section, described
in full (p. 174), will give the reader an idea of the geological
features of the northern portion of this district. The reader
will find that the southern portion of it is characterized by a
1 Vol. ii. Sept. 14th, 1889, p. 537.
* Westmorland Gazette, Oct. 10tli-17th, 1891.
IQO The GeograpJiical Distribution of Diseases.
considerable area of Garhoniferoiis Limestone (d^), and this at
points where, if floods take place, this formation has the^
greatest chance of neutralizing their evil effects. The aspects-
are mostly southerly and south-westerly.
574. West Ward. — This is an essentially inland district ;.
it shares JJlhimter with Penrith, and also has Haioes Water,
both of which are shut out from the influence of sea-winds
by the great mountain mass of Helvellijn (II.), and the great
ridge extending from the Tranverse liidge, separating Ulls-
■water from Halves Water; the great ridge of the Koman
road. The district slopes in a northerly and north-easterly
direction, and forms the left boundary of the Vale of Eden,.
which has already been described (p. 181). If we trace the
course of the afiiuent of Hayes Water, and then follow the
valley through TJlJ-su-ater, and the river Eamont to the Eden,
we shall cross all the principal geological features that
characterize this district. To the south we flnd Haye^
Water and the upper part of TJIlsivater lying in the Volcanic
Series of Borroivdale (F^ ba). Proceeding to the north-easfc
we suddenly find the lower part of the lake crossing an up-
throw of Sl-kldair Slates (b,), the result of two faults. Then
where this formation ceases, the river Eamont crosses the
I!cd Basement Conglomerate (dj), which expands to the north
of this lake, and forms Mell Fell. This red conrjlomerate then
passes under and supports the belt of Carboniferous Lime-
stone (dg), which the Eam,ont crosses; and after doing so cuts
through the Permian Bed Bochs (e) and the overlyino- Bed.
Sandstones (f c) on its way to the Eden. To the south-east
are seen the crimson mass indicating the site of Shaj) Fell
Granite (Gr), and extending from it in a south-westerly
direction into the Kendal district, the belt of the Coniston
Jjimestone Series (b^), to the south-east of which are the
TJpfer Silurian Bods (bo and by).
573. East Ward. — This district contains the head of the
Yale of Eden, and to the south-east is surrounded by elevated
Localities of the Coniston Limestone. 19 r
land, as shown in the contour map by the Aarh hruaii areas.
Moreover the south-easterly end of the great water-parting
of the Transverse Eidge crosses the area to the south-east,,
and thus divides the water-shed of the Edcu. in the north-
east from that of the Lnnc in the south-west. The general
slope of the Eden valley is towards the north-west ; but
the boundaries of that vale have generally on the left bank of
the river north-easferh/, and on the rigid bank soidh-u-esterhj,.
aspects.
If we take the course of the river Ecleii from its very
source close to the I'emi.uie Ghaliu water-parting, indicated by
the crimson line between the sources of the rivers Eden and
the Ure, we pass first through the TJppcr Silurian BocIck
(Ludlow Beds) (b?), and then in a northerly direction through
the ('arho)ilferouH Limestone (do), on which is seen lying still
further to the north the Permian beds (e).
To the north-east of the Permian and Ped Sandstones {i^i)■
will be seen a long line of Shiddaw Slates (bs), surmounted by
the Bed Gonglomerate Basement Bed (dj), parallel to the Bed
Sandstotes, and lying in the midst of the Carhoniferoiis Lime-
stone (do). This upthrow is the result of extensive faulting.
Localities in the above Districts irhere the Limestones occur.
The Coniston Limestone Series (bg).
If we trace the belt of this calcareous series from the
south-west to the Shap Fell Granite, we shall find it passing
through the following civil parishes : —
Mi.llorn, in the Bootle district, Cumberland; WestBroughton,
Torver, Church Coniston, HaiolSs Head and Monhs Coniston, in
the Ulverston district, Lancashire ; Bydal and Loughrigg,
Ambleside, Trouibecl-, Kentmere, Longsleddale, and Fawcett
Forest in the Kendal, and ShaiJ in the West Ward district,
Westmorland. This narrow belt of the Coniston Limestone
Series lies therefore in the midst of a mean female population.
192 The Geog^raphical Distribution of Diseases.
amounting during 1871-1881 to 6,947, including about 2,300
women at and above thirty-five years of age ; the time of Ufe
most liable to be attacked by cancer.
Conlston Limestone Fosdls. — In the Memoirs to the quarter
sheet, 98 N.B., a list of localities is given where the
characteristic fossils of this period may be found : From
Windermere to Shap, Skelgill, Wansfell, Trot Beck, Nanny
Lane, Troutbeck, Applethwaite, Kentmere, Style End Grass-
ing, and Long Sleddale.
The Kendal Museum contains a good collection of fossils,
all of which have been identified and systematically arranged
by Mr. R. B. Newton in 1885.
Mr. Jonathan Otley, whose works have already been re-
ferred to, in the sixth edition (1837) of his " Grlacial Descrip-
tion," thus describes the course of the Coniston Limestone :
it commences with a bed of dark blue transition Limestone,
containing here or there a few shells and madrepores, and
alternating with a slaty rock of the same colour, the different
layers of each being in some places several feet, in others
«nly a few inches, in thickness. This Limestone crosses the
river Duddon near Brougliton. Passing Broughton Mills it
runs in a north-east direction through Torver, by the foot of
the Old Man (Coniston) mountain, and appears near Low
Yeiudall and Yew Tor. Here it makes a considerable slip
to the eastward, after which it ranges past the Tarns iipon
the hills above Borwick Ground, and stretchings throusrh 8kel-
loith, it crosses the head of Windermere, near Ljoiv Wood Lnn.
Then passing above Dove Nest and Skelgill, it traverses the
vales of Troutbeck, Kentmere, and Jjonri Sleddale, crossing the
two inter-mountains (see description of Mr. Aveline's Section)
.in the direction of the roads which lead over them (p. 174).
Upper Silurian Fossils — Pale Slates. These are found in
the neighbourhood of Skelgill (GraptoUtic Mudstones),
Coniston Grits and Flags. Dent, Winder, Applethicaite, Wans-
Jell, Bannisdale Slates. High Thome and Crossdale Beck,
Otley — Carbonifero2is Limestone. 193
Houses ; and Kirhhy Moor Flagn on Benson Knott, Under-
barrow, Brigsteer, and Kitlington.
The Garhoniferoiis Limestone 8erie>i. — The various Lime-
stone series will probably be found in the future to be
amongst the most important of all the geological formations,
as regards health ; whilst the Clays undoubtedly, from the
oldest to the most recent, will have to be studied in connec-
tion with many other diseases besides cancer.
However, as the facts are at hand with regard to the last
named group of malignant diseases most fatal to women at
and above thirty-five years of age, they will be here given
in full, and in such order as they were originally studied.
Mr. Jonathan Otley gave a very comprehensive description
of the distribution of Carboniferous Limestone, or what he
termed the mountain or tipper Transition Limestone, which he
says mantles round the mountains, in a position unconform-
able to the strata of the slaty and other rocks upon which it
reposes. It bassets out near Egreniont, Ijampilugh, I'arJshair,
Papcastle, Botliel, L-eby, Galdhech, Hesket, Berrier, Dacre,
Loniher, and Shap ; it appears again near Kendal, Withers-
lark, Cartmel, Dalton, and Millom, from whence for some
distance its place is occupied by the sea, and in the neighbour-
hood of Gosforth and Calder Bridge, a red sandstone inter-
venes, so that the limestone is either wanting or buried under
the more recent formations. It dips from the mountains on
every side with different degrees of inclination ; the declivity
being generally least on the southern side. In the neighbour-
hood of WithersJach, to S.W. of Kendal, it forms lofty isolated
ridges, while the subjacent slaty rock appears in the lower
ground ; and it may be seen upon the surface as far as
Warton and Farleton Grags, and even as far as Kellet, before
it is covered by the sandstone of the coal measures.^
The localities whence the fossils have been derived, which
1 Op. cit., pp. 167-168.
194 T^li^ Geographical Distribution of Diseases.
are found in the Kendal Museum, where they have been
identified and arranged by Messrs. G. Sharman and R. B.
Newton, F.G.S., are taken in geographical order from
south to north. Arnside, Grange, Blaiuith Point, Meathop,
Sedgewich, Brigsteer, Helsington, Under Barrow Scar, Barroiu-
Jield Wood, Ash Fell, Kendal Fell, Serpentine Walks, Kettleivell,
Helsfell, Halhead nah, Plumgarths, Grayrlgg, Orton, Grosbij
Fell, and Sliap.
The following are the Civil Parishes in each registration district where
the Carboniferous Limestone is more or less the characteristic formation,
and their female populations for 1871-1881.
Female
Population.
District. -
— CiYir, Parish.
1871.
1881.
Whitehaven. Total Female Population ..
. 23,552
... 29,192
Egremont
. 2,167
... 2,8.J2
Cleator
. 3,218
... 4,992
Arleodon
. 1,550
... 3,089
Salter and Eskat
57
ys
Lamplugh
502
592
7,494 .
. 11,613
GocJcermouth. Total Female Population
23,616 .
. 28,316
Dean ...
398 .
413
Eaglesfield
142 .
124
Brigham
393 .
403
Papcastle
381 .
381
Bride Kirk
78 .
47
Dovenby
128 .
113
Tallentire
110 .
113
Blinderake, Isell and Redmain
152 .
177
Sunderland ...
32 .
35
Bothel and Threapland
209 .
200
Plumbland
391 .
327
Gilcrux
302 .
253
2,716 .
. 2,586
Civil Parishes having Limestone Sites.
,376
2,149
195
Female Population.
District. — Civil Pakish.
1871.
1881.
ton. Total Female Population
11,563 ..
11,959
Torpenliow and Whitrigg
152 ..
134
Low Ireby
159 ..
158
Higli Ireby
53 ..
46
Bolton Low and Quarry Hill
273 ..
299
Uldale
131 . .
116
Coldbeck
768 ..
613
Westward
520 ..
514
Sebergbam
320 ..
269
TenrifhiWesi). Total Female Population 5,299
Ca.stle Sowevby
Hesket-on-tbe-Forest
]\Iiddlesceugh and Braitliwaite
Hatton-on-tbe-Forest
Hutton Roof ...
Skelton
Greystoke
Berrier and Murrab . . .
Catterlin
Dacre ...
422 ..
389
993 ..
902
62 ..
65
129 ..
112
89 ..
78
349 ..
331
282 ..
327
53 ..
46
71 ..
57
470 ..
489
2,930
2,796
Penrith (East). Total Female Population 6,394
Croglin 144
Staffield 137
Ren wick ... ... ... ... 135
Kirkoswold ... ... ... ... 346
Gamblesby ... ... ... ... 134
Melmerby ... ... ... ... 138
Ousby 175
Skirwith 130
Kirkland and Blencarn ... ... 95
6,506
127
115
128
297
118
148
125
145
77
1,434
1,280
I9& The Geographical Distribution of Diseases.
Female
PoiJulation.
District. — Citil Paeish.
1871.
1881.
^Yest Ward. Total Female Population . ,
. 4,021
... 4,030
Yanwatli and Eamont Bridge
ir>t;
140
Clifton
174
211
Stockbridge and Tirril
117
117
High Barton ...
181
190
Low Winder ... ...
!)
8
Askliam
252
258
Lowtlier
222
238
Great Strickland
141
13G
Thrimby
29
22
Little Strickland
51
4s
Bolton
191
188
King's Meabui'n
92
90
1,615
... 1.G4G
Bast Ward. Total Female Population ..
. 7,724
... 7.239
Orton
800
;»25
Appleby St. Lawrence
812
740
Ormside
207
103
Asliby ...
251
261
Little Musgra-s-e
27
35
Soulby ...
178
149
Crosby Garrett
179
110
Smardale
54
23
Wailby
2s
30
Kirkby Stephen
901
852
Wharton
39
28
Mallerstang
195
118
TSTateby
92
83
Hartley
85
71
Winton
117
129
Kaber ...
101
103
Stainmoor
268
240
Warcop
37G
355
St. Michael Appleby
694
727
Duf ton
226
198
Long Marton
417
3.58
Milbourne and Milbourne Grange . . ,
143
125
6,190
... 5,863
Civil Parishes havin
Cumi'ew
Poi^ulation
62 .
49
1,784 .
.. 1,851 >
Alston. Total Female
.. 2,841 .
.. 2,36^
Alston ...
.. 2,841 .
.. 2.308
2,841 .
.. 2,368
The above list and its figures give us some idea of tlie
percentage of the female populations, more or less subject to
the influence of the Carboniferous Limestone sub-soil rock
within our area ; for if we take the mean population of all
the above districts for 1871-1881 as amounting to 139,623
females, and the mean female populations of all the civil
parishes comprised within them for the same period as equal
to 57,974, the percentage af persons living in such parishes,
Glacial Deposits. 199
compared to the rest who do not, would be above 40 per cent.
(41-5).
This subject will be discussed in relation to disease distri-
bution in a later chapter. The male and female populations
of the districts at different age-periods will be found in the
Appendix.
Glacial Deposits. — Before concluding this chapter, it will
be necessary to consider those important deposits which were
brought from far and near during the Great Ice -Age, and
left Avithin our area, covering much of the older formations,
the features of which in the valley-lands they have masked,
and in some instances interfered with the properties of the
overlaid rocks.
The older members of these deposits are principally dense
clay (Boulder Clay or Till) filled, in general, with boulders of
all forms, some being flattened and striated, whilst others ai-e
more or less rounded; for a description, however, of the
contents of the boulder clays and their origins, I must refer
the reader to Professor James Greikie's work on " The Great
Ice Age."
These clays overlie and mask the limestones of this area,
and to some extent must interfere with the functions of these
rocks. Dr. W. Fream ^ in his interesting and useful work ou
" Soils and their Properties," refers, howevei% to the fact that
although the Old Red Sandstone in the Carse of Gowrie is
masked by a great thickness of Boulder Clay or Till, its
power is not destroyed, as witnessed by the partiality
orchard fruit has for the soil above it, just as it has in
Herefordshire, Gloucestershire, and Devonshire ; the dif-
ference in the covering being, that in Scotland the clay had
been imported during the ice age, whereas the soil covering
the red-rocks in the English counties are more the result of
1 " Soils and their Properties," by W. Fream, B.Sc, LL.D. George
Bell & Sons, London, 1890. P. 106.
200 The Geographical DistribtUion of Diseases.
local origin. These glacial deposits, however, in the Lake
District and other parts of Cumberland and Westmorland are
not all stiff clays, which we shall see in the sequel. It would
be beyond the scope of this work to follow these deposits
throughout the area ; it would, however, be of great service
to science if their thickness and character could be ascer-
tained and mapped for each, district, beginning with the land
lying on each side of water-courses, and wlierever forming
the sites of towns, villages, and other inhabited parts.
Professor James Geikie ^ informs us that the oldest deposit
which has yet been recognised in this part of England, is a
more or less tough, strong clay that answers precisely to the
typical unfossiliferous Till of the Scottish Lowlands. It is
quite unstratified, save here and there where the included
stones show a rude kind of arrangement, similar to that
Avhich the professor has described as occasionally visible in
the Till of Scotland. Like the latter it also contains in
places thin irregular seams and amorphous patches of earthy
sand and gravel, while its colour varies according to the
district in which it is found. Thus it may be yellowish
brown, grey, dark blue, or red, the colour evidently depending
upon that of the rocks from the degradation of which it has
been derived. So far as yet known it would appear to be
unfossiliferous. The stones are angular, blunted, striated,
smoothed, and polished, the more compact and finest grained
rocks receiving the best dressing. Moreover they are
scratched most markedly in the line of their longest diameter,
irregular-shaped stones not being striated in any one direc-
tion more than another. In these and other items this TUl
tallies precisely with that of Scotland.
It rests usually upon a smoothed and striated pavement of
rock, but sometimes the strata are bent over, crushed and
1 " The Great Ice Age and its relation to the Antiquity of Man." 2nd
edition. Stanford, London, 1877.
Glacial Deposits. 201
broken underneath, and their fragments commingled with
the Till.
Mr. J. 0. Ward describes the Till of the northern part of
the Lake District as a stiff clay, stuck full of smooth and
sci'atched stones and boulders, and unstratified. It occurs
every here and there in small patches among the mountains,
in rock-sheltered spots, and may frequently be seen in the
valleys, either by itself or underlying more gravelly deposits.
This latter he describes as consisting of soft angular gravel
(very rarely containing beds of sand) in a clayey matrix, or
in large boulders in and upon it. It sometimes passes down
with the Till, and either forms sloping plateaux running up
the valleys (as the Till alone sometimes does) or wide-spreads
of a more or less moundy appearance.
Professor Geikie states that an examination of the rock-
striations proves conclusively that from all the valleys of
Wales and the Lake District, there formerly issued great
streams of ice, which coalesced to form one gigantic confluent
glacier.
The reader should have the contour map before him whilst
studying the course of the glaciers as described by Professor
Geikie and others.
Mr. Tiddeman^ has shown that the general trend of the
ice-sheet in North Lancashire and adjacent part of Yorkshire
and Westmorland was towards the south or south-south-east,
across deep valleys and over hills of considerable elevation.
This is well seen in the course of the valleys in the Bootle,
Ulverston, and Kendal Districts, the valleys commencing on
the south side of the great Transverse Ridge, and trending, as
above described, towards the south; and he justly infers
from this fact that some barrier existed in the Irish Sea
which prevented it following the natural slope of the ground
towards the south-west. This barrier was the ice deriving
1 Quart. Jouni. Geol. Soc, vol. xxviii., p. 471.
202 The Geographical DistribiUion of Diseases.
from the Lake Mountains, (the glaciers that issued from the
valley of the Eden, and the other valleys on the north oE the
Great Transverse Eidge). But if so, then some other barrier
must have pounded back the latter also, for had not such a
barrier existed, the glaciers of Westmorland and Cumberland
would have found for themselves a more direct route to the
sea than they appear to have done. The cause of this deflec-
tion was undoubtedly the presence of the massive ice-sheet
that streamed from the south of Scotland, and had sufficient
power to deflect the ice creeping out from Ireland. Such
being the case, it is not surprising to learn that the Isle of
Man and Ansclesea afford evidence to show that the united
glaciers or ice-sheet actually overflowed both these islands.
Mr. J. Gr. Goodchild has shown that the Scotch ice ascended
the valley of the Eden in Cumberland, its path being marked
not only by the presence of glaciated rock-faces, but also by
boulders in the drift which have been transported from the
high grounds in the South of Scotland. These he has traced
up to the top of Stainmoor, across which the Scotch and
Lake District glaciers must have followed in a general easterly
or south-easterly direction. Mr. Goodchild also mentions
the fact that great quantities of Scotch drift have gone over
the watershed between the Eden and the south Tyne, east-
ward to the North Sea. This point is seen on the contour
map where the darlc brown Pennine mountain mass is discon-
nected, and the water-parting represented by the crimson
line outside the boundary of the area.
The Cheviot Hills, Professor Geikie says, wex'e smothered
in ice, for he found Till with striated stones here and ther^
on the very watershed.
Professor Geikie states on the authority of Mr. De Eance
that in the north-western districts of England there are
three stony clays, the lowest one of which appears to be
destitute of organic remains, while the two overlying masses
contain here and there a few shells which are chiefly broken
Glacial Deposits and their Evidence.
and fragmentary. He also adds that his colleagues Messrs.
Tiddeman, Ward, and Goodchild, have bi'ought forward in-
disputable evidence to show that an ice-sheet radiated out-
wards from the mountains of the Lake District, and became
confluent with a similar mass of glacier-ice that crept out-
wards from Scotland, and greatly modified the course followed
by the ice that had its origia iu England. Professor Geilcie
expresses his opinion that before this great ice-sheet over-
fl.owed the British Islands our country stood at a higher
level, and it is quite possible that ia those pre-glacial times
the Irish Sea may have had no existence. If this were so
it would account for the fact that the oldest Till is quite
destitute of marine remains, even when it occurs in close
proximity to the sea, as at Little Orme's Head.
Mr. De Eance gives the following series of glacial deposits
in the north-west of England from above downwards : —
4. Upper Boulder Clay.
3. Middle Sand and Gravel.
2. Lower Boulder Clay resting on a denuded surface of
1. Unfossiliferous Till or Boulder Clay.
Professor James Geikie remarks (p. 340) that the stony
clays and middle sands of this region of England seem there-
fore to afford evidence of the following changes : —
(1) A period of excessive glaciation, when an ice-sheet
covered all Wales and northern England. Before this ice-
sheet appeared the land may have stood higher relatively to the
sea than at present. (2) A great recession of the ice, accom-
panied with or followed by the submergence of the area and
covered by the Irish Sea. (8) A new advance of the ice-sheet
which flowed over the bottom of the sea, and mingled marine
deposits and their organic contents with its bottom moraine.
(4) A disappearance of intense arctic, conditions, accompanied
or followed by denudation of the old bottom moraines — for
aught we can tell, a wide land surface may have existed at
this period. (5) A gradual depression of the land to the
204 The Geographical Disti'ibutioii of Diseases.
depth of 1,300 feet or thereabouts, during comparatively
mild conditions of climate. (6) A reappearance of arctic
conditions, and the last incursion of this great ice-sheet.
Fluvlatile Grarel. — The same author states that consider-
able accumulations of fluriafile grarel occur in the valleys of
the Lake District and Wales, often at great heights above the
present rivers. This gravel when traced up-stream becomes
coarser and earthier, and not a few of the stones even show-
faint traces of strice. As we follow it still further into the
mountains, it appears to pass into, or at least it cannot be
distinguished from, morainic debris. Opposite the mouths
of some of the mountain-valleys great deposits of hum-
mocky angular and sub-angular gravel and hillocks of sand
make their appearance, — elongated ridges of gravel and sand,
like the more marked Kames of Scotland, are either absent
or o£ uncommon occurrence. Professor Geikie also refers
to the immense quantities of morainic matter, and the
numerous blocs perches which are found in almost every
valley in the Lake District and in Wales. This angular
earthy debris hangs on all the hill slopes and gathers on all
the bottoms of the valleys. Towards the upper reaches it
often takes the form of low mounds and ridges. But the
terminal moraines of the great glaciers that ground out
the rock basins of such lakes as Coniston, Uilswater, and
Llanberis, and which may at one time have cumbered the
valleys just below the lakes, have disappeared.
Mr. J. Clifton Ward^ gives a fall description of the
Moraines, Old and recent LaLes in Borrowdale, Thirlmere
Valley, Keswick Vale, Buttermere and Lor ton Valley,
Bnnerdale Valley, and head of Uilswater Valley.
The Drift Deposits. — Of these Mr. Ward says there are
thi'ee kinds or classes of deposit conuected with the glacial
period in this district; viz. (1) Till; (2) Drift Gravel; (3)
Stratified Sand and Gravel.
1 " Memoir on the Greologj of the Xorthern Lakes," p. 86, et seq.
Drift Deposits — Eskers — Drttmlins. 20=
Mr. A, Stralian in tlie Memoir on the quarter sheet
98 N.B. (New Series, sheet 39), gives full descriptions of
the glacial deposits to the south o£ the great Transverse
Eidge, and introduces his descriptions with the following
general remarks. On the edition of this map for superficial
geology the following subdivisions of the glacial deposits are
indicated by colour, the solid geology being only shown when
there is no drift. The Boulder Clay or Till occupies by
far the larger area; but in some of the broader valleys, as in
that of the Kent, near Kendal, and that of the Lune, near
Sedbergh, passes into a gravelh/ deposit, to which the name
Boulder Clay is iniiiypVicalile, though, on the other hand, its
stratification is generally far more rudimentary than that of
the sands of the lowlands. The division between the two
forms of drift is therefore very ill defined, nor is it possible
to state definitely which is the older. The evidence points
rather to their being in part contemporaneous. The drift
of the whole region has a tendency to form hills, which are
clearly the original heaps into which the material was piled
at the time of its distribution, and not, like the hills of solid
rock, remnants of an elevated mass whiph have been spared
by denudation. The hills composed of Boulder Clay are
referred to as drninlins, those of sand and gracel as esJrcrs in
the memoir from which I am quoting.
The former are extremely abundant throughout this area,
and are the cause of the existence of most of the small tarns.
The eslcers are no less marked in the smaller areas occupied
by the sand and gravel. The dramlins usually have their
longer axes parallel to the direction of the valley in which
they occur, but sometimes cross valleys obliquely, with a
tendency to trend southwards. When they are found on a
high tableland, as between Sedbergh and Kendal, their axes
run nearly north and south, that is in the direction in which
the general ice-flow was moving. The Castle Hill at Kendal
and the similar hill half a mile south-east of it, are excellent
2o6 The Geographical DistribiUion of Diseases.
examples of these drift bills. The greater part of the drift
about Kendal is of a gravelly character. A pebbly gravel
rises through the alluvium as small islands, and the same
deposit is seen south of Kendal, in a great number of small
hummocks, or rudimentary eskers. The gravel on the west
side of the river is very rudely stratified, but on the east side,
half a mile south of Loundes, is a pit in an esloer, showing
well stratified pebbly gravel and grit. It may be noticed,
Mr. A. Strahan adds, that the bedding has been disturbed in
this pit, as is so often the case in gravels of glacial age, in
such a way as to produce the appearance of a small fault
with a throw of about one foot. Such disturbances may
have been due to the stranding of floating ice or the melting
out of a buried mass of ice.
The largest spreads of drift in the geological survey map
are found in the Kent Valley, in the depression between this
valley and that of the Lune by Grayrigg, in the Lune Valley
above Tebay where entered by the Clough, and on the
Lambriggs and Firbank Fells.
On the contour map Grayrigg is seen extending as a darh
hrotvn mass in a south-easterly direction from the M in the
name of the county in the shaded inland boundary line, down
which the valley of the Lune may be traced to the darh blue
valley-loop.
The long ridge of land, Grayrigg, is seen to separate the
Lune Valley, from the trident-Hke valley of the Kent.
In addition to these larger spreads are found long tono-ues
of day drift running up every dale, in most cases quite up
to the dale head, the limit depending not so much on the
height above the sea as on the form of the ground. As a
conti-ast with the broad drift-covered tracts mentioned above,
the ground between Kendal and Windermere Lake is nearly
all bare, the Boulder Clay occurring only as isolated drum-
lins, which make a small show on the geological survey
map, though their peculiar rounded outline is sufficiently
The Ice Age and Configuration of Area. 207
striking on tbe ground. Mr. Sfcralaan thus takes the rivers
iu succession, giving the heights at which the several
drifts have been found, and the position and direction of
tbe stride.
In addition to the interesting facts collected by Mr.
Strahan and his colleagues, the medical practitioner would
like to know the exact relations existing between the several
kinds of glacial drift and the Limestone rocks covered by
them : in fact what is required is the depth and extent of
the permeable drift, such as gravels and sands, as well as
that of the hard impermeable clays or clays mixed with sand
or gravel.
These facts should be well ascertained wherever floods are
liable to occur after heavy rains or thaws. Then again the
area of floods both historic and recent should be noted,
and their high-water marks defined on maps. It must be
remembered that the effects of floods are not confined to the
areas where they take place ; for it is well known that the
air contamination spreads in all directions ; so that a town
situated on an elevated part of a plain traversed by a river
that seasonally flooded the adjacent land, would suffer from
the effects of those inundations, even though the high-water
mark of the floods may only skirt the base of its site.
The Ice Age and the Physical Configuration of the Area illus-
trated by the Contour Map.
Mr. J. Gr. Goodchild in his interesting and instructive
paper on " The Ice Work in Edenside and some of the
adjoining parts of North-Western England," has given the
results of his work, which has extended over many years,
as to the courses of the local glaciers, and how they were
influenced by the ice-masses that were formed in Scotland
and issued from its valleys into the Irish Sea by the Firths
of Clyde and Solway.
2oS The Geographical DistrihUion of Diseases.
I. Let us suppose that, at an early period of the Ice Age,
when the coM was setting in, and when it was much severer
than it had been in the previous period, the Pliocene, although
not so intense as it afterwards became, the areas coloured
liglit and djCirh hlue in the contour map were filled with
glaciers ; viz. the vale of Eden, and the dale of Thirlraere,
Borrowdale, that of Buttermere, and lastly Ennerdale. All
these glaciers would commence on the northern side of the
great Transverse Ridge or water-partiug extending in a more
or less southerly direction from Dent Hill in the west to that
point where the North Penniue chain water-parting is seen
to separate the sources of the rivers Eden and Vre, as indi-
cated by the crimson line. From this elevated ridge the
glaciers would move downwards in the lines of least resist-
ance, and these would be in the Eden Valley to the N.W.,
in the Thii-lmere and Borrowdale Valleys to the N., whilst in
the remaining two it would be N.W., and W. by N., respect-
ively. At that period the ai-ea of least resistance would be,
as it is now for the waters of the rivers that water these
northern valleys, the site of the bed of the Irislt, Sea and the
Solway Firth. Towards these points therefore the early
glaciers would bend their courses, and from perseverino- in
their north-westerly and northerly trends they would be
deflected to the W. and then to the S.W. as the rivers are
now.
IL As time went on, and the cold increased, the glaciers
in the south of Scotland, which perhaps had had the start of
those in Cumberland, would have made headway in a southerly
direction to the common point of least resistance, the Irish
Sea, down through the Firth of Clyde into the North Channel,
when they would be diverted by the north-east of Ireland in
a south-easterly and easterly direction round the Mull of
G-alloway towards Cumberland, and en route would be joined
by minor glaciers from the heights of Wigtown, Kircud-
bright, and Dumfries, and thus convert the area of least
The Ice Age. 209
resistance, the Irish Sea and Solway Firth, into one of the
greatest, as far as the Cumbrian glaciers were concerned.
Thus blockaded by the Scotch ice on the west and north-
west, they had to turn back and join forces with their
antagonists in making their way towards another point of
least resistance, and then impelled along by the superior force
of their ally from necessity, they traversed the d,arh and liglit
blue areas in succession of Cockermouth, Wigton, Carlisle,
Longtown, and Brampton until they reached the light hroivn
area to the south of Bewcastle Fells, and at last I'eached the
North Pennine chain water-parting where the crimson line
is seen separating our area from that of the South Tyne in
Northumberland, down the dale of which the combined
glaciers of Cumberland and Scotland travelled together,
carrying with them granites from the Mull of Galloway and
Shap Fell to the coast of Scarborough and Filey and other
parts of Yorkshire.
III. Time still went on, and at last the acme of the Ice Age
had arrived ; the northern glacier-hordes from Scotland had
found their way across the border by another route, they had
smothered the Cheviot Hills, and were at length face to face
with the still growing and descending glaciers of Edenside ;
still searching for the point of least resistance, and finding it
with their western Scotch allies across the water-parting of
Bewcastle Fells ; but a mightier ice-cap was now at hand
ready to point out the shortest cut to the heart of England;
and this was along the North Pennine chain and the vale of
Eden; the Eden glaciers returning with their freight of
Shap-granite, mixed up with boulders of Ennerdale, Criffel
and Mull of Galloway granites, back to the S.B., where the
crimson line over Stainmoor was crossed, and the mighty
masses began to descend into the dales of Yorkshire and
ceased not to proceed in their resistless course until the
vale of York was reached, and their spoil deposited near
the resting places of their quondam companions brought
2 1 o The Geographical Distrihdion of Diseases.
at an earlier period through the Bewcastle Gap : that ice-
stream having found, before it reached tlie Yorkshire coast,
an ice-antagonist from Scandinavia that had deflected it
to a similar focus.
CHAPTER VIIl.
Population— Race.
Introductory — Populations of Civil Parishes and Townships — Necessity of
keeping the Statistic of Males and Females Separate — Populations at
different Age-Periods- — Appendix — Former Inhabitants of Area —
Racial Characteristics — ilen of the Rough and Sharp-Stone Period —
Men of the Smooth-Stone Period — Professor James Geikie — Dr. John
Evans, F.R.S. — Chancellor Ferguson — Early History of Cumberland
and the North of England — Long Barrows — The Old Lakes of Eden —
The Two Races — Dolicocephalic— Brachycephalic — Dr. John Beddoe,
F.R.S. — The Scandinavian Element in the Plaoe-Names — The Isle of
Man the Source of Norwegians — The Norse Element in the Place-
Names of the Civil Parishes — Percentage of Norse Element — Canon
Isaac Taylor — A. W. Moore — Isle of ^lan — The Lake District —
Iceland — Dr. Beddoe's Opinions — The Colour of Eyes and Hair — The
Proclivity to Phthisis — Cancer — Summary of Tables as to the Preva-
lence of certain Prevailing Colours in Byes and Hair.
rriHE next subjects we have to consider are the populations
_L. of the area, and their racial characteristics ; and as it is
necessary for the further progress of this investigation that
the results of the Census should be at hand, extracts from
the Reports of the Census Commissioners have been given in
the Appendix, where tables are given, containing the names
of all the civil parishes and townships comprised within the
boundaries of Cumberland, Westmorland, and the registra-
tion district of Ulverston in Lancashire, with their male and
female population separately, at the censuses of 1871 and 1881
(Table I.).
The number of males and females living at different age-
periods during the census of 1881 in the Registration Dis-
tricts is contained- in Table II.
2 1 2 The Geographical Distribtdion of Diseases.
In all statistics relating to disease, the necessity of keeping
the sexes separate has already been dwelt upon, and is so
self-evident as not to require repetition ; however, when we
discuss disease distribution in the concluding chapter it will
be found that immediately the Grraham-Farr regime at the
General Register Office expii'ed, a novel system of statistics
was adopted, which, when explained later on, will account
for the frequent warning given in these pages with regard
to the separation of the sexes in all statistics relative to the
human race.
Racial Characteristics.
Before discussing the scanty materials at our disposal with
regard to the racial characters of the populations of Cumber-
land, "Westmorland, and the Lake District, it will be well to
summarize a few history-marks as regards the kinds of men
that have from the earliest period, as far as we have ascer-
tained, inhabited the north-western part of Great Britain.
In the first place we have (L) the men of the Stone period,
(II.) men of the Bronze period, and (III.) men of the Iron
period.
The Stone period may be divided into (a) the olded or
rough-done age, and (/3) the smooth-stone age.
With the Bronze and Iron ages the history of man passes
out of the domain of the geologist and enters that of the
archteologist and historian. Professor Geikie says the
weapons and implements belonging to the older period (the
rough and sharp-stone age) are altogether of ruder form and
finish. They are merely chipped into the requisite shape of
adze, hatchet, scraper, or whatever the implement may
chance to be. Although considerable dexterity is shown in
the fashioning of their rude implements, yet they certainly
evince much less skill on the part of the tool-maker than the
relics of the later smooth-stone period.
It is noteworthy. Professor James Geikie remarks, that
Racial Characteristics. 213
while the implements of the smooth-stone period are made of
various kinds of stones, those of the rough-stone, or oldest
period consist almost exclusively of flint ; and so characteristic
are the shape and fashion of the latter, that an experienced
archaeologist has no difficulty in distinguishing them at once
from the succeeding, or smooth-stone period. There is a gap
in the succession of the two periods. As to the evidence of
the former occupation of this area by these ancient peoples,
I shall quote the words of the eminent arch^ologist. Chan-
cellor Richard S. Ferguson,^ who in his History of Cumber-
land tells us that up to the year 1890, no implements of the
Palgeolithic or rough-stone period had been found, either in
caves or riv,eY drift, within the area of Cumberland, or, indeed,
in the North of England. A stone celt found near Keswick,
and two in the Carlisle Museum, have indeed been assigned
to the Palaeolithic period ; but the better opinion is that they
are unfinished implements of the Neolithic (or polished or
smooth-stone) period. As Dr. John Evans suggests, there
may be yet discovered in the gravel of the valley of the Eden
drift implements.
Neolithic stone implements have been found in many places
of the Cumbrian area, as the lists and descriptions given
by Dr. John Evans, F.R.S., testify; celts or hatchets ; the
greater part are made oifelstone, and some of a shape almost
peculiar to Cumberland. Perforated hammers and stone axes
are also very common. Of the three known examples of celts
which have been found attached to their original handles, two
are from Cumberland, one from the Solway Moss, and the
other from Ehenside Tarn, in West Cumberland. Stones for
sharpening celts have also been found, one at Lazonby having
seventy grooves in it.
Several of the long harrows of the Dolichocephalic, or long-
1 " A History of Cumberland," by Richard S. Ferguson, M.A., LL.M.,
F.S.A., Chancellor of Carlisle. Elliot Stock, 1890.
2 14 The Geographical Distribution of Diseases.
headed race, who used these stone instruments, are to be
found in Cumberlaud. There is a fine one near " The
Shaws," Gilsland; another called Sampson's Bratful is on
Stockdale Moor in Copeland Forest.
Many relics of the Brachycephalic or round-headed race,
who intruded themselves upon the Dolichocephalic race, have
been found in Cumberland ; but the hron::e celts, spear heads,
and palstaces of the brachycephalic men too readily found
their way into the melting-pot of the brass-founder, and so
are of rarer occurrence in the local museums.
The glaciers that at some time or other — most probably
after the Paleolithic period — covered the area of Cumberland,
must have completely changed the surface of the country ;
but the men of the Polished-stone period and of the Bronze
■period saw the country in its main features much as we see
it now, though it is possible that three lakes or meres, at
Lazonby, Langanby, and Appleby, occupied the valley of the
Eden, and that the Petterill ran into that river at Great
Salkeld and not near Carlisle, and perhaps that both joined
the Caldew south of Carlisle instead of north, while the
Waver, Wiza, and Wampool sought the sea by old channels,
to which very little change of level would make them even
now revert.-'
Ferguson continues — we have already divided the early
inhabitants of the land into two races — the one the earlier.
Dolichocephalic, of the Follshed-stone period; the other, the
later, Brachycephalic, of the Bronze period,—^ Celtic race — a
branch of that great Aryan family, which has peopled neai'ly
all Europe and the great part of Asia, and which appears
always to have possessed a knowledge of the use of metal.
This Celtic race was, compared with their non-Aryan prede-
cessors, a set of very ugly customers. Their bones, as dug
1 "The Old Lakes of Eden," by J. G. Goodcliild, F.Q.S., Trans. Cumber-
land and Westmorland Soc. Part xiv.
Racial Characteristics — Richard Ferguson. 215
up, prove them to have been bigger (their average stature
over five feet eight inches), thicker, and more muscular ; they
had broad jaws, turned-up noses, high cheek-bones, Tvide
mouths, and eyes deeply sunk under beetling brows, that
overhung them like pent-houses, the superciliary ridges in
their skulls tell that — characteristics in striking contrast to
the short stature and mild and pleasant countenances which
their bones show the DoUcJiocephalir inen to have possessed.
Armed with the superior weapons, the round-heads soon
asserted their superiority over the long-heads. They did not
annihilate them ; in the round harrows of the round-heads
both long and round skulls appear, and in the later round'
harrotus the skulls begin occasionally to appear of an inter-
mediate shape. This shows that the round-headed men of
the bronze weapons enslaved the long-headed men with their
stone weapons, and took the long-headed women for their
wives. The language of the round-headed men swallowed up
the language of the long-headed, and the land was in the posses-
sion of the Celts. How far the traces of the language spoken
by these people survive in the place-names and dialect of the
district is a moot question ; that they do survive is undoubted,
but the question is as to the degree. Mr. Robert Ferguson,
F.S.A., is of opinion that there are no vestiges of a Celtic
origin in the characteristics, physical and moral, of the
present inhabitants of the district. Nor does their dialect
present any but the faintest traces of the language of the
ancient Britons. And though a more considerable number
of Celtic names of places exists than in most other parts of
England, yet, taking the district of the mountains, where
ancient names usually linger much longer than elsewhere, the
number of such names is, in point of fact, less than in some
other mountain districts of England, as, for instance, .Derby-
shire.
Dr. John Beddoe has worked laboriously and well in his
endeavour to discover what are the racial characteristics of
2i6 The Geographical Distribution of Diseases.
the present populations ; and as whatever this observer under-
takes is sure to be conscientiously carried out, the results
of his labours, whatever they may be, are sure to advance
science.
At the time of the Eoman Invasion, according to C^sar
and Agricola, there were at least two races of natives in
Britain. The fair-haired, round-headed, blue-eyed, tall, bony
and muscular Kelt, who had invaded the home of the mild
and peaceful long-headed men of the smooth-stone period;
some of whom still survived in the north-west, and the little
swarthy, black-haired and black-eyed, Cymric Kelt, who had
invaded his fair-haired predecessor ; then came the Roman
regime, after which the country that Rome thought worth
keeping for 400 years, became an attraction to the restless,
discontented, enterprising, and hardy sea-faring men of the
north, which were naturally divided into (1) those who
occupied the iron-bound coast of Norway, its fiords and
boisterous climates, from exposure to the full blast of the
storms sweeping over the Atlantic ; and (2) the Danes, who
at home were less exposed than their northern neighbours and
kinsmen. The former inured to their native storms seemed
to rejoice in courting the dangers of the sea ; and this dare-
devil element in their character led them to the exploration
of Greenland, Iceland, the Faroe, Shetland, Orkneys, Hebrides,
the Isle of Man, and Morecambe Bay, Solway Firth ; whilst
their southern kinsmen traversed the North Sea, and made
the Wash the earlier equivalent of the bays just named.
But after pursuing two very different courses, the two
peoples met in Cumbria, where they left the names of the
parishes and townships, as evidence to this day of their
having once occupied the land they had wrested from their
predecessors, and named it after their own fashion in their
own language. The question that at once suggests itself
to us is — The names of the hardy Norsemen are certainly
amongst the fells, the rivers, the dales, the parishes and
Scandinavian Place-names. 2 1 7
townships; but has any of their blood descended to the
people occupying these Norse-named habitations ? That the
names remain a reference to the list in the Appendix will
at once convince those who have any knowledge of Nor-
wegian and Danish place-names. With regard to the second
part of the question, I shall refer to the facts which Dr.
Beddoe has collected on this subject.
The Scandinavian Element in the Place-names.
To discuss fully the list before us would be to trench upon
the historian's province ; all therefore that will be attempted
is to draw attention to the more salient facts contained in it,
in the hope that they may not only interest but help us in
our research. Before analysing the list referred to, it will
will be well to quote what Dr. Beddoe ^ has said as to the
colonization of this part of England.
The colonization, this author says, of the western coast,
by the Scandinavians, chiefly Norwegians, from the Hebrides,
Isle of Man, and the cities of the Ostmen in Ireland (Dublin,
Waterford, Wexford), is, considering its importance and
the late period at which it must have taken place, singularly
obscure.
The settlement of Cumberland, Westmorland, Furness, and
eastern Dumfriesshire has been studied by Ferguson, who is
of opinion that it must have been effected from the Isle of
Man. The facts we have to deal with are these : —
1. The history of Southern Cumbria (the modern Cumber-
land and Westmorland) remains very obscure after the seventh
century, when we know it was under Northumbrian sway.
Edred, an Anglian ruled at Carlisle in 918 a.d.,^ but the
population may have been still largely British, while the
country lay very open to the raids of the Norsemen.
1 " The Races of Great Britain," by John Beddoe, M.D., T.R.S., Arrow-
smith, Bristol ; Triibner, London, 1885.
- Robertson's " Scotland under her Early Kings," vol. i., pp. 70, 71.
2i8 The Geographical Distribution of Diseases.
lid'hJx of the Norsev'icii.
2. A.D. 945 Cumberland and Stratliclyde, we are told, was
harried with fire and sword by King Edmund, their king
Bunmail (Domnhal or Dunwallon) expelled from the former
if not from the latter region, and the country granted to
the King of Scots, to be held by tbe English Crown. We
may presume that the land was still sparsely inhabited.
3. A.D. 1000, Ethelred II. invades Cumberland (" Ubi
Dacoram maxima mentio," says Henry of Huntingdon) and
wastes the country.
4. When Malcolm Canmore ravaged Northumbria and swept
away a great part of the remaining population of Yorkshire
into slavery, Cumberland and Westmorland were his (at least
the part north of the mountains which divide Lonsdale from
Edendale), and the Cumbrians doubtless formed part of his
army ; moreover, Cumberland was the nearest and safest
refuge for the Anglo-Danes of Yorkshire, when they were
fleeing from the wrath of William the Bastard. (Note the
large percentage of Norse names in the valley of Eden.)
5. Dolfin, son of Cospatrick, was Earl of Cumberland till
William Rufus expelled him ; but Waltheof his brother
retained extensive Lordships therein. William introduced
a colony of Saxons from the south, whom he settled in and
about Carlisle.
6. We find the local names of Cumberland, Westmorland,
Furness, Annandale and Eskdale for the most part Teutonic,
and rather Scandinavian than Saxon, and rather Norse than
Banish. The district is strongly tinctured with Norse char-
acteristics ; and the people while bearing a certain resem-
blance to the modern Strathclyde Wallians in stature and
feature, approach more nearly. Dr. Beddoe thinks, in these
respects to Norwegians, with whom they also agree in being
remarkably fair.
7. The Isle of Man was in the possession of the Noi'semen
The Scandinavian Element in Place-names. 219
for several centuries, and they liave left their mark on the
local names, customs, and laws of the island ; but the
language and the physical character of the people are
" Celtic " to this day, though doubtless somewhat modified.
Cumberland lies opposite to Man, and is a much more
fertile and desirable land. We may suppose, therefore, that
a continual stream of Norse colonization poured, during the
tenth and eleventh centuries, into the half-deserted main-
land, to which the Isle of Man may have served as a kind of
stepping stone ; while the native Manxmen held strongly
to their island, and thus perpetuated their race.
The period of Norse invasions and misfortunes was as
important in Scotch as in English history, and was more
protracted ; for it may be said to have hardly ceased until
the battle of Largs in 1261, or at the earliest the establish-
ment of Sumarland as ruler of the Hebrides about 1150 a.d.
But then, as in England, the great invasions of the ninth
century were, ethnologically, the most important. They made
the Norwegians rulers of the Shetlands, the Orkneys, the
Hebrides and Man ; and from that time forth the coasts o£
Scotland were vexed by perpetual raids, while their chiefs
at various times subdued and exercised dominion over Caith-
ness and other portions of the mainland.
Tlie ScavdinaridJi Element in the Place-names.
The list of Civil Parishes and Townships, together with
their populations may now be discussed.
The total number of distinct populations occupying the
Civil Parishes and Townships in Cumberland, Westmorland,
and the Ulverston registration district of Lancashire, amount
to 346 — -of which Cumberland contains 209, Westmorland
109, and Ulverston 28.
These 348 place-names have been most kindly examined
by my friend Mr. William Kneale, of Douglas, whose pro-
ficiency, after a long experience in Keltic and Norwegian
!20 The Geographical Distribution of Diseases.
literature and archseology, entitles him to be considered ono
of our best authorities on such subjects. Mr. Kneale has
copied out all the names having a distinctly Scandinavian
character, and from the list with which he has furnished
me, I find that they prevail in the thirteen Registration
Districts of the area according to the following percentages.
Kamber Scandi- Percentapre
Registration Districts.
of Civil
Parislies
and Town-
ships.
navian
Place-
names.
of Scandi-
navian
Names.
The Whole Area .
. 346
118
34-1
Alston .
—
Penrith
39
21
53-8
Brampton .
19
3
15-7
Longtowu ,
14
2
14-2
Carlisle
20
3
150
Wigton
31
12
38-7
Cockermouth
49
13
26-6
Whitehaven .
24
6
25-0
Bootle ,
12
. 209
6
50-0
Cumberland .
66
31-5
Bast Ward .
30
12
40-0
West Ward
21
7
33-3
Kendal
58
20
34-4
Westmorland
. 109
39
33-9
Ulverston
28
13
46-4
Part of Lancashire
28
13
46-4
The Rev. Canon Isaac Taylor ^ alludes to the Isle of Man
as the source of a great deal of the Norse blood in Cumbria.
'Words and Places," Macmillan & Co., 1875, p. 115.
The Scandinavian Element in Place-names. 221
At one time this island formed a portion of the kingdom of
Norway, and must have contained a considerable Norwegian
population, as appears from the Norse names of the villages,
such as Golhii, Greenaby, Dalhj, Baleby, Kirhy, Sulhy, Jurhy.
On the coast we find the bays of Perwiclc, Flesivich, Greeii-
ivich, Sandwich, Aldrich, SodcricJc, Ganvick and Dresivich ; the
capes of Lanr/ness and Littleness, and the islands of LJye,
Holm, Calf and Bonaldsay ; while Sneefell (Snow Hill) the
highest mountain, bears a pure Norwegian name. Canon
Taylor gives a map in his work by which he shows that
after the victory of Godred Crovan, his Norse followers
went to the south of the island, and left the north to the
Manx. This may have been the case in the early part of
Norse influence ; but if we take the place-names as evidence
of occupation, we shall find that no such distinction really
exists, but that the Norwegian element is discoverable all
around the coast, and up every valley that opens upon a creek.
Through the aid of Mr. A. "W. Moore's work on the " Sur-
names and Place Names of the Isle of Man," ^ I have cal-
culated that there are about 2,014 place-names in the Isle of
Man, of which 268 have a Norse origin, either wholly or
partially, which gives a percentage of 12"7 ; of these 20
names end in " by," or 7'4 per cent. ; whilst the coastal
features are known by 60 different Norse names from the
Point of Ayr to the Calf of Man : these characteristic re-
mains of the Norse invaders, therefore, amount to nearly 2-5
per cent, of the whole list.
Canon Taylor, referring to the peopling of the Lake
District by the Norse people from the Isle of Man, remarks
that the Danish names in England are seen to radiate from
the Wash ; so that the Norwegian immigration seems to
have proceeded from Morecambe Bay and that part of the
coast which lies opposite to the Isle of Man. Cumberland,
1 Stock : LondoTi, 1890.
222 The Geographical Distribution of Diseases.
Westmorland, Lancashire, and Dumfriesshire contain a very
considerable number of Scandinavian names, but compara-
tively few of a distinctive Danish cast.
The Lake District seems to have been almost exclusively
peopled by Celts and Norwegians. The Norwegian suffixes,
-cjill, -garth, -liaugli, -tlmaite, -force, and -fell, are abundant ;
whilst the Danish forms, -fJiorpe and -toft are almost un-
known ; and the Anglo-Saxon test words, -ham, -ford, -toortli,
and -ton are comparatively rare.
Of the other test words we find -hohn in Lingholin and
Silverliolm on Windermere, and in Bampsholme on Ullswater.
The suffix a, which denotes a river as well as an island, ap-
pears in the river names of Greta, Li?:a, Wiza, Ilotha, Bretha,
Eathay, Galda, as well as in the Ea and the Eamont. Ness
occurs in the names of Bowness, Sliinhiirness, Scarness, and
Furness : ivich in Keswiolc, and Bloioich on IJlhivater. The
Norwegian word Stackr, a columnar rock, was appropriately
applied to the mountains which bear the names of Stake,
the Sticks, Bike o' Stickle, and the Hay-Stacks (high rocks).
More than 150 different personal names of the Icelandic type
are preserved in the local topography of the Lake District.
According to the last census (Canon Taylor's work was
published in 1875) there are now only sixty-thi^ee surnames
in Iceland, of which the commonest are Kettle, Halle, Ormur,
and Gils. In Cumberland and Westmorland these are pre-
served in the local names, Kettleioell, Halltlvicaite, Orma-
tJiwaite, and Gellstone. By far the most common Christian
names in Iceland are Olafur (borne by 992 persons), Eiiier
(by 878), and Bjarni (by 869). These are found, accor-
ding to the same author in JJlrerston, Bnnerdalc, and Barney
House. We find the name of Hrani (now Eennie) in Bans-
dale, Baiiisb arrow, and Wrenside ; Loki in Lockthivaite, Lock-
holm, Lockerhy, and Locker-Barroiv ; Biitliur in Bit, ttermerc,
Batterhill, and Butter Gill; Gelt in Gatesn-ater, Gatesgarth,
and Gatesgill ; and Skiigul in Skeggles Water. The Norse
Scandinavian Ancestry. 223
hangr, a sepulchral mound, is often found in the names of
mountains crowned by conspicuous tumuli. The name of the
old Viking who lies buried beneath is often preserved in the
first portion of such local names: thus, Silver Hotv, BuUEoiv,
Scale How, and Buttevltp Hovj, are probably the burial-places
of the forgotten heroes, SdJoar, Boll, Sl-all, and But/tar Liiyr
(Taylor, p. 116).
So far these names tell us of the former occupation of this
area by people of Norwegian origin. But we must ask our-
selves the question. Does the Norse blood still run in the
veins of those who now inhabit these places? The mountains
remain and their names remind us of the people that first
gave their names. The parishes and townships still are
known by the same names that their Norwegian founders
and builders gave them; but still the question again arises.
Does the blood of the founder and builder still give evidence
of descent to the present generation ? This is the all-impor-
tant point to be discovered by the medical man. The history
of the place-names is highly interesting, but it is of little
value unless it is made subservient to the purpose we have in
view — that of tracking the racial characters of the present
generation backwards to their remote origin. The names of
places are the slots, or the scent that give us the clues to our
quarry ; but when we reach the ground where we expect to
meet it, we find in too many cases such a mixture of racial
phenomena, that it becomes an almost impossible task to
distinguish those we are in search of. Nevertheless we know
from the works of ancient historians that the Keltic, Scan-
dinavian, and other early inhabitants of these parts had
certain physical characteristics by which they could be
known : and further, that the direct descendants from these
peoples, in countries where their blood has met with little
intermixture, have physical features corresponding with those
described by historians. It becomes, therefore, possible to
trace the descent of these characters, when existiog, by
2 24 The Geog7'aphical Distribution, of Diseases.
accurately noting what we observe in the representatives at
the present time of earlier populations occupying certain
localities still bearing the original names of their founders.
Dr. Beddoe, whose investigations cannot fail to be highly
valued by the medical profession, has, in the work already
quoted, given us the result of his investigations in the form
of elaborate tables, which will be found in the Appendix.
I have, however, made a summary of the facts contained
in these tables, which will perhaps help to introduce the
subject to those who have not as yet made a study of it.
Kacial character, as expressed by the colour of the liair and
eyes, has been studied by Dr. Beddoe throughout the British
Isles ; we shall, however, confine ourselves to the results that
he obtained within the Cumbrian and Lake area. Dr. Beddoe
thinks that the predominant elements in the Cumbrians are
'Norae and Kijmric, especially the former ; Danes and Angles
are also represented, and Gaels and Saxons to a less extent
probably. He further remarks that William Eufus brought
a colony from the south to Carlisle and neighbourhood. Dr.
Beddoe further states that he has always held strongly to
the idea that the Jforwegians filtered in from the Isle of
Man. With regard to the proclivity to certain diseases, the
same author observes that his figures did not show hlondes-
as more liable to Phthisis than people with darh hair and
eyes ; but he thinks that people with fine, thin, transparent
sJcins are very liable to it: but, he adds, his figures do not
yield any evidence on the point. Although he should say
that people with fine skins, blue eyes and very darh hair are
most liable with regard to Cancer, he has no doubt on his
mind that black-liaired people are most frequently attacked,
and that the rer?- haired rank next.
With these few remarks I will close this brief chapter by
subjoining the results of Dr. Beddoe's investigations in this
area : —
Dr. Bcddoe on Colours of Eyes and Hair. 225
1. Dr. Beddoe examined two thousand two hundred and
ninety individuals.
2. Of these 2,290 (males and females) —
67-17 had Light Eyes.
13'27 J, Intermediate, or neutral in colour, Byes.
19-87 „ Bark Eyes.
3. Of the Light Eyes—
4-67 had Red Hair.
17-80 „ Eair „
34-99 „ Brown,,
9-22 „ Dark „
66-68
4. Of the Intermediate or Neutral Eyes-
•35 had Red Hair.
1-26 „ Fair „
5-21 „ Brown ,,
4-71 „ Dark „
11-53
5. Of the Dark Byes—
1-12 per cent, had Red Hair.
•91 „ „ Fair „
6-22 „ „ Brown „
11-66 „ „ Dark „
19-91
Totals.
Light Eyes 66-68
Intermediate Byes ... 11-53
Dark Eyes 19-91
98-12
2 26 The Geographical Distribution of Diseases.
Red Hair 614
Fair „ 19-97
Brown „ 46-42
Dark and Black Hair . . . 25-59
98-12
In our clinical notes on cases, we should never omit to
record such personal, physical characters as the above ;
bearing in mind that they are always more or less intimately
associated with what we know to exist in highly organized
beings, however incapable we may be of defining them, — the
powers to resist or the tendency to yield to certain forms of
disease — powers which we sum up in the terms Ini^uscpptiMlitij
or Susceptibility, or Constitutional tendcnqj.
Such personal characters are as necessary in the history
of a case as are the physical, chemical or other characters of
the soils, climates, and configuration of the localities where
the diseases we have to study have been contracted.
CHAPTER IX.
LoCAIj MetEOEOLOOV and CLIMATOLOGr.
Atmosphere and Ciirreuts — Prevailing Winds — Irisli Sea — Isle of Man —
Cambrian Coast well Air-flushed — Moore on Manx Winds — Dr. A.
Buchau on Prevailing Winds of Scotland — Force of Wind and
Phthisis ^Horizontal and Vertical Deflection of Winds — Scarborough —
North Devon — St. Bees Head — Wind-force Fatal to the Consumptive
— Winds and Malaria — The Importance of a Knowledge of Winds to
the Medical Practitioner — Malarial Rheumatism and Heart Disease —
Winds from the Sea — Direction of Coastal River- Valleys — Monthly
Prevalence — -Winds from the Land — Inland Natural Boundary —
Protective Influence of — Alston Outside it- — Easterly Winds Passing
over Barrier get Purified — The Greek Ether and Air — Zeus — The Helm
Wind — Cloud-caps — .(Eacas — Oros — Mr. William Marriott's Report
on " The Helm Wind " — The Importance of Studying Currents of
Air in Lee-ward Valley Systems — Local Climates — The Rainfall —
Mr. Symons' List of Stations and Approximate Mean Rainfall at
each — Rainfall and Altitude — Distribution of Rain — Wasdale and
Borrowdale — Isle of Man and Scotland — Influence of Concussion —
Entanglement — Kendal, Mr. Isaac Taylor, F.R.S., Average Twenty
Tears— Mr. Fletcher M.P.— " Symons' British Rainfall "—Mr. Symons
on the Rainfall in the Lake District — Table Illustrating his Remarks —
jNIr. Benn — Quinquennial Periods — Table of Monthly Rainfall — Maxi-
mum and Minimum Rainfall — Temperature, Dewpoint, Rainfall, and
Wind — Table — Seasons — Temperature and Rainfall — Mr. G. J.
Symons, F.R.S. — His Ratio of the Rainfall in each of Twenty-two
Years to Mean of whole Period 1845-1866— Table— Table of Rainfall-
Monthly Percentages at Twenty Stations in the Lake District — Mr.
Frederic Gaster — Mean Monthly Values — ^Tables — Rainfall in 1868 —
Ullswater — Haweswater — Western Lake District — Compared with the
Eastern — Table — Altitude and 1868 Rainfall — General Conclusions
— Sun — Sunshine Observations — Mean Temperatures, etc. — Deaths
by Lightning — Barometer — The Climate of the Microphyte.
The Atmosphere and its Gurrents — Prevailing Winds.
AS the atmosphere is the medium in which we live in
common with all other land animals, it is evident
that all concerning it must be of the utmost importance in
2 28 The Geographical Distribution of Diseases.
any discussion on health or disease. But as the aerial en-
velope of our planet is the field in which all meteoric and
climatic phenomena are displayed, we must make a selection
from the vast multitude of interesting subjects around us,,
and confine ourselves to the consideration only of such grand
features as have been acknowledged for ages to exert a
powerful influence on man and his lower companions. First
and foremost are the movements of our atmosphere. In a
former chapter the effect of even the temporary absence of
winds (calms) (p. 6) has been adverted to, and will again be
incidentally referred to in the course of this chapter. Thia
subject is so full of interest, that we are tempted at the
very threshold of our discourse to wander off" and point to
the many wonderful phenomena that surround it and are
more or less associated with the causes and effects of the
air-currents that daily sweep over us ; but we must pas&
these by, and refer our readers to works especially devoted
to Meteorology and Climatology, and limit ourselves to a dis-
cussion of the facts connected with aerial currents and their
relation to disease distribution, as far as Cumberland, West-
morland, and the Lake District are concerned.
Tlie Prevailing Wields.
If we take a chart of the Irish Channel, we shall find that
the Cumbrian area forms a part of the eastern boundary of
an irregular parallelogram of sea, bounded on the north by
Scotland, and the elevated land of Wigton, Kircudbright, and
Dumfries; on the west by Ireland, and the mountains of
Down and Wicklow ; on the south by North Wales, including
Anglesea, Snowdonia, Denbighshire, and Flint ; whilst in the
centre of this wide expanse of sea-water between the Cum-
berland mountains, and the Mourne mountains in County
Down, lies the Isle of Man, with its beautiful towering ridge-
of heights stretching for 30 miles from north-east to south-
west, and culminating in Snaefell, which reaches a height of
The Prevailing Winds — Isle of Man. 229
2,034 feet, in medio cursu between Britain and Ireland, as
Caesar described this wonderful little rock-island, Mona
{maen = a rock); which not only influences the tidal wave in
the Irish Channel in a most remarkable manner, but the lower
currents of the prevailing winds as they sweep over the sea
surface in their passage towards the Cumbrian coast.
Fortunately for Cumberland it is fully air-flushed by sea
winds on its western side ; in fact, it may be said that all
the parts distinguished by the dark and JigJit blue inter-
■contour areas are fully exposed to the currents of air that
■come to them straight from the bosom of the Irish Sea;
and these, it must be remembered, are the most thickly
populated localities. (See Contour Map.)
Let us for a moment study the winds observed at the
■extreme points of the Isle of Man, as given by Mr. A. W.
Moore, M.A., P.R. Met. S., in his elaborate and excellent work
•on " The Climate of the Isle of Man." ^
The Isle of Man Winds. — Mr. Moore gives the observations
made at the Point of Ayre and Calf of Man lighthouses for
1831-47, first published by Cumming, in his work on the
Isle of Man. His tables show the following frequencies : —
K, 23-1 days. S.W., 69-1 days.
KB., 20-2 „ W., 38-8 „
E., 21-0 „ N.W.,38-7 „
S.B., 39-0 „ Calm, 10-4 „
S., 27-1 „ Variable, 59-1 „
Total . . 336-5^
These are the means of the two lighthouse stations, one.
The Point of Ayre, at the extreme north-east, and the other.
The Calf of Man, at the extreme south-west.
Dr. Alexander Buchan, M.A.,F.Il.S.E.,in a valuable article
^ Published by James Brown & Son, Douglas, Isle of Man, price one
-sHlling.
^ If we allow tlie "variable, 59'1 ", there are still 28o days unaccounted for.
The Geographical Distribution of Diseases.
on Tlie Prevailing Winds of Scotland,'' not only includes the
Isle of Man, but gives us the data from stations in Dum-
friesshire, and other places in the South of Scotland, which
affect the Cumbrian coast.
The General Direction of the Wind for Scotland.
It will be well, in the first place, to give some idea of the
general direction of the winds in Scotland as observed by
Professor Piazzi Smyth, Astronomer Koyal for Scotland, and
quoted by Buchan in his paper. The following table is the
result of reducing the observations at fifty-five stations
for each month; and considering the number and various
positions of the fifty-five stations, the result may be held
as pretty fairly representing the general direction of the
wind for Scotland, the local peculiarities of one place being,
in the opinion of Dr. Buchan, who is the chief authority on
all such matters in Scotland, counterbalanced by those of
another.
Table showing the Prevailing Winds in Scotland on an
average of fifteen years at fifty-five stations : —
Calji
X.
: N.E.
E.
S.E.
S.
s.w.
w.
K.W.
OK
.Iaxiaey
2
7
'J
Variable
2
3
4
2
Febeuakv .
2
i
2
3
6
;")
3
2
Matjch . .
3
''t
4
2
3
5
r>
4
2
April . .
I)
■>
4
3
3
5
5
3
2
May . .
o
•\
5
3
3
5
O
H
2 1
Jl;xt:.
2
2
4
o
3
5
6
O
o
July.
2
2
3
2
o
6
7
3
f'>
AucUST. .
2
2
2
3
3
/
6
;-j
3
SKl'TEilBKl;.
2
o
2
• )
3
7
(i
3
2
OCTOliER .
2
2
3
3
3
(.;
(_;
3
3
November .
;!
Q
2
3
3
5
*>
4
3
Decemeee .
2
2(;
1 '-i
27
2
35
34
3
37
8
72
<'8
3
38
2
Year .
28
1 .Toiirnal of the Scottish ^leteorological Society, March, 1872. New Series,
No. xxxT. pp. 293-303.
Scotch and Manx Winds.
The Scotch station of the greatest importance to the
Cumbrian area is the one at Cargen, Kirkcudbrightshire.
It is situated on the right bank of the river With, just about
where the letter T in the word "isotherm" occurs to the
west of " July isotherm," where it crosses the 55" N. Lat. in
the contour maj) ; it lies therefore to the south of the
southern Uplands, where the winds are subject to be in-
fluenced by the trend from west to east; nevertheless, as
this line of heights merges into the Cheviot Hills on the
east, the table is useful in showing how the deflected winds
influence the areas towards which they blow, as, for in-
stance, the flat parts of the districts of Wigton, Carlisle,
Longtovra, and TJrampton.
Dr. Buchan gives the following data from observations
made at the Calf of Man and Cargen, which I place side by
side for the sake of comparison : —
I
1
3
d
1=
a
o
o
=8
1
o
o
o
1 ^
O O
a
O
1
bo
d
O
Calf of Man.
Cargen.
' X.
K.E.
E.
S.E.
s.
s.w.
W.
N.W.
Vak. OB
Calm.
3 1
Jan.
2
4
2
2
2
4
4
3
5
o
C, 4
5
7
2
4
Feb.
2
4
1
2
3
3
4
2
3
2
G 4
4
7
2
4
3
Mae.
.S
4
2
3
4
6
3
3
2
2
4 3
3
5
6
5
4
Ape.
3
3
2
3
4
5
4
4
;!
2
4 3
3
6
i>
4
6
Mat
8
3
2
2
5
6
4
5
4
• >
3 3
3
5
')
4
5
JrxE
5
3
1
3
2
2
3
3
4
3
4 4
4
6
3
5
4 1
July
.3
4
1
2
2
2
2
2
4
4
7 4
3
8
3
5
6
Aug.
3
4
1
2
2
2
2
2
4
4
5 5
4
7
4
5
6
Sept.
2
3
2
2 3
2
3
2
5
• >
6 5
4
7
2
5
3 1
Oct.
2
5
1
2 ' 5
2
4
5
3
2
4 3
4
6
4
5
4 1
Nov.
2
7
3
2 3
3
5
2
2
1
?, ?,
4
6
4
5
4 1
Dec.
•J
5
1
28
1
2
2
4
3
4
2
6 4
5
8
3
4
3
Tear
33
49
19
37
39
42
36
1
43
30
58 45
46
73
37
55
50 5
41 23 38 39 36 52 5
9
46 27
The Geographical Distribution of Diseases.
If we place the means of these two stations in comparison
with those of Scotland, we shall be able to see why they
differ : —
Winds. N.
N.E.
E.
S.E.
S.
s.w.
w.
x.w.
Vak. or
Calm.
Scotland. ... 26
27
.35
34
37
72
68
38
28
Cakgen and Calf ) , -■
OF Man . . . P
23
38
39
31
.-.2
59
46
27
In the first place, the great preponderance of S.W- and W.
winds in Scotland is coincident with the free exposure of the
west of Scotland to those winds from the Atlantic without
interruption. These winds in the Irish Sea have, however,
to suffer deflections by being forced against Ireland and the
Isle of Man.
The direction of the Valley of the Nith from the north to
south would naturally give a northerly direction at Cargen to
some of the "Westerly winds from W. to N. ; and again at the
Calf, the steep precipitous cliffs, from Peel to the south-west
point, would give the winds from W. to N.W. a local
northerly direction ; and thus, although the winds are re-
corded IS.., they are not really so. This is obvious, and may
be thought hardly worth noticing, but we must remember
that the force of wind is coincident with a high death-rate
from PhtJdsis wherever it is found that a community more
or less tainted with tuberculosis of the lungs, is exposed
to it. There is no exception throughout the British Isles.
Wherever the sea-winds come straight without any interrup-
tion that bi'eaks their force, such winds are fatal to the con-
sumptive exposed to them ; this was abundantly proved in the
first edition of this work (1875), and is confirmed in chapter
X. of the present edition, in which a fresh decenniad of
facts has been added. This force is partially broken when
horizontal deflection takes place, as in the conversion of a N. W.
surface- current into a northerly one ; but it is completely
broken when vertical deflection takes place, as against the
face of steep-to cliffs, as those on the coast of Scarborough
The Force of Wind — Various Effects of. 233
or North Devon; in the former case the air-currents are
■deflected upwards to a great height in proportion to the
strength of the sea wind, and act as barriers to the currents
behind them, and in fact actually protect from their force
the areas to the lee of the barrier. This is well seen at
Scarborough, where this phenomenon may be observed in
great perfection, and coincident with this steep-to coast the
-districts skirting it have a remarkably low mortality from
Phthisis. With the exception of just to the north and south
of St. Bees Head there are no steep-to cliffs protecting the
Cumbrian area. In the coastal districts before us we shall
find the highest mortality from consumption occurring in
the districts most exposed to the full force of the winds,
having a wide expanse of foreshore ofiering no resistance to
the full access of the winds from the sea.
Whilst these winds have such a fatal effect upon persons
.afflicted with tuberculosis of the lungs, they appear to have
an equally destructive effect upon malarial ^ emanations from
the soil affecting local climates, such, for instapce, as on the
malaria that contains the germs {'pathogens) of those forms of
rheumatism which are concerned in the genesis of the fatal
diseases of the heart that so materially swell the death-rate
under this heading in certain districts in Great Britain that
are protected from the influence of their purging and malaria-
destroying powers. To this I have already alluded, and
shall again have an opportunity of demonstrating the facts
when discussing the map of the G-eographical Distribution of
Heart Disease in the Cumbrian and Lake District.
With regard to the whids, the important facts for the
medical practitioner to know, regarding any locality about
which he is consulted, are (1) that it is either exposed or
not exposed to certain sea-winds ; (2) that, if coastal, the
sea-cliffs deflect the sea-winds vertically, or that the low-
sloping foreshores favour the free access of such winds with-
1 See note p. 235.
2 34 The Geographical Distribution of Diseases.
out breaking this force ; (3) that, if inland, the configuration
of the surrounding land, as shown by contour maps, like the
one illustrating this work, is such as to shut out the fre-
vailing ivinds, in consequence of tlie river-valley systems
having their axes more or less at right angles to the prevail-
ing direction ; so that these winds are forced to blow more or
less orer the inhabited portions of such valleys ; or that these
valley systems correspond, more or less, as regards their
axes, wibh the directions of the prevailing sea- winds, from
their estuarine expansions at the coast-line to the highest
parts of their water-sheds at the line of the water parting.
With these facts before him, the medical adviser will be
enabled to decide, (A) that certain localities where the full
force of the prevailing winds is experienced are unfavourable,
to both males and females throughout Great Britain who are
subject to tubercular disease of the lungs (Phthisis) ; and
that, on the other hand, certain localities (where, by the
configuration of the land, the force of the prevailing winds
is broken, and the atmospheric air-currents descend into the
lee-ward valleys, deprived of that obnoxious quality, but
retaining all their purity), are favourable to the phthisical,
and that their local climates, as proved by my investigations
throughout north and south Britain, enable the phthisical
to live over certain critical periods of their disease, and thus
give them a chance of ultimate recovery, or at least of an
extension of life.
(B) The medical adviser will also be enabled to decide
what localities are purged, more or less completely, of foul
residual air and malarial emanations ; chief among the latter
in Great Britain being the malaria concerned (as just stated)
in the genesis of that many-headed gi'oup of diseases, known
as rheumatic, that is associated with those diseases of the
heart, which swell the national death-rate from the causes at-
tributed to Heart Disease and diseases of the circulatory
system.
Heart Disease and " Stuffy Hollows." 235,
Malarial rheumatism, like many other malarial diseases^
does not bestow immunity from future attacks. When once
it has found a home in the human body it remains there^
latent, it is true, perhaps for months or years, as long as it
finds no incentive to re-develop, but ready at a moment's
notice to start with vigour, and too frequently with a vigour
fatal to its host, immediately that the surroundings and their
re-inforcements stimulate it to fresh life and activity.
The map of Heart Disease tells its own story of the winds,,
for when we see the districts so coloured (red) as to indicate
a loiu movfality from this cause, then assuredly will we find the
configuration of the land such as to facilitate the free air-
flushing of the district, over which the prevailing winds pur-
sue their unimpeded course ; whilst on the other hand, where
the country is honeycombed with pent-up stuSy hollows, from
which the anti-malarial and the other physical properties of
the sea-air are shut out, there invariably are to be found the
highest death-rates from this group of causes.
Note. — The term maZaria = bad air, is used to denote sucb. masses of
atmospheric air as are contaminated by the presence of disease-pro-
ducers ; such as 'microphytes, etc., that have found a soil in decom-
posing and decomposed animal and vegetable matter.
The Winds from the Sea.
Let us presume, in the absence of any reliable data fron>
the area under discussion, that the observations made in the
centre of the Irish Sea and in the south of Scotland do give us
a clue to the prevailing winds which reach the Cumbrian coast.
In the first place we have seen that that coast has a sloping
foreshore, and that the inter-contour areas of darh and light
blue prove that the land slopes up inland and thus gives free
access to the atmospheric currents that reach the coast line.
In the second, let us examine the tables of wind direction given
on p. 231, and ascertain what are the prevailing winds. By
these tables it is seen that out of the 365 days in a year, 8G-
236
The Geographical Distribution of Diseases.
are characterized by the S. wind, 52 by S.W., 59 by the W.,
and 46 by the N.W., in all on 193 days the most purging and
the most oxygenating wind, because the strongest and most
ozoniferous, predominate on the coast-line that borders the
beautiful area of Cumberland and the Lakes. Let us now
•examine the valley systems on the contour map, and see if
their axes correspond to the direction of these winds.
Beginning with the estuary of the river Kent (Kendal), we
shall take the river valleys as they open upon the sea in suc-
•cession, until we reach that of the Solway Firth, and append
±0 each valley the general direction of its axis : —
Morecambe Bay . . .
S.W.
EiverKent...
S.W.
„ Leven
S.
Conistmi.
,, Duddon
... s.w.&s.
„ Esk
S.W
Esltdale and, Wast
Water.
„ Ehen
... s.s.w.
Eniierdale Water.
,, Derwent
S.W.
„ Ellen
S.W.
„ Waver
N.W.
„ Wampool
N.W.
„ Eden
N.W.
„ Line & S. Esk
W.&N.W.
Solway Firth
W.
With regard to the monthly frequency of these air-flushings
tlie following figures will give us some idea.
The least and greatest monthly number of days each of the
above winds blew over the Cumbrian and Lake District coast-
line.
Wind. Least Ifumber.
■S. November 1"5 days.
S.W. November 3-0 „
W. May 4-0 „
N.W. January 3 „
Greatest Number.
September 4-0 days, mean 2*7.
July 5-5 „ „ 4-2.
December 6-5 ,, „ 5-2.
March 5-5 „ „ 4-2.
The Winds front the Land. 237
So that each of the valleys, the axes of which are in the direc-
tion of the above sea-winds, are purged of their malaria and
residual air, varying according to the wind, from 27 to 5-2
days every month throughout the year, or about once a
week.
The Winds from the Land.
Although all winds that come to Grreat Britain are more or
less sea-winds, those that reach our area over the Great
Pennine Chain, or its natural inland boundary, may, in contra-
distinction to those just discussed, be called land winds or at
least " 'Winds from the land." They are theiV., N.E., E. and'
S.E. ; these winds are of bad repute in the estimation of the
public and the medical profession ; as a rule they are drier,
colder and contain less ozone. The crimson line on the contour
map of the natural inland boundary of the Cumbrian and Lake
Districts, marks the course of the barrier that exists against the
direct invasion of these unpopular atmospheric currents ; the
only district not under its protective influence being that of
Alston, which naturally has nothing to do with Cumbria at
all; it is physically and hydrographically Northumbrian, as the
contour map shows it lying on the eastern side of the great
water-parting, and presenting the only exceptional opening to
any of the above winds that exists in the whole thirteen
districts : the valley of the South Tyne which is seen to loop
upwards and be fully open to the ingress of the northerly
winds.
The reader is referred to chapter iii., p. 54, for a descrip-
tion of the course of the natural inland boundary line ; but
it will be well to repeat some necessary facts.
During the coiirse of this elevated boundary line from
north to south, it gives protection to all the inland districts,
if not to the whole area, except Alston, from the North and
238 The Geographical Distribution of Diseases.
Bast winds, to the extent that the lengths and heights given
above (p. 56) indicate.
These winds, according to the table adopted for the sea
winds (p. 231), prevail annually as follows : — N. 41, N.B. 23,
E. 38, and S.E. 39 days = 141.
With the solitary exception of the district Alston, pointed
out above, these winds are entirely shut out from the valley
systems of the Cumbrian and Lake area. If, however, we
take a physical or coloured contour map of England, we
shall find that the easterly and south-easterly, after blowing
over the central plain of England, would be diverted by the
highlands of North Wales, and forced to round the southern
end of the Pennine Chain, and make their way over the
lowlands of Cheshire and Lancashire to the Lake District,
where they would be registered as S. winds ; now much of
what are called East winds in England are really ISTorth-Bast
winds changed to East by the rotation of the earth over
which they have to pass on their way to the equator, so that
in fact a N.E. starting from its home at a slow rate would,
as it approaches the latitudes of Britain, be found lagging as
the earth's mileage of rotation increased each second, and be
left to cross the centre of England as an B. wind, some of
which may be finally diverted by the Welsh mountains up
through the channel between them and the southern end of
the Pennine Chain, into a S. wind, and thus reach More-
cambe Bay and the central Lake Districts. The natural
boundary of the Pennine Chain more or less impedes all the
winds from N. to S.E. from thoroughly purging the valley
systems of residual and malarious air, as the winds from the
sea have been shown to do.
Whilst this elevated boundary protects the country to its
leeward from much of the force and other obnoxious proper-
ties of these winds, it also has a^purfijing effect upon them,
for they are forced up along its windward flanks high up
into the air to a mean height of 1,695 feet (p. 56), where
AlOyp and 'Aj/p. — ''The Hclui Wind." 239
•the low surface-currents of the easterly winds, after sucking
lip the impurities hovering over town and country, are made
to mingle with the pure mountain air in all its vigour and
purity, which must have a beneficial effect upon the used up
and effete atmospheric currents that, before reaching our
rshores, had been rendered noxious by sweeping over the con-
tinent of Europe with its almost innumerable towns and
villages, factories, and stretches of malarial land. After
crossing the great barrier, these air currents descend into the
valleys, purified and modified, and perchance robbed of much
•of their obnoxious chai-acter.
No wonder those ancient nature- watchers, the early inhabit-
.ants of Greece, drew a broad distinction between the ufj^av
and the lower strata of our atmosphere ; the former of which
they considered pure and fit for their Olympian gods, calling
it Oilier (aiOi'ip), and Zeus, the dweller in ether (atOepivaiwv) ,
according to Homer (U. ii. 412 ; Od. xv. 523) ; whilst to the
Jower stratum in which floated vapour, fogs, clouds, dust,
motes and haze, they applied the term air (ai'ip). Mountain
•ether to these quick-witted, sensitive lovers of natural beauty
was a delight, which stimulated their active brains, whilst it
invigorated their limbs, and sent a thrill of enjoyment through-
out their systems, that made life, health, vigour worth living
for ; no wonder then that their ideas of physical and mental
perfection were associated with the medium in which they
supposed their gods to live ; and thus when they represented
their deities in sculpture, they strove to give them the most
perfect forms that men and women could be conceived to
possess.
The Helm Wind. — Connected with the struggle of the
winds under discussion to pass the Great Pennine barrier,
.and descend into the valleys on its western side, is an
interesting phenomenon, which has been called " The Helm
Wind." The capping by clouds of well-known peaks and
mountains has from time immemorial been observed, and
240 The Geographical Distribution of Diseases.
connected from the earliest times with changes in the-
weather.
In a former work^ I have given some instances of the
use for weather-forecasting of these mountain cloud-caps,
amongst which I have selected the following. " Do not
prophesy unless you know," seems to have been a time-
honoured precept in very early times, and evidently acted
upon, as the subjoined incident will show.
In the island of ^gina there is a remarkable conical
mountain, called in Greek " the mountain " j)ar excellence
{opo9, now St. Elias), whose summit at the approach of rain
was generally observed to be enveloped in a mist, thus
affording to those who were aware of the phenomenon an
opportunity of foretelling the approaching change. During
the reign of "just and pious," King JEacus, a serious
drought affected Greece : the Delphic oracle was consulted,,
and it proclaimed that it would not be stayed unless JEacus
would pray to the gods and urge them to deliver his people
and neighbours from the calamity, ^acus was aware of the
significance of this phenomenon on Oros, and when informed
of the purport of the oracle, seemed in no hurry to begin
his prayers, which necessarily astonished and angered those
suffering from the drought; he pursued what was in later
times known as a Fabian policy — he delayed, but kept his
weather-eye on the mountain, and waited, in fact, until he
could just discern a slight mist on the mountain's summit;
no sooner did he see this, than (without letting his people
know his secret) he hurried away to the temple where he had
in great haste summoned the people, and began in accord-
ance with the oracular dictum to pray lustily to Jupiter for
rain. The king's prayers were answered, abundant rain fell,
and the drought was succeeded by plenty.
The Eelm Wind had been noticed by several observers from
" Climate, Weather, and Disease." London, 1855, p. 100.
" The Helm Wind"— Mr. W. Marriott's Report. 241
time to time ; but until the interest in it created by the Rev.
J. Brunskill's paper, read before the Royal Meteorological
Society, 18th June, 1884, entitled, " The Helm Wind," in-
duced the council of that society to appoint a committee to
collect information on the subject, the phenomenon had not
been systematically investigated. The report of that com-
mittee was admirably drawn up by Mr. William Marriott,
F.R. Met. Society, and printed in the Quarterly Journal, vol.
XV., No. 70, April, 1889, p. 103.
From this instructive and valuable document I shall append
a few extracts, which it is hoped will not only instruct my
readers, but stimulate further investigation in this and other
kindred phenomena. Mr. Marriott first describes the contour
of the country ; but before quoting from his report I will
indicate as well as I can where Grofifi Fell can be found on
the " Contour Map."
Cross Fell (2,930 feet) lies in the eastern part of the
Penrith District, on the crimson inland boundary line (North
Penniae Chain), about seven-eighths of a mile from the point
where that line crosses the dotted county boundary between
the Penrith District (Cumberland), and the Fast Ward District
(Westmorland) ; and its site on the contour map lies to the
S. by W. of the letter H, in the name of the district Penkith,
within the shaded inland boundary of the Lake District.
Mr. Marriott begins his report by remarking that the Cross
Fell range of mountains forms part of the Pennine Chain,
which runs from north-north-west to south-south-east.
The range from Hartside Fell on the north to Hilbeck Fell
on the south is high and continuous, and is not cut through
by any valley. Behind this range on the east there is a high
mass of land deeply cut by dales and valleys, but the tops
of the mountains form a high table-land. Cross Fell is 2,930
feet; Dun Fell, 2,780 feet; Dufton Fell, 2,292 feet; and
Hartside Fell, 2,046 feet above the sea-level. On the west
is the Vale of Eden, a plain of some twenty miles broad,
E
242 The Geographical Distribution of Diseases.
extending to the hills in the Lake District. From the top of
the mountain to the plain on the west there is an abrupt fall
of from 1,000 to 1,500 feet in about a mile and a half. At
the southern end of the range the fall is but slight, there
being a gradual fall of from 800 to 900 feet in five miles
from Hilbeck to Win ton.
At times when the wind is from some easterly point, the
Helm forms over this district, the chief features of the
phenomenon being the following : —
A heavy bank of cloud rests along the Cross Fell range,
at times reaching some distance down the western slopes,
and at others hovering just above the summit ; while at a
distance of three or four miles from the foot of the Fell, a
slender roll of dark cloud appears in mid-air, and parallel
with the Helm Cloud. This is the Helm Bar. The space
between the Helm Cloud and the Bar is usually quite clear,
while to the westward the sky is at times completely covered
with cloud. The Bar does not appear to extend further west
than about the river Eden. A cold wind rushes down the
sides of the Fell and blows violently till it reaches a spot
nearly underneath the Helm Bar, when it suddenly ceases.
As already stated, the wind blows strongly down the Fell
sides until it comes nearly under the Bar; it then rushes
upwards, and so produces a calm beneath the Bar. The air
in rushing upwards draws the air inwards and upwards along
with it on the other or western side. This accounts for the
westerly wind which blows on the western side of the Bar.
Further westward, away from the influence of this eddy,
there should be a downiuard current from the eastward. This
has been confirmed by observations made by Mr. Dent on
April 21st, 1888. Mr. Dent, of Street House, thus reports : —
As he left home about 9 a.m. for Appleby market, the wind
at that point was fui'ious from north-east, and seemed to
fall doivn upon him. "When he got to Bolton, about a mile
nearer the Fell, he found the wind was gently blowing in an
The Rainfall. 243
opposite dii-ection, as it was at Kirkby Thore. This settles
a point, that he had long suspected but never proved before,
viz. that the current comes down again after its bounce up
at the Bar. Street House is about a mile and a half south-
south-west from Kirkby Thore.
Mr. Marriott gives a table of the days of Easterly (north
to south-east) and Relm Winds, 1885-1887.
From this table, he says, it will be seen that the Helm
occurs at all seasons of the year ; and that it is not such a
rare occurrence as was generally supposed to be the case,
the Helm Bar having been observed on forty-one occasions
in 1885, sixty-three in 1886, and nineteen in 1887.
Mr. Marriott's paper should be read by all interested iu
local climates, as the phenomena he has so carefully described
from his own and other trustworthy observations are calcu-
lated to shed much fresh light on the movements of the air
in leeward valleys. Local winds should always be studied
with a good contour map before us, coloured like the one
that illustrates this work, so as to show at a glance the
trends of the valley-systems and the elevated lines of the
water-partings which flank or enclose them. We should ever
remember that one of the chief functions of atmospheric
currents, whether general or local, is to scour out and destroy
all malarial and residual airs from the beautiful dales and
valleys of our country, where they mostly are to be found.
The Rainfall.
In a highly interesting and most valuable paper on " The
Origin, Progress, and Present State of our Knowledge of the
Rainfall in the Lake District," the eminent meteorologist
George James Symons, F.R.S., published in " Symons'"s British
Rainfall " for 1867, gives a most interesting record of woi'k
done, and a chronological list of the workers from the earliest
period in the history of this most important department of
meteorology. With his kind permission I am enabled to
244 The Geographical Distribution of Diseases.
reproduce the tables in his article, and his observations on
them. In the first place I shall give his lAst of Bain
Gauges in the Lake District, and their results. This list is
illustrated by a map constructed by the author.
station.
Authority.
No.
of
Years.
Altitude.
Approxi-
mate
Mean Fall,
1. Wastdalb Head
)' )j )j • . . .
2. mosedalb
3. Brant Rigg
4. ScAFELL Pike
)> 11 )i
5. Geeat End . . . .
6. EsK Hause
7. Speikkling Tarn . . . .
8. Styehead Taen
11 11 11 ' • • •
9. Taylor's Gill .
10. The Styb
)» 11 11
11. Seathwaite
„ „ (Eletchek's 4s inch)
„ „ (Symons's 8 inch) .
12. Stonethwaite
11 ,, ....
13. Watendlath
14. Deewent Island. . .
15. Ceow Park ... . .
16. Keswick ...
17. Greta Bank
18. Skiddaw
19. Langdale
11 ^^ 11
20. Wythbuen
21. Hblvellyn (Birkstde)
22. High Close
23. Elter Water
24. Longeigg Eell
Miller. 1
Eletcher.2
Miller.
Fletcher.
Miller.
Fletcher.
Miller.
Fletcher.
))
Dixon.'
Fletcher.
Dixon.
Mrs. Dixon.
11
Miller.
Fletcher.
Symons.*
Marshall. 5
))
Crosthwaite.'
Spedding.'
Symons.
Miller.
Balnie.^
Lawson.^
Symons.
Balme.
55
11
9
4
2
6
4
3
4
3
3
4
6
4
1
7
3
22
3
1
7
4
1
3
3
22
2
1
8
1
1
1
5
1
1
ft.
247
624
695
3,200
2,982
2,550
1,985
1,472
1,077
948
1,077
422
330
867
240
260
270
400
1,677
250
380
574
1,800
553
200
1,050
100
90
80
85
78
73
63
69
81
121
105
119
174
152
182
140
127
130
108
103
83
49
55
59
55
60
118
107
88
92
77
84
69
1 Dr. Miller, F.B.S.
' Mr. Dixon.
5 H. C. Marshall, Esq.
^ J. J. Spedding, Esq.
' Rev. Basil Lawson.
2 1. Fletcher, Esq., F.R.S.
* G. J. Symons, Esq., F.R.S.
" J. F. Crosthwaite, Esq.
8 E. B. W. Balme, Esq.
Symonss Rain Gauge Stations.
245
No.
Altitude.
Approxi-
station.
Authority.
of
Years.
mate
MeanFall.
ft.
in.
25. Rydal
Jones. ^^
1
185
76
26. LiSKETH Howe . .
Davy.ii
20
200
78
27. Low Nook . . .
Wilson.i2
8
170
75
28. Matieedale . . .
Symons.
1
1,400
87
29. GOWBAHEOW . . .
J)
1
1,100
77
30. GfiEENSIDE. . . .
11
—
2,000
Imp.
31. Stang End . . .
Marsliall.13
1
1,550
80
32. Greenside Mills .
Symons.
—
1,000
Imp.
33. Pattkedale Hall .
Marshall.
7
500
75
34. KiEKSTONE Pass. .
Symons.
1
1,500
88
35. The Howe, Tboutbeck
Wilson.i*
22
470
80
36. Halsteads . . .
A. Marsh all. 15
18
480
52
37. Water Millock . .
W. Marshall.
8
720
54
38. Shaeeow Bay . .
A. Parkin.18
1
500
35
39. SwARTH Fell .
Symons.
1
1,000
46
40. Maedale Green. .
))
1
800
90
41. Measand Becks .
11
1
1,200
54
42. Wet Sleddalb . .
)>
1
1,500
93
43. LowTHEE Castle .
Parkes.i'''
3
840
44
44. Great Strickland .
Plumer.i^
3
647
38
A. Easdale Tarn . .
Symons.
1
1,175
97
B. Burrow House . .
Langton.'^
1
270
66
Mr. Symons remarks that one of Dr. Miller's principal
deductions was, that the amount collected increased with the
elevation up to 2,000 ft., and then diminished. Grouping the
whole of the returns according to the altitude, we get : —
Below 500 ft., 16 stations, mean fall, 87 inches.
600 to 1,000 ft., 10
1,000 to 1,600 ft., 10
1,600 to 2,000 ft., 4
2,000 to 2,600 ft., none.
2,600 to 2,000 ft., 2
3,600 to 3,600 ft., 2
1" P. M. T. Jones, Esq.
12 J. 0. Wilson, Esq.
1* Admiral Wilson.
1^ A. Parkin, Esq.
18 H. H. Plamer, Esq.
5» 5J
59
)J ))
100
59
)> 5J
92
9»
>J 5)
75
99
>) 59
68
99
11 Dr. Davy,
F.R.S.
13 W. Marshall, Esq.
M.P
13 A. Marshall, Esq.
17 J. Parkes, Esq., C.E.
w S. Z. Langton, Esq.
246 The Geographical Distrihttion of Diseases.
This would indicate that the maximum occurs at nearer
1,000 ft. than 2,000 ft.; and the same indication results from
grouping the stations having 100 inches and upwards, accord-
ing to their amounts. There are 14 such stations, their
mean fall is 128 inches and mean altitude 785 ft. There are
5 stations having more than 128 inches, and their mean
altitude is 785 ft. ; and there are 9 stations having between
100 inches and 128 inches, and their mean altitude is 782 ft.,
thus showing how slight is the efifect of altitude. Lastly the
wettest spot known is 1,077 ft.; the next wettest at 422 ft.,
and there is only one station above 1,500 ft. which has a fall
of even 100 inches.
The slight effect of altitude is evident all through the table,
continues Mr. Symons ; for instance — Skiddaw (18), is 1,400
ft. above Keswick (17), yet the amount differs only by one
inch. Again, Wythburn (20) and Birkside (21) differs by
1,200 ft., and in amount only by 4 inches. Sometimes the
amount is largely in excess at the lower station, as with
Elterwater (23), at the foot of Loughrigg, and Loughrigg
Fell-top (24), a difference of 860 ft., and a deficiency of 15
inches at the greater elevation.
Concerning the distribution of rain in the district the
following appear to be indisputable facts : —
1. That there are various spots in the district at which the
true mean annual rainfall is above 100 inches.
2. That true mean falls of 125 inches and upwards are at
present only known to occur at the head of Borrowdale.
3. That in the greater part of the district the fall is 80 or
90 inches, and that these heavy falls occur almost as far to
the east as Slia'p ; but that the amount in the north-eastern
.parts decreases with great rapidity, the clouds having been
previously condensed by contact with the mountain tops,
until a few miles N.E. of Penrith is probably almost as dry
as Bedford.
I may observe that, if we take the records in the above list
Leeward Rainfalls. 247
that have been made at the first six stations in Wasdale, and
compare them with those that have been made at the six
stations in Borrowdale, it will be seen that irrespective of
altitude, the greater rainfall will be found to be to the leeward
of the south-westerly winds, the prevailing wind in these
islands. For instance, at the six stations in Wasdale, open
to the full afflux of the south-west winds, and having a mean
altitude of 1,716 ft. above sea level, the mean rainfall
amounted only to 79 '8 inches, whereas at the six stations in
Borrowdale, on the lee-side, as regards south-westerly winds,
and having a mean altitude of only 1,044 ft., the rainfall is
135"8 inches. If the reader will consult the " Contour Map,"
he will see the dale in which Wastwater lies characterized
by loops of dark and light blue, and light broivn, pointing
towards the great Transverse Ridge or water-parting, and
fully open to the unchecked sweep of the south-west winds.
If he will now carry his eye in a north-easterly direction, he
will see the dark brown ridge which indicates a height above
the 1,000 contour-line, indented by a loop of light brown,
succeeded lower down by one of light blue ; this is Borrow-
dale, where the rainfall is in such excess over Wasdale.
From my own experience in the Isle of Man and Scotland
I believe that as a rule more rain falls in the leeward valleys
when the winds are from the south-west; and, although I
do not ignore the effect of altitude and its cooling condensing
effects, I think we do not take sufficiently into account the
influence of concussion, entanglement, and the eddying of
the currents of air upon the minute particles of instantan-
eously condensed vapour; for the act is instantaneous and
before gravitation has time to bring the nascent raindrops
to the ground on the side where the first concussion takes
place, they are hurried over the water-parting, and as they
cross the ridge, the lower parts of the current lag, and are
overtaken by the upper, so that gyration of the mass takes
place, in the same way as we see in waves breaking on the
248 The Geographical Distribution of Diseases.
sea coast; entanglement results which favours the more
abundant rainfall.
Kendal. Mr. Isaac Fletcher, F.K.S., in " Symons's British
Rainfall" for 1865, gives the following facts for the town of
Kendal, as recorded by Mr. Samuel Marshall, one of the
oldest and most accurate meteorologists of that time, who
found that at Kendal the average for forty years, viz., from
1822 to 1862, was 52-271 inches. He also deduced the
following results : — •
Average of 1st twenty years
„ 2nd „
,, 1st ten years ...
„ 2nd
„ 3rd
„ 4th
Indies.
55-717.
41-825.
57- + .
54- + .
50- + .
47- + .
Mr. William B. Tripp, C.E., F.E. Met. Society, has lately
published the following:^ —
Average Yearly Rainfall.
Period.
KENDAL.
Edinbuegh.
EXETEE.
London.
Average.
1831-40 .
55-2
25-4
28-5
23-2
33-1
1841-50 . .
52-3
24-3
29-8
24-1
32-6
1851-60 . .
45-7
25-4
27-8
25-0
310
1861-70 . .
51-9
27-0
30-3
23-8
33-2
1871-80 . .
51-9
29-4
35-8
26-5
35-9
1881-90 . .
48-7
23-8
30-8
23-2
31-6
Mr. Fletcher remarks that in agricultural districts, such as
the neighbourhood of Kendal, drainage and improved cultiva-
tion of the soil have no doubt been the chief causes of the
The Times, January 25tli, 1892.
Symons on Rainfall in Lake District.
249
diminution of rain, but these having been comparatively ino-
perative in the district about Seathwaite, no such diminution
seems to have taken place. Mr. Fletcher gives the following
Table :—
Results of twenty-one years' observations on the rainfall at
Seathwaite, viz., from 1845 to 1865 : —
Mean of 1st seven years
2nd „
3rd „
„ 1st fourteen years ...
55 last ,, ,,
„ the whole twenty-one years
Maximum, 1861
Minimum, 1855
Maximum in one month, January, 1851
Maximum in seventy-two hours, December,
3rd, 4th, 6th, 1864
Maximum in forty-eight hours, December
4th, and 5th, 1864
/ November, 1846
Maximum in December, 1864 ...
twenty-four -^^^ 3otli, 1865 ...
( September, 10th, 1865
hours.
Inches.
143-80.
119-85.
152-56.
131-83.
136-20.
138-74.
182-47.
88-31.
28-63.
15-53.
12-42.
6-62.
6-47.
6-41.
6-00.
Mr. Fletcher remarks that an inspection of this table gives
no indication of a fact which has been observed in other
localities, that the average fall is diminishing.
Mr. Gr. J. Symons, F.R.S., in a highly interesting and
important letter published in The Times, 18th January, 1892,
on " The Kainfall of 1891," gives the rainfall at the little
hamlet of Seathwaite, at the head of Borrowdale, as the
type :—
250 The Geographical Distribution of Diseases.
County — Cumberland. Station — Seathwaite, Borrowdale.
Depth of Bain
in each Month.
Difference
from the Average
for the Month.
Total Difference
from Average since
January 1st, 1891.
January .
February . .
March . . .
April ....
May . . .
June . . .
July ....
August . .
September . .
October
November .
December . .
Inches.
11-34
2-60
8-35
7-63
5-46
3-08
5-82
26-99
20-86
15-92
13-89
25-25
Inches.
- 0-84
-10-04
- 2-15
+ 0-49
- 3-15
- 3-50
- 5-17
+ 18-54
+ 9-13
+ 5-33
- 0-90
+ 10-44
Inches.
- 0-84
-10-88
-13-03
-12-54
-15-69
-1919
-24-36
- 5-82
+ 3-31
+ 8-64
+ 7-74
+ 18-18
Total
147-19
In " Symons's British Rainfall " for 1868, p. 40, the Editor
makes the following interesting remarks with regard to the
rainfall in the Lake District. He says the amount of rain at
most English stations in 1868 was very near the average. In
the north-western, or rather perhaps in the north-north-
western districts, it was generally about 10 per cent, above
the mean, but in the Eastern Lake District the excess rose to
20, 30, and even 40 per cent., culminating in 42 per cent.
at the head of UUswater, and 37 per cent, at the head of
Haives-Water . This remarkable irregularity, confined to a
small space, and decreasing on an average 10 fer cent, for
each three miles from the points just mentioned, renders it
quite impossible to deduce any trustworthy mean values
from this year's returns. It is sufficiently singular that
within ten miles two stations should have, one 11 per cent.,
the other 42 per cent., above their respective mean values.
This phenomenon is not a casual or doubtful one, as the
following Table will prove : —
" Climate of Carlisle." — Benn.
251
Excess in
No. on
Rainfall in
1868.
Map.i
Stations.
Altitude.
1868.
per cent, of
Mean.
Feet.
Inches.
35
The Howe
470
82-77
6-4?
19
Langdale . .
380
118-25
10-6
28
Matterdale .
1,400
96-60 ?
10-9?
16
Keswick . .
270
65-72
12-3
24
L0U6HRIGG . .
1,050
78-00
13-0
A
Easedale . .
1,175
111-00
14-4
42
Wet Sleddale
1,500
108-75 ?
16-9?
27
Low Nook . .
170
88-88
18-5
13
Watbndlath .
867
99-24
19-6
21
BlEKSIDE . .
1,800
112-50
22-3
17
Greta Bank .
400
67-33
22-4
37
Water Millock
720
67-70
25-4
44
Great Strickland
647
48-37
27-3
B
Barrow House . .
270
84-60
28-2
39
SWAETHFELL .
1,000
59-00?
28-3?
41
Measand Becks
1,200
69-75?
29-2?
20
Wythburn
574
116-75
31-5
36
Hallsteads
480
69-20
33-1
40
Makdalb Gi;eex
800
123-08
36-7
33
Patterdale ....
500
106-14
41-5
In a valuable paper by Mr. Thomas Gr. Benn, F.R. Met.
Society, printed in the Quarterly Journal of that Society,
January, 1887, on " the Climate of Carlisle," the following
facts are recorded with regard to the Rainfall of that district.
The mean Annual Eainfall for the 23 years, 1863-1885, was
29 "80 inches. The following are the mean annual amounts
of rain at several places in the neighbourhood : —
Inches.
Kirk: Andeews ... ... ... ... 38'16.
SCALEBY
"WiGTON ..
SiLLOTH ..
ASPATRIA
> Numbers on Mr. Symons' Map in " British Rainfall," 1868.
83-95.
35-80.
35-28.
34-55.
252 The Geographical Distribution of Diseases.
Inches.
Maetpoet
... 34-13.
Cocke RMOUTH
.. 44-24.
WOBKINGTON
.. 38-58.
Seathwaite
.. 143-21.
Keswick
.. 61-57.
LOWESWATER
.. 63-83.
Peneith
.. 31-20.
Patterdale
.. 85-86.
Hexham...
.. 34-35.
Newcastle
.. 29-06.
Dumfries
.. 40-10.
The means here given are for the twenty-four years ending
with 1883. By far the largest rainfall at Carlisle was tliat of
1877, viz., 44-60 inches, being more than double the amount
for 1867, which was the driest year of the period, the fall
being only 22-20 inches.
Dividing the whole into five periods, it was found that for
the
Inctes.
8 years, 1863 to 1865, the mean annual rainfall was 26-34.
5 „ 1866 to 1870, „ „ „ 25-91.
5 „ 1871 to 1875, „ „ „ 32-01.
5 „ 1876 to 1880, „ „ „ 32-31.
5 „ 1881 to 1885, „ „ „ 31.05.
The period, 1866 to 1870, was therefore the driest, and the
five years, 1876-1880, the wettest, and they correspond re-
spectively with the periods of highest and lowest mean tem-
peratures which Mr. Benn has given thus : —
Inches.
3 years, 1863 to 1865, the mean temperature was 47-5.
5 „ 1866 to 1870, „ „ „ 48-2.
5 „ 1871 to 1875, „ „ „ 47-8.
5 „ 1876 to 1880, „ „ „ 46-9.
5 „ 1881 to 1885, „ „ „ 47-1.
The heaviest rainfall for any month was 7-84 inches, in
" Climate of Carlisle." — Benn.
253
July, 1884, being 4"66 inches in excess of the mean for the
month. This exceedingly wet July was followed by the
warmest August of the 23 years. The next wettest month
was August, 1877, viz., 7'39 inches. No month was without
rain, the driest being January, 1881, a month of intense
frost, when 0"30 inches of rain fell, or 2'40 inches below the
average for the month ; and the next driest was June, 1884,
with a fall of 0-36 inches.
Tbe average number of rainy davs was 174. The year of
greatest rainfall frequency was 1877, when there were 233
wet days, while in 1865 there was only 127.
The mean driest montli was April, 1'67 inches, and the
wettest was August, when the average rainfall was 3'38
inches. The mean daily amount of rain in April was 0"056
inches, and in August 0"110, being thus double that of April.
The amount of rain which fell during the first six months,
from January to June, when the temperature was rising, was
12"03 inches; and for the last six months, when the tempe-
rature was falling, the mean amount was 17-78 inches.
Mr. Benn has appended two very useful tables to his
valuable report, which I subjoin.
Monthly Rainfall at Garlisle : —
Average
Greatest
Least
Months.
Eainfall.
Eainfall.
Year.
Eainfall.
Year.
Inches.
Inches.
Inches.
Jamaary
2-70
5'84
1884
•30
1881
]?ebruary . .
1-97
4-08
1869
■60
1873
Marcli . . .
1.70
3-26
1876
•47
1863
April ....
1.67
312
1882
■40
1873
May . .
1.88
5-09
1865
■94
1883
June . .
2.11
4-05
1872
■36
1884
July .
3.18
7-84
1884
■43
1868
August ■
3.38
7-39
1877
1-21
1869
September . .
3.13
5-28
1883
•72
1865
October . . .
3.01
5-12
1874
1^27
1866
ISTovember . .
2.68
6-04
1877
•48
1867
December . .
2.40
4-76
1868
•83
1870
2 54 The Geographical Distribution of Diseases.
The next Table gives a statement of the principal meteoro-
logical elements for each season, the values in all cases being
the means for the 23 years. By "winter" is meant the
months of December, January, and February ; " spring,"
March, April, and May; "summer," June, July, August;
and " autumn," September, October, November. The obser-
vations for December, 1862, are utilised in order to complete
the record for the 23 winters.
Winter.
Spring.
Summer.
Autumn.
Temperature —
o
Mean
38- V
45-6
680
47-7
Mean Maximum. .
44-1
54-2
G7-8
55-2
Mean Minimnm . .
331
37-7
49-2
40-5
Mean Daily Range .
11-0
16-6
18-6
14-7
Mean Dead Point .
35-4
40-6
51-7
42-5
Relative Humidity
88
83
80
85
Mean Amount of Cloud (0-1 0)
1-^
6-9
7-0
6-9
Inches.
Inches.
Inches.
Inches.
Rainfall
711
5-24
8-67
8-82
No. of Rainy Days
44
37
44
48
Wind, Days, N. . .
4i
7
3
5
„ N.E. . .
2i
7
4
4
„ „ B.. . .
12
17
11
12
„ „ S.E. .
9
6
3
6
„ „ S. . . .
13i
8
8
12
„ „ S.W.. .
13
10
13
11
„ „ w. .
19
23
33
22
„ „ N.W. . .
6|
6
4
6
,, ,, Calm . . .
10
8
13
14
Winter. — The warmest winter was that of 1868-9, when the
mean temperature was 43°-3 4°-6 above the average. That
winter was warmer than the springs of 1877 and 1883, and
nearly as warm as the spring of 1885.
The coldest winter occurred in 1878-79. The mean tem-
perature on that occasion being only 30°-5, or 8°'2 below the
average. The next mildest winter was that of 1862-63, viz.
41°-9, and the next coldest that of 1880-81, viz : 33°-8.
"Climate of Carlisle" — Benn. 255
On comparing the periods as before, it is found that the
five years 1866 to 1870 had the mildest winters, viz. 40°"1.
This was also the period of the greatest winter rainfall.
The four coldest winters (between 1876 and 1880) had a
mean temperature of 37°"4. The average mean temperature
for the first 13 years was 1°'0 higher than that for the last
10 years.
The wettest winter was that of 1876-77, but it was nearly
equalled by that of 1868-69, the rainfall in each case being
respectively 12*14 ins., and 11*29 ins. In the former case
there were 64 and in the latter 69 rainy days.
The winter of least rainfall was that of 1878-79, which
was also the coldest, the amount being only 3"90 ins., and
there were only 22 wet days, 14 of which occuri-ed in Febru-
ary. The wettest and driest winter has rainfalls respectively
5'03 ins. ahove, and 3*21 ins. below the mark.
Spring. — The warmest spring was that of 1863, the mean
temperature being 48° "6, or 2°"9 ahove the average; and the
coldest occurred in 1877, the mean temperature being 42°*9,
and it was colder than the winter of 1868-69. The difference
between the warmest and coldest springs was 5°'6. The next
warmest spring was that of 1871, viz. 47°'5, and the next
coldest that of 1883, viz. 43°-0.
The four consecutive years 1871-75 had the highest mean
spring temperature, viz. 46°*6, while for the five years 1876-
80 the mean temperature was 44°'8, that being the coldest
period. These were respectively the periods of least and
greatest mean spring rainfalls.
The mean spring tempei^ature for the 13 years 1863 to
1875 was l°-8 higher than for the 10 years 1876 to 1885.
The wettest spring occurred in 1868 and was followed by
the warmest summer of the whole period. The rainfall was
8*6 ins., which fell on 42 days.
The driest spring was that of 1875, when there was a total
rainfall of only 3*00 ins. on 34 days.
256 The Geographical Distribution of Diseases.
These amounts were respectively 2'82 ins. ahove and 2*24
ins. helovo the average.
The mean spring rainfalls for the last 10 years had in-
creased by 0'68 ins. compared with the first 13 years.
Summer. — The luarmest summer occurred in 1868, which
year had also the wettest spring. The mean temperature of
the summer of that year was 60° "5 or 2°'5 above the average.
The coldest summer was that of 1881, the mean temperature
being only 55°0 or 3°'0 below the average. The next warm-
est and coldest summers were respectively those of 1878 and
1864, whose mean temperatures were 59°'8 and 55°"2. Of
the five-year periods, that from 1866 to 1870 had the warmest
summers, yiz. 58° "7, and the period 1881 to 1885 the coldest,
viz. 57°'l. The mean summer temperatures for the first 13
years and the last 10 years were nearly identical, the last,
named period showing a fall of 0°'l.
The summer of greatest rainfall was that of 1877, and this
fall was much heavier than that of any winter, spring, or
autumn during the 28 years. The amount was 15'04 ins.,
which fell on 62 out of the 92 days, and that exceedingly wet
summer followed the coldest spring, and preceded one of the
wettest autumns, included in the whole period. The driest
summer occurred in 1869, the amount being only 3 "66 ins.
on 29 days — less than one-fourth the amount for 1877.
These extremes of rainfall were respectively 6"37 ins. above,
and 5'01 ins. below the summer averages.
The mean summer rainfall for the last 10 years was 2'68
ins. more than the mean for the first 13 years.
Autumn. — The warmest autumn was that of 1865, viz.
49°8. The autumns of 1880 and 1885 were the coldest, the
mean temperature in each case being 46°'0. These values are
respectively 2°-l above, and l°-7 below the mean, and the
difference between the warmest and coldest autumns was
3°'8. The next warmest autumn occurred in 1866, and the
next coldest in 1873, the means being 49°-0 and 46°-3.
''Climate of Carlisle." — Benn. 257
Dividing into three and five year periods, as before, we find a
continuous decrease in autumn, temperatures from 1863 to
1880. The mean for the past three years was 48° '5, falUng
continuously to 47°"1 for the years 1876-80. The last 5
years show some recovery, the average being 47° '8. The first
13 years showed a mean autumn temperature 0°'6 higher
than .the last 10 years.
The wettest autumn occurred in 1874, when there were
12 "78 ins. of rain on 62 days. The next wettest was 1883
and 1877, in which years there were respectively 12'54 ins.
and 1229 ins. The driest autumn was that of 1867, when
there were only 4"69 ins. on 39 days, and next to it in point
of dryness, was 1879 with 5"27 ins. on 35 days. The amounts
for the driest and wettest autumns were respectively 4'13 ins.
helow, and 3'96 ins. ahove the average. The mean rainfall
for the last 10 autumns was less than that for the first 13
by 0-20 ins.
Mr. Benn concludes his remarkably able paper thus : —
'~ The general result of the foregoing investigations points to
the fact that, comparing the 13 years 1863 to 1875, with the
10 years 1876 to 1885, the meayi annual temperatiore has
decreased 0°"9, while concurrently with this, the average
yearly rainfall has increased by 3 "33 ins. With respect
to the seasons, the mean tem-ferature of tointer and •sjjring is
decidedly lovjer in the latter period, and so in a less degree
is that of summer and autumn also ; while in the matter
of rainfall, the summer has been decidedly wetter, tuinter
and spring a little luetter, and autumn a little drier in
the last 10 years. Speaking generally, those summers which
have been more than usually cold have been accompanied
by a large quantity of rain, while in tvinter the conditions
are reversed, and ivarmth and toet generally go together.
As introductory to the following important tables Mr.
Symons remarks that as years roll on, and the laws of the
distribution of rain are gradually developed, the fallacy
s
!58 The Geographical Distribulion of Diseases.
of practices of the wisest of our precursors is rendered evident
to all. Without quoting such preposterous cases as that
of tabulating the fall in one year as the mean rainfall of the
place of observation, in -which case an error of 50 per cent,
may occur, many have thought that five or six years would
give a pretty fair mean, especially if two or three stations
were taken together. The following tables show that the six
years, 1853 to 1858, were 20 per cent, below the average of
22 years, and that five years, 1859-1863, were nearly 20 per
cent, above it. Thus we have two periods of six and five
years respectively, in one of which the fall is half as large again
as in the other. Thus it becomes obvious that the mean fall
can be ascertained only by two methods : either by long con-
tinued observations at the place, or by reference to some
proximate long-established gauge. This is the only method
by which the observations made in the Lake District can be
reduced to their true values.
Most fortunately, Mr. Gr. J. Symons observes, the registers
of The Howe, Troutbeclc, at Seathwaite, and at Kestoich, extend
from the first year of Dr. Miller's work to the present time ;
they have therefore been employed as standards of all the
gauges, Dr. Miller's, Mr. Fletcher's, and his own.
Mr. Symons then gives a specimen of the mode by which
the approximate means have been obtained.
The rainfall at Wastdale Head was as follows : —
Inches.
1845
... 108-55.
1846
... 105-93.
1847
... 96-34.
1848
... 115-32.
1849
... 107-22.
1850
... 108-76.
1851
... 97-94.
1852
... 109-58.
1853
... 83-39.
\
Mean of
these
9 years,
103-67.
Rainfall — Table of Mean Annual Ratios. 259
Determination of the ratio of the Rainfall as of 22 years to
the mean of the tvhole period 1845 to 1866.
IlSr THE LAKE DISTRICT.
Rainfall in each
year.
Eatio at each Station.
Year.
Mean
The Howe,
Troutbeck,
Windermere.
Seathwaite,
Borrowdale.
Keswick.
The Howe,
Troutbeck.
Seathwaite,
Borrowdale.
Keswick.
Eatio.
Inches.
Inches.
Inches.
1845
76-.30
151-87
62-20
96
108
106
103
1846
77-71
143-51
67-68
97
103
116
105
1847
78 00
129-24
58-28
98
92
100
97
1848
91-34
160-89
66-41
114
115
113
114
1849
75-42
125-47
48-80
94
90
83
89
1850
79-81
143-96
59-53
100
103
102
102
1851
80-77
1.39-60
62-34
101
100
106
102
1852
115-62
156-74
79-97
145
112
137
131
185.3
65-97
11369
60-45
83
81
86
83
1854
65-95
143-48
46-82
83
103
80
89
1855
47-54
88-31
37-40
60
63
64
62
1856
55-28
105-52
47-55
69
75
81
75
1857
55-30
116-60
48-88
69
83
84
79
1858
60-07
114-61
50-27
75
82
86
81
1859
94-95
147-29
66-89
119
105
114
113
1860
102-58
142-20
54-17
129
102
93
108
1861
116-26
182-58
74-42
146
130
127
134
1862
94-27
170-03
61-37
118
121
105
115
1863
84-97
173-84
71-54
106
124
122
117
1864
75-74
134-67
52.68
95
84
90
90
1865
64-05
117-49
49-18
80
96
84
87
1866
98-69
179-12
70-81
124
128
121
124
Mean.
79-85
140-03
58-53
100
100
100
100
1867
77-83
133-31
1 52-14
97
95
89
94
By reference to the last column of the ratio table it will
be found that the mean ratio of these nine years was 102*9
inches ; that is to say, the rainfall in those years was 3 per
cent, above the average. It only remains, therefore, to
divide the mean observed fall by the mean ratio to deduce
the approximate true mean, e.g. 103'57-^ 102*9 = 100 inches.
In reference to the irregularities given above in the rain-
26o The Geographical Disiribtition of Diseases.
fall for 1868 in certain parts of the western and eastern Lake
Districts, Mr. Symons observes that it seems hopeless to
detect the cause of the irregularities by discussing the yearly
totals ; we must examine the monthly falls, and see if they
throw any light on the subject. The only satisfactory mode
of doing this is by computing for each station the percentage
of the total yearly fall, registered in each month of 1868.
Few observers are aware how strict a check this process is
upon the accuracy and regularity of their observations. As
illustrating at once the facility of this mode of checking the
regularity of the distribution of rain even in this irregular
tract of country, and the peculiarities of the past season, we
print the resultant percentages in detail. Prefixed to the
table is a column (for which Mr. Symons acknowledges his
indebtedness to Mr. Guster's paper in British Rainfall, 1867,
p. 35), giving the percentage of the yearly total which
ordinarily falls in the Lake District, and at the end is another
giving the averages in 1868. See table, p. 261.
Mr. Frederick Guster, F.R. Met. Soc, to whose elaborate
and philosophical paper in British Rainfall, 1867, Mr.
Symons refers on to investigation of the monthly percentage of
the mean annual rainfall at stations situated in the British.
Islands (p. 33), draws attention to the important fact, that
not only does the mean annual rainfall vary considerably at
different parts of the British Isles, but taking the average of
a considerable number of years, the portion of the annual
rainfall which occurs in each month varies considerably at
different stations. As an example, take the records from a
few stations at which rainfall was registered continuously
during the decennial period 1850 to 1859 ; and in choosing
them, we will select those in which the mean annual measure-
ment varied considerably. Thus we have Leeds (Philosophical
Hall), where the mean fall was 21140 inches; Norwich,
where it was 26-085 inches; Exeter (St. Thomas), with a
mean of 31154 inches; Kendal (Westmorland), 44-912
Rainfall — Table of Mean Monthly Percentage. 261
•8981 ni
CDO^i0i-h, T-~\
•apiS5[iig;
CCOCOCO^SrH
•5[nBa: ps-tf)
lOOicotoiocaorHiooiooi
rH rH t— 1 rH i— 1
CC. COrHC-lOrHrHOTCOOir^rH
rH rH Ca
•pmi
-3[0U}g ■?£)
'flQOrHJC^^rHrHOS'OOir^Oa
rH rH (M
•8snojj
MO-TOTg
'iJIrHCOtO^CMrHCTaCOCqCDaj
rH rH rH r— t rH
•v?s. qq-tH'^S
COr^rHOOlOrHOOCOOO^Oq
1-1 rH rH (M
•3[03q
-puBSB.apj
rHrHrHl>(rC)(M00010CCIlOC
rH rH rH ,-^ j-\ (^
■umqq}iji
COrHCOCO'^!MOO^TH'X>0
rH rH rH T-H rH CM
■spBa^siiBH
^coosaacootMocooiOsco
rH rH rH rH
•9IBpiBpi
-^rH(MCD>OCOrHc3i-iJloq>OC»
rH rH rH rH rH
•3lBpj3WB•
^ CO rH CM
rt cp rH Oi r;-. ^ 00
rH Cb rH -^ 6l 1— 1
oa (M DO -* 1^ 1^
Dec.
CO OD ip CO -O
CO li) Ai 65 6a 6]
i—l r—t •— I i-H r— 1
"■A
CO ^0 CI r^ ^H r^
60 r^ 62 00 60 03 60
I— 1
t^ CO F— 1 -^ !>• 03 03
rH 6j Oi Ci Oj
i—i rH r— 1 rH
Sept.
O 00 00 t^ CO cp
65 1~ r~ i>- i-~ t~
t— 1
Aug.
^ !>• cp t-- -;*< tH
-^ cb 60 O: 63
I— I r-H r-l
'3
l-s
^ 03 --1 Ol 00 I>- -*
r^ i^ 60 Cb t-
a
CO 10 CO (N Cp -tI
rH cb r- 60 cb
r-H
CO CO rH C33 rH CO
t- L^ if- ^ -* -* -*
<1
rH CV CO CO CO 10 ip
60 cb CO 10 10 ib )b
r:3
CO ^ r^ cp 00 cN 00
lb ^ cb »b lb cb lb
.0
CO Cp Ol CO 03 01 rH
-^ cb cb 03 03 63
1-0
CO 10 CO rH 01 03
i> i>- C2 bj o CO CO
rH rH 1 — r-<
a
J
to
• ■ ■ ■ pa
rr . ^ "^A
g pT tJ: ^
m p: W gM g >-
Q r-- H H rH ..--
H p a K fq Ki 2
w >< i' K [T
of 1868, compared with the ordinary monthly percentage of
rainfall ia the Lake District, and thus comments upon it:
From this table we learn (1) that the only months in which
264 The Geographical Distribution of Diseases.
the fall differed much from the average were March and
December in excess, and June and July in defect; (2) that
except in January and September the distribution over the
district was singularly uniform. This disposes of one
probable explanation of the excess in the central districts ;
viz. an excessive rainfall during some one month. There is
nothing to support such a view, and this latter appears to
drive us to the conclusion, that whatever was the cause of
the excess, it acted almost equally throughout the year.
Therefore, unless we are prepared to condemn the mean
values given last year (1867), which for several reasons we
think it would be unwise and almost impossible to do, we are
driven to the conclusion that the causes which ordinarili/
produce the excessive rains in the Lake District operated to an
unusual extent during the year 1868 at the heads of TJllswater
and Hawesivater.
If it be assumed that the heavy rainfall of the Lake
District is produced by the cooling of the air by contact with
the colder mountains, it does not seem improbable that in so
warm a year as 1868, the difference between the temperature
of the air and that of the mountain masses would be greater
than usual, and therefore the condensation would be pro-
portionately greater, especially at stations situated like
Patter dale and Mardale.
The returns of the western Lake District support as
strongly as it is possible so to do, the conclusions arrived at
above ; but, Mr. Symons adds, they do not throw the slightest
glimmer of additional light on the cause. The following
observations were supplied by Mr. Fletcher {British Rainfall,
1868, p. 44) See table, p. 265.
From this table we see, as in the eastern, so in the western,,
district, the excess does not vary with the altitude nor with
the amount, but small as is the area occupied by these
stations (five miles from west to east, and three from north
to south), they yet indicate the same fact as previously
Rainfall — Excess in Central Districts.
265
No. on
Map.i
Station.
Altitude.
Kainfall in
1868.
Excess in
1868 per cent.
of mean.
9
3
7
1
11
11
5
8
11
4
6
10
12
Taylor's Gill . . .
Beant Rigg
Sprinkling Taen . .
Wastdale Head .
Seathwaite, 4 in.
Seathwaite, 8 in.
Great End ....
Feet.
1,077
695
1,985
247
422
422
2,982
1,472
422
3,200
2,550
1,077
330
Inches.
178-17
80-78
126-81
95-38
138-33
142-50
75-63
130-71
157-11
70-77
92-08
207-49
119-49
2-5
3-7
4-8
6-0
9-1
9-6
9-6
9-8
12-2
12-3
1.3-7
14-1
16-0
Stye Head . . .
Seathwaite Old, 5 in.
SCAWFELL ....
EsK Hadse ....
The Site ....
Stonethwaite . .
obtained from the larger area, the western stations having a
mean excess of 8 per cent., and the eastern ones of 11 per
cent., which agrees perfectly with the amount due to the
district by the concentric circular arrangement round
Brotherswater before mentioned.
Mean Excess.
Eastern stations. Western stations.
Within a radius of 2^ miles
Over 1\ and under 5 miles
Over 5 and under *1\ miles
Over 7| and under 10 miles
Over 10 and under \2\ miles
Over Vl\ and under 15 miles
Over 15 and under VI \ miles
Mr. Symons winds up his most admirable and instructive
paper by remarking that the above table abundantly corrobo-
Per cent.
Per cent.
... 42
... 29
—
... 19
... 17
... 16
16
10
8
1 These figures can be transferred to a tracing of " tlie Contour Map,"
and the rainfall then studied in connection with the confiiguration of the
land. It would however be necessary to obtain records of the wind-
direction during the months, weeks, or days selected for investigation.
266 The Geographical Distribution of Diseases.
rates the facts previously deduced. Thougli the explanation
may be doubtful the facts are not.
I have already given in extenso (pp. 259, 261) the two
tables referred to in the above extracts from British Bain-
fall, 1867 and 1868, as they are most valuable to the meteoro-
logist ; the numbers refer to those on Mr. Symons's maps o£
the Lake District, on which are marked the exact position
of all the rain gauges. Those who would study the rainfall
of any district should always do so with a good outspoken
contour map before them, and a register of the wind direc-
tion. The " Contour Map " described in Chapter YI. is
intended to facilitate studies in meteorology; for unless we
study the meteorology and the physical configuration of a
district together, we shall go a very little way towards solving
the difficult problems often involved in the phenomena of
local climates and their influence on health and disease.
Sunshine.
This all-important factor in climate, and the source of all
that makes life worth living for, has been the least studied of
all the subjects connected with meteorology and climatology.
Up to within a very late period there have been no satis-
factory methods of measuring the duration of sun-light. In
1857, Mr. J. F. Campbell of Islay, F.G.S., drew the attention
of the Royal Meteorological Society to a method of registering
solar action by its efforts in charring organic substances, such
as wood, cloth, or paper. Mr. Campbell just used an
ordinary engraver's globe filled with acidulated water : this
method was succeeded by a solid glass ball. Mr. Scott, in
his paper " On the Measurement of Sunshine," ^ thus de-
scribes Mr. Campbell's instrument for measuring the duration
of sunshine. Mr. Campbell placed his ball inside a bowl of
mahogany, and thus obtained a six months' record ; this
1 R. H. Scott, M.A., F.R.S., Quart. Journal of the Royal Meteorological
Societij. Vol. xi., No. 55, July, 1885.
Aspect and Wheat- Yield. 267
instrument was at first fixed on tlie roof of tTie General Board
of Healtli in Parliament Street, and the register commenced
with the winter solstice of 1854. After the winter solstice
of 1857 a glass ball was substituted for the original engraver's
globe. Several improvements were made in the instrument
to secure a daily record, and these resulted in Prof. Stokes's
Sunshine Recorder, which was completed in 1879, and first
issued to the meteorological stations in 1880.
Whilst investigating the effect of aspect on the wheat-yield
of the British Isles, I began to realise the importance of those
principles laid down by Hippocrates, in his " Airs, Waters,
and Places," in which work are described the different kinds
of local climates that are to be expected according to aspect,
and the diseases that are affected or caused by them. The
risings and the settings of the sun were the points used in
determining and describing the several aspects. For in-
stance, a city exposed to warm winds, as those that blow from
between the points of the winter rising and winter settings of
the sun, would be sheltered from the north ; on the other hand,
those cities which are sheltered from the southerly winds and
are open to those blowing between the rising and setting of
the summer sun, would be exposed to the northerly winds.
The author then describes the nature of the aspects that face
the sky between the risings of the summer and winter sun ;
and lastly those aspects which face the west : all are carefully
discussed in their relation to sunshine, winds, and diseases.
It is strange to think how little we have advanced since
then in our knowledge of the effects of sunshine and prevail-
ing winds upon the soil. The English farmer I found ignor-
ing aspect as a rule, while the Scotchman made it his special
study ; coincident with this personal experience, I find the
foUowino- facts in the Agricultural Produce Statistics of Great
Britain for 1890. The estimated ordinary average wheat-
yield in bushels per acre is stated (p. 13) to be 21-45 bushels
per acre in the rich ^vi^ fertile county of Devon (Lat. N. 50°) ;
268 The Geographical Distribution of Diseases.
whilst in that of Edinburgh (Lat. N. 55°) it amounts to 3671
bushels per acre : the latest returns for 1890 states that a
total yield in Devonshire on 83,440 acres, amounted to
1,689,581 bushels of wheat, 20-25 bushels per acre; and
that in the same harvest, 176,154 bushels was yielded in the
county of Edinburgh by 4,249 acres ; which is equal to 41*46
bushels per acre in the northern county, six degrees further
north than Devonshire. We shall find in the sequel that,
where the land is open to the wind and the sun, there wheat
will produce the heaviest yield, and malarial diseases of the
rheumatic type fail to swell the mortality from heart disease
and the circulatory organs.
The relation of aspect and sunlight to health and disease
among all organised beings was readily acknowledged by the
father of medicine ; but our daily experience proves that the
principles laid down as the result of vast experience are
ignored, not only by the agriculturist, but by those who have
enjoyed a higher culture.
The maps which illustrated my lectures on the Geographi-
cal Distribution of the Wheat-yield, showed the following
facts, or rather the dawning of facts ; for at that time the
observations had been few and not always continuous : and
even now the materials are so scanty that they can only be
used as rough illustrations.
1. That low foreshores (such as those in the Cumbrian area),
especially those facing the south-west sea-winds, facilitated
the free passage of the moisture-laden currents inland, and
enabled them to retain their transparence even when near the
point of saturation, so long as the low level of the ground
over which they passed did not rise beyond certain limits.
This can be illustrated by the contour map.
Suppose the moisture-laden currents approaching the
Cumbrian coast line to be so saturated with vapour of water,
that a reduction in their temperature of one degree Fahrenheit
would condense the hitherto invisible vapour, and form cloud.
Sunshine and Configuration of Land. 269
Let us further suppose that the darh hlue area between the
coast line and the 250 feet contour line, at the time of those
almost saturated currents passing over it, to be of sufficient
temperature as not to cause the vapour to condense into
cloud, the air would remain transparent and the sun's rays
make their mark on the Sunshine Recorder.
These transparent currents, however, in the course of time
cross the 250 contour line and into the light hlue inter-contour
space, between that level and the 500 feet contour; and
whilst doing so would have their temperature reduced ; and
being almost saturated with water, cloud would form, and the
sun's rays would cease to be recorded. We may calculate
that there is a loss of one degree Fahrenheit for every 300
feet of ascent. Under the above circumstances the sun's
rays might be enjoyed all over the darh blue area, whilst a
cloud-mist might be hanging over the light blue areas, obscur-
ing the higher grounds from our view.
2. But elevated foreshores, characterised by precipitous
cliffs, obstruct the free passage of the sea winds inland, and
suddenly throw them up into the higher and colder regions of
the air, where their vapour at once passes from its transparent
and sun-transmitting state, to a condensed, cloudy, and sun-
obscuring one, and in this form is carried over the area to the
leeward.
3. That very elevated ridges, extending 1,500 feet, such for
instance as the backbone of Scotland, the transverse ridge of
the Lake District, the Pennine Chain, and other well-known
heio'hts, partially exhaust the moisture of the air-currents
from the sea, which creeping upon them in their course
inland, by condensing it into rain or snow ; so that when con-
tinuing their course upwards over the ridge, into the leeward
area, their air is so dry as no longer to condense on losing
temperature, so that they pass over the country to the lee-
ward as transparent and sun-transmitting currents. This is
well seen in the difference between the sunshine records,
2 70 The Geographical Distribution of Diseases.
during winter, and the prevalence of westerly and south-
westerly winds, of the eastern and western watersheds of the
backbone of Scotland.
Instead of giving the results in detail of the maps referred
to above, it will be sufficient just to indicate the principal
features of sunshine distribution in Great Britain and Ireland.
Taking the mean annual percentage of possible sunshine in
the British Isles, the South- West of England (35'5 per cent.),
South of Wales and South of Ireland (33*2), recorded the
highest; then came the East of England (32-'2), South-East
of England (31-3), and the Bast of Scotland (31-8); these
divisions were coloured in shades of red, whilst those below
the mean were coloured blue : thus the North-East of England
recorded 29'3 per cent.; Midland Counties, 29-8; North
Ireland, 29-6; West of Scotland, 29-1; North of Ireland,
29-5 ; and the West of Scotland, 22-1.
With regard to the Cumbrian area it will be seen that it
suffers, in common with the British Isles, generally from
scarcity of observations ; but if those collected are studied in
connection with the configuration of the country by means of
the contour map, several questions will find solution, which
the simple records at first sight do not seem capable of
answering.
According to the original observations extending over
1880-1883, the mean percentage of possible sunshine during
the four seasons in the north-western and eastern divisions of
England were as follows : —
•'to*
North-Western (including Cumliria). Eastern.
Per cent. Per cent.
Spring 38-26 ... 37-50
Summer 34-50 ... 32-90
Autumn 26-30 ... 27-40
Winter 16-36 ... 18-26
We must bear in mind that between these two divisions the
Sunshine Recording Stations. 27:
Great Pennine Chain or northern part of the backbone of
England (the crimson line) lies ; and the fact that during the
prevalence of the south-westerly winds in late autumn and
winter, cloud formation and rain precipitation take place on
the windward side of the elevated land ; and that the air
currents, as they continue their onward journey over the
leeward country, carry with them reduced resources for
cloud making ; so that during these seasons there is com-
paratively less rainfall and more sunshine on the eastern than
on the western side of the great water-parting of England.
As regards sunshine, the above figures bear out this well
established fact ; the percentage of sunshine on the east being
for autumn 27"40, and winter 18"26 ; and 26"30, and 16'36
respectively on the west.
If we take the following three stations, the Isle of Man,
Silloth and Durham, and compare their sunshine records
for the three years 1881-1883 inclusive, we shall find the
wing : —
Isle of Man.
Silloth.
Durham.
Season.
Per cent.
Per cent.
Per cent.
Spring
... 43-4 ..
. 39-7 .
.. 37-6
Summer
... 38-6 ..
. 34-3 .
.. 34-1
Autumn
... 30-4 ..
28-0 .
. 26-3
Winter
... 22-0 ..
. 17-1 .
1 ■
.. 21-2
. 1 T
Here again we see that Durham, lying in the lee of the
great water-parting, as regards the south-westerly winds
during the winter months, has a higher percentage of sunshine
than Silloth, with all its advantages of nearness to the sea
and a low foreshore.
In spring there is a mean daily possible duration of 13
hours 43 minutes and 5 seconds ; in summer, 16 hours and 20
minutes ; in autumn, 10 hours 40 minutes and 4 seconds ;
and in ivinter, 8 hours 46 minutes ; whilst the mean annual
duration is 12 hours 6 minutes and 40 seconds.
272 The Geographical Distribution of Diseases.
SUNSHINE RECORDS AT SILLOTH.
No. of Hours.
Jan.
Feb.
Mab.
Ape.
May.
JnNE
July.
Aug.
Sep.
Oct.
Nov.
Dec.
H.
H.
H.
H.
H.
H.
H.
H.
H.
H.
H.
H.
1880
_
_
201
196
143
191
127
103
70
23
1881
63
58
101
169
264
171
132
1.38
105
113
39
39
1882
21
41
96
147
282
205
197
170
130
66
64
27
1883
46
65
140
150
218
184
174
138
116
112
73
27
1884
20
48
74
130
181
171
160
177
143
73
67
24
1885
27
51
115
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
Percentage of
Possible Dura-
tion of Bright
Sunshine.
%
%
%
%
%
%
%
%
%
%
%
%
1880
_
_
_
40
39
29
Afi
34
32
29
11
1881
22
22
28
41
63
34
26
30
28
35
16
18
1882
9
16
27
35
56
41
39
37
35
20
22
12
1883
19
25
39
36
44
37
35
30
31
35
30
12
1884
8
17
21
31
36
34
32
39
39
23
23
11
1885
11
19
32 —
—
■ —
—
—
—
—
—
~
Sunshine observations are on the increase : in the Cum-
brian area there have been added two fresh, stations, tiie
records of which, during 1890 and 1891, when placed side by
side, may be of interest to the reader.
1
January
30WNESS-0N-
1890.
H. M.
48 45
WlNDBEMEEE
1891.
H. M.
72 25
1890.
H. M.
Keswick.
1891. 1891.
H. M.No.ofDays.
66 20 21
February
92 00
86
20
102
5
128
15
22
March
97 20
112
10
96
15
119
40
29
April
167 15
126
5
175
20
178
27
May
200 45
208
15
224
30
206
40
31
June
145 45
261
50
135
40
277
15
30
July
166 60
183
155
35
196
45
29
August
148 50
118
55
165
20
149
15
29
September
147 20
138
10
143
85
163
5
25
October
65 45
129
55
83
30
150
30
31
I^ovember
^1 10
71
10
52
55
73
24
December
51 45
53
50
46
45
54
21
1,401 45 1,567
5
1,381
30 1,762
45
319
Sunshine Recorders — Jordan's. 273
For the above observations I am indebted to the proprietor
of the Bowness-on-Windermere Hydropathic establishment,
and Mr. Thomas Pauhn, of the Beeches, Keswick. When we
consider how the amount of our inland sunshine is dependent
on the configuration of our coast- line at all times, but especi-
ally during those months when the range between the readings
of the wet and dry bulb thermometers is not great, every
particular with regard to aspect, height above sea-level,
character of foreshore, whether it is abrupt and obstructive,
or sloping and wind-favouring, should be given in describing
the station and its surroundings. When once the reader
has studied the distribution of certain diseases, and the yield
of crops, such as wheat, in connection with the physical
geography, he will never forget the lessons he has been
taught, and will then realize the value of studying sunshine
in relation to the atmospheric currents, and the configuration
of the land, especially the foreshores and sea-cliffs.
Sunshine Recorders. — The study of medical geography
having opened up such a wide field for research since 1868,
when the remarkable facts connected with the Geographical
Distribution of Heart Disease, Rheumatism, Cancer and
Phthisis were first demonstrated; and as these facts are
intimately associated at their sources with the soil, its vege-
tation, and the sun's rays, any improvement in these meteoro-
logical instruments that will tend to promote their more
general use by lessening their price and increasing their
usefulness and greater adaptability to our requirements,
cannot fail to command our interest.
Hitherto Sunshine Recorders have been used by very few
meteorologists on account of their costliness ; and naturally
these would be placed in the best positions to catch everj
ray of sun : especially when they form a part of the
meteorological equipment of stations at what are called
health-resorts.
In future investigations in the valleys, where Heart Disease
T
2 74 The Geographical Distribution of Diseases.
and Malarial Rheumatism are rife ; where high mortality from
Cancer is coincident with flooded areas, decomposing and
decomposed vegetable and animal matters, and microphytic
life ; where Groitre, Ague, Jungle and other fevers have their
habitats, will have to be made on the spot, and the diflFer'ent
factors engaged in the work of disease-nests will have to
be gauged as to their share in the genesis of such diseases.
The sun's rays command our first thought in all such
inquiries, and will have to be studied in connection with the
culture of those minute organisms that we have termed
'pathogens, and the chemical changes in soil and air.
On these grounds I was glad to find that Mr. James B.
Jordan had invented a photographic Sunshine Recorder which
promises not only to enable observers to multiply the sunshine
recording stations, but to secure greater accuracy on account
of the greater sensitiveness of the chart.
The action of the Jordan Sunshine Recorder differs entirely
from that of Campbell's, the record being obtained by means
of photography instead of by the burning power of the
sun.
THE JOBDAN PHOTOGEAPHIC SUNSHINE KECOKDEl:.
The instrument figured above consists of two semi-cylin-
drical dark chambers, in each of which is placed a prepared
chart, one for the morning and the other for the afternoon
Mean Atmospheric Temperature.
-/ :>
record. The rays of sunlight being admitted into these cham-
bers through small apertures in the sides, are registered on the
sensitized paper or chart, and travelling over it by reason of
the earth's rotation, leave a distinct trace of chemical action,
thereby recording duration of sunshine and relative degree of
intensity. The cylinders are mounted on a triangular plate,
"which is hinged to a suitable stand, with a means of adjust-
ment, to admit of the instrument being used in any latitude.
The charts are printed on sensitized paper ruled with
vertical lines indicating the hours and minutes of the day.
They are supplied with the instruments by the makers ready
for use.^
Mr. Jordan and his colleague, Mr. W. Topley, F.G.S.,
some years ago published a geological map ^ of the South-
East of England in relief, which is of the greatest service
to the medical geographer in studying the effects of local
climates, of land configuration and geological structures, on
disease. This map will be fully described in Part II. of this
work, including the Thames Basin. We are all acquainted
with Mr. Jordan's Glycerine Barometer, the corrected read-
ings of which are daily published iu The Times.
Mean Tenqicrature, Tsotlierms, etc.
In 1871 Dr. Alexander Buchan, F.R.S.E., pubhshed a
valuable report on the Temperature of the British Isles ;
and again in 1880 the same distinguished meteorologist
published another report on an average of twenty-four j-ears
in the journal of the Scottish Meteorological Society. These
reports are accompanied by maps showing the arrangement
of the isotherms for each mouth of the year throughout the
British Isles, and provide us with the following facts : —
1 Negretti and Zambi-a, London.
^ Stanford, London.
276 The Geographical Distribtdion of Diseases.
January Isotherms. — Across the geological map are drawn
two blue lines, marked at their extremities with figures de-
noting the degrees of equal temperature which their courses
represent : thus the " January Isotherm, 40°," crosses the
corner of the map from N.W. to S.E., closely approaching
the land off the Bootle District ; and after crossing Duddon
Mouth takes, a course parallel to Walney Island. The other
" January Isotherm, 39°," crosses from Scotland through
Solway Firth, then enters "Wigton District, and crosses
successively, at first in a north-easterly and then in a southerly
direction, Penrith, Ullswater, and the district of Kendal.
The 39° January isotherm has been used at a line of section
in describing the geology of the area (p. 164).
July Isotherms. — On the Contour Map the isotherms of 60°
and 61°, the former of which can be traced from Scotland
over the Solway Firth, across Cockermouth, over the great
Transverse Eidge, in the Scafell mountain mass (I.), across
its south-eastern ridge (p. 114), along the valley of Coniston
Water and finally into Morecambe Bay. The July isotherm,
61°, only just loops round the south-eastern corner of East
"Ward District.
The student in tracing these isotherms will be struck by
the interesting fact that whilst the more coastal, 40° isotherm
is the higher of the two in winter (January); the most inland,
61°, is the higher in the summer (July).
If we trace these isotherms first over the British Isles, and
then beyond them, we shall gain an enlarged view of their
significance in relation not only to home but foreign areas.
The January isotherm, 40°, stretches from the Outer
Hebrides (N. Uist), through Islay, Mull of Can tyre, off the
coast of Cumberland, as described, through North and South
Wales, across the Bristol Channel and the South-East, along
the Hampshire and Sussex coast, towards the Straits of Dover,
where it loops round to the S.W. on the north coast of
France. The first loop up towards the Hebrides, and the
Isotherms — January — July. 277
second up tlie Englisli Channel, are botli due to the high
temperature of the sea caused by the Grulf Stream. The lower
degree, 39°, has a more inland course ; before entering the
map it has traversed the Orkneys, the Hebrides, the South-
West of Scotland, and on leaving "Westmorland, pursues an
irregular course through the centre of England, and after
reaching Gloucestershire, crosses the Severn, and afterwards
the Thames, the right bank of which it follows until it reaches
the North Foreland ; so that these winter isotherms link the
Lake District with widely different parts of Great Britain,
the common cause of which is to be found far off in the
Atlantic, over which if we further trace the course of the 39°
and 40°, we shall obtain a better insight into the reason how
it is that the Gulf Stream has such a powerful influence, not
only on the temperature of the British Isles, but of the western
part of the continent of Europe. For instance, after the 40°
January isotherm has been carried to the Shetlands (60° N.
Lat.), it is seen crossing to the west and forming a loop point-
ing to N.B., after which it pursues a south-westerly course
to the south of New York (35° N. Lat.), or more than 20° of
latitude further south; the ascent to high, and the descent to
low latitudes, being coincident with the trend of the warm
Gulf Stream in a north-easterly direction, and that of the cold
Labrador Current to the south-east respectively. If we now
take the other limit of the isothermal loop of 40° we can trace
it through England, France, across Northern Italy, the
Adriatic Sea, to the north of Greece, and thence along the
south coast of the Black Sea, and across the Caspian Sea,
where it will be found on the latitudinal horizon of the south
of New York, to which point we have just traced the western
limit. This description may be aided by reference to a chart
o£ the world, or the January isotherm 40°, actually traced
on the map illustrating Dr. Alexander Buchan's article on
Meteorology in the " Encyclopsedia Britannica," p. 135 (ninth
edition). To the sea then we must ascribe the high winter
278 The Geographical Distribution of Diseases.
temperature of our area and the British Isles, and now it
will be seen that to the land we are indebted for summer
temperature as expressed by the Jiily isothervts.
The July isotherms, 60" and 61°, belong to a series of con-
centric lines which surround a circular area, excluding London
and portions of Middlesex and Essex to the north and east of
the metropolis ; this limited area is surrounded by a circular
isotherm 64°, within which a mean July temperature is
recorded amounting to 64°. The July isotherm 64° is next
surrounded by the 63 '0°, which is encompassed by the 62°, out-
side of which comes the 61°, which is seen loojoing in a north-
westerly district upwai'ds at the corner of the Contour Map.
It will be remembered that the loops produced by the
Gulf Stream had a north-easterly direction ; succeeding this
isotherm is the one for the mean July temperature, of 60°, the
course of which has already been described ; so far as this
area is concerned it will be seen that the north-westerly
direction of the loop is preserved.
Now if we follow the 60° line it will be seen that im-
mediately it leaves the land it is no longer looped up to-
wards the north-east, but at once depressed towards the
south-west, where it enters North America in the latitude of
the Grulf of St. Lawrence (60°) and Newfoundland — the
Labrador Channel cold stream still exercisingf its deflecting
powers, although not so pronouncedly as in winter. On the
other hand it will be observed, on examining the chart of
isothermals in the work referred to, that instead of being
depressed towards the south of Europe as the January iso-
therm has just been seen to be, the summer isotherm, after
crossing the North Sea, travels in a north-easterly direction
through Norway and the north of the European continent,
almost parallel to the line of 65° north latitude, or on the
same line where the January isotherm of 40° was turned back
to the south-west.
Monthly Isotherms — Sea Teniperattire.
279
The Isotherms which cross the Cumbrian area arranged
according to months, and tabulated loith the monthly mean
air-temperature ami the temperature of the sea.
Month.
Isotherms.
Monthly Means.
Sea Temperature.
January
Isle of Man.
Solway.
Morecambe.
39°^40°
37°2
44°
41°
39°
Febraary
4l°-40°
38°9
43°
42°
38°
March
43=-42°
40°2
43°
42°
41°
April
47° 1
45°2
45°
45°
43°
May
5-2°-51°
49°8
48°
49°
50°
June
57°-58°
56°0
63°
57°
56°
July
60°-61°
58°5
57°
60°
61°
August
60°
58°0
59°
60°
62°
September
56°
54°0
59°
57°
60°
October
50°~49°
47°7
55°
53°
56°
November
43°-42°
40°;]
50°
47°
48°
December
41°-40°
3S°0
46°
43°
43°
Tear
49°
50°2
49°6
49°7
Sea-Temperature. — The observations from whicli these data
have been derived are pubhshed in the Meteorological Atlas of
the Meteorological Council. They have been principally those
taken during the three years, July 1879 to June 1882, at
certain coastguard stations, light-houses and lightships; for
instance, the Bahama Bank Light- Vessel, off Kamsey, supplied
the data under the heading Isle of Man ; the Solway Light-
Vessel, that for the Solway Firth ; and one of the coastguard
stations the observations under Moi"ecambe Bay.
The Isle of Man has no large rivers emptying themselves
into the Irish Sea, such as would affect the temperature of
the sea-water at a distance of ten miles from the land as the
Bahama Light- Vessel is from the mouth of the river Sulby
at Ramsey ; the observations then taken from this station
The Meteorological Atlas has 48°
28o The Geographical Distribution of Diseases.
may give us approximately the mean sea-temperature during
the several months in the year.
The waters at the other stations in Solway Firth, and
Morecambe, are essentially estuarial, and are influenced by
the rivers that flow into them; for instance, the Solway Firth
receives the waters of the rivers Eden, Derwent and others,
that have their origin on the northern flanks of the great
Transverse Ridge ; whilst Morecambe Bay receives the Kent,
the Leven, the Est and Duddon, all of which have their
sources on the sunny side of the Transverse Eidge : we
should then expect that, during the six summer months of
the year, from May to October inclusive, the Morecambe Bay
water would be hotter than the sea itself; and that during the
more snowy and darker six months, that Solway Firth would
be colder than the sea, owing to the melting of the snow and
the comparative absence of the sun on the northern flanks pf
the great Transverse Ridge. The mean temperature of the
sea for the six months including May and October amounted
to 55°"1, whilst for the same period Morecambe Bay registered
67°'5, and Solway Firth 56° '0, or 2°*4 and 0°'9 higher re-
spectively. During the remaining six months including
November and April, the main sea temperature amounted to
45°'l, whilst the waters in Solway Firth were only 43''"3, and
those of Morecambe Bay 42°'2, or 1°'8 and 2°-9 colder re-
spectively. It appears therefore that the southern flanks of
the great Transverse Ridge get more than their share of
heat during the sunny six months, by which the waters of
the rivers that take their rise on them are warmed; for
the same sun which warms during May to October, from
November to April also melts the snow and keeps the rivers
well supplied with ice-cold water ; and on compariuo- the
temperature of the Solway Firth with that of Morecambe Bay
it will be seen that they differ too ; for whilst the waters in
the latter are ivarmer in the summer, they are also colder
in the winter six months ; this is coincident with the fact
Mean Monthly Temperatures at Stations. 281
that on an aspect where the greatest advantage of sun heat
is enjoyed during summer, there is the greatest amount of
snow melted during the winter. It must be remembered,
however, that on the windward side of the Transverse Ridge
condensation takes place and rain falls before the air currents
have passed over the ridge in winter, and that the broad
sands of both the Solway Firth and Morecambe Bay, when
exposed at low water, accumulate a great amount of heat
during sunshine.
Local Mean Temiieratures, according to the tables contained
in Dr. Alexander Buchan's paper on " The Mean Tempera-
tures of the British Isles." ^
The following are the stations at which the observations
were made, the means of which are recorded in the subjoined
table.
Scaleby, Cumberland, is in the south of the Registration
District of Longtoum, about a mile from the point where the
three Registration Districts of Carlisle, Brampton, and Long-
town meet ; the parishes representing at this point these
districts are Crosby-upon-Bden, Irthington, and Scaleby
respectively. The height of the station above the sea is
111 feet, and therefore lies within the dark blue area on the
Contmtr Map.
SillotJi is another station not named on the maps ; its site
may be found by tracing the coast line north of the point
where the January isotherm 39° crosses it, until a projecting
part of the line is reached in the parish of Holme St.
Cuthbert; to the east of this point Silloth lies within the
dark blue area. The other stations will be easily recognised
on the maps.
^ Journal of the Scottish Meteorological Society, New Series, June, 1880,
p. 36.
2^2
The Geographical Distribution of Diseases.
stations.
Counties.
No.
of
Years.
Years
Specified.
Latitude
N.
Longi-
tude
Heiglit
above
Sea.
O
Feet.
SCALECY . .
Cumberland
3
1879-81
54° 58'
2° 52'
Ill
Caeltsle
20
1861-80
54° 53'
2° 55'
114
SiLLOTH .
24
1857-80
.54° 52'
3° 22'
28
Alston .
2
1880-81
54° 49'
2° 25'
1,145
COCKEEMOUTH . . .
19
1862-80
64° 39'
3° 23'
146
Baeeow-in-Fueness ^
Lancashire
2
1880-82
54° 7'
3° 11'
60
TaMe of Mean Monthly Temperature.
Months and
Seasons.
Scaleby.
Carlisle.
!
SiUoth.
O
39-4
38-7
40-4
Alston.
Cooker-
mouth.
Barrow-
in-
Purness.
December
January
Februaiy . .
o
38'5
37-2
39-0
o
38-4
37-8
39-7
o
34-1
33-3
35-3
o
397
39-0
40-2
o
410
39-6
40-2
Wintee .
38-2
.38-6
39-5
34-2
39-6
40-2
Marcli .
April
May . . .
40 2
44-9
49-8
41-0
46-5
51-0
41-7
46-4
51-0
36-8
41'6
46-4
41-6
46-9
51-2
42-0
47-2
51-5
Spetko
44-9
46-1
46-3
41-6
46-5
46-9
June
July
August
56-2
58-1
57-6
57-2
59-5
58-8
56-9
59-5
59-3
52-6
55-5
54-7
57-3
.59-9
59-6
67-5
59-8
60-0
Summer . .
57-3
58-5
58-5
54-2
58-9
59.1
Septem^ber . .
October
November
54-3
48-0
40-3
54-8
48-1
40-5
55-3
49-1
41-9
50-5
43-9
36-8
55-5
49-7
42-2
66'2
60-3
43-0
Autumn
47-6
47-8
48-4
43 '7
49-1
49-8
The Year . .
47-0
47-6
48-3
43-3
48-5
49-0
i
^ This station is in the extreme south-west of the Ulverston Registration
District, to the east of and opposite to Walney Island.
Mean Atmospheric Pressure. 283
Local Mean Atmospheric Pressure.
Before giving in a tabular form the results of observations
made in this area, it will be well briefly to refer to what Dr.
Alexander Buchan has written with regard to the distribu-
tion of atmospheric pressure in the northern hemisphere.
Mean Atmospheric Pressure in January.
In this month, when the influence of the sun on the
northern hemisphere falls to the minimum, the greatest
pressures are massed over the continents of that hemisphere,
and the least pressures over the northern parts of the Atlantic
and Pacific Oceans, over the Antarctic Ocean and southern
hemisphere generally.
In the northern hemisphere pressure rises in Central Asia
to upwards of 30'5 inches. In the north of the Atlantic
a lotv mean pressure obtains over a narrow belt stretching
from Iceland to the south of Greenland, the normal pressure
being in Iceland 29'38, and in Greenland 29'36 inches.
Again to the south-west of Spain and Portugal is a high-
pressure area stretching to the south-west from Longitude
4° W". to 45° W., between Latitude N. 40° and 25° ; this area
is characterized by a pressure in January equal to 30'2
inches, so that we may expect the pressure over the British
Isles to decrease from south to north, as they lie between
tlie high pressure in the Atlantic to the south-west of the
Spanish Peninsula, and the low pressure between Greenland
and Iceland.
Mean Atmospheric Pressure in Jalij.
In this month the physical conditions are the reverse
of what obtains in January; the effects of the influence of
the sun on the temperature and humidity of the atmosphere
rising: to the maximum in the northern and fallins' to the
maximum in the southern hemisphere.
284 The Geographical Distribution of Diseases.
Table of the Isobars that cross the Cumbrian Area during each
Month.
Month.
Inches.
Month.
Inches.
South. North.
South. North.
January .
29-86 29-84
July . .
29-92
February .
29-90 29-88
August
. 29-90 29-88
Maroli
29-86 29-84
September
29-88 29-86
April . .
29-92
October
. 29-84 29-82
May . .
29-96
November
29-88
June . .
29-96 29-94
December
29-88 29-86
r
rhe Year— 29-90 and 29-88 inches.
Table of Mean
Monthly Pressure.
Months.
Scaleby.
Carlisle.
SiUoth.
Cocker-
mouth.
Barrow-
in-
Furness.
January
Februar]
March
April
May .
T . ■ .
Inches,
29-828
29-870
29-840
29-916
29-960
29-946
29-917
29-881
29-875
29-827
29-863
29-856
Inches.
29-833
29-880
29-845
29-908
29-951
29-939
29-911
29-877
29-868
29-823
29-860
29-858
Inches.
29-823
29-869
29-826
29-900
29-940
29-936
29-906
29-878
29-864
29-814
29-866
29-843
Inches.
29-828
29-874
29-8.33
29-896
29-945
29-937
29-910
29-881
29-865
29-816
29-863
29-850
Inches.
29-856
29-894
29-864
29-911
29-952
29-944
29-914
29-896
29-884
29-836
29-875
29-863
June .
July .
August
Septemb
October
Novembi
Decembe
er
3r . .
r . .
The Tear ....
29-881
29-875
29-872
29-875
29-890
Dr. Alexander Buchan, in his concluding remarks on the
Isobars of the British Isles, observes that in every month
the Isobars are deflected more or less from straight lines, the
deflections in each case being readily traced to the respective
influences, varying with the seasons, of the land and -water of
the region comprising the British Islands on the distribu-
tion of the pressure.
Isobars — Alexander Buchan. 285
The influence of this lanA is to louteA" the pressure in the
warmer months, and to increase it in the colder months of the
year, just as takes place on a large scale over the continents
of the globe during the summer and winter months. In all
seasons, on the other hand, the influence of the ocean is to
loiuer the pressure, and this depressing influence is much
greater near the coasts of the Atlantic than those of the
North Sea. Owing, however, to the Mediterranean character
of the Irish Sea, the deflections of the Isobars, as they cross
it, stand out as the most striking feature of the curves, show-
ing in an impressive manner some of the more prominent
causes which regulate the geographical distribution of atmo-
spheric pressure.^
1 Op. cit. p. 12.
CHAPTER X.
Distribution" op Disease.
Section I. The Diseases selected — The Geographical Distribution of Cancer
— History of Investigation, 1868 — Series of papers in The Lancet, 1S88
— Infrequency of Cancer in the Lake District, 1890 — Paper at Con-
gress of Hygiene, 1890 — Clays and Limestones — The Defective Sup-
, plement of the Present Registrar-General — Dr. Farr's Supplements
1851-60 and 1861-/0 — Death-rates — Death-rates (female) at different
Age-periods — Influence of Sex in Disease — -Dr. W. Roger Williams —
General Table of New Growths — Table showing the organs principally
affected by Cancer, and relative frequency in — Percentage of cases of
Mammary and Uterine Cancer — Geographical Distribution of Cancer
among Females — Description of the Maps — Index of Colours, and
scales of Death-rates — Map I. "All ages" — Map II. " At and above 3r»
years " — Cancer in the Registration Districts — Groups of iotu Mortality
— Group of High Mortality — Great Transverse Ridge — Death-rates in
Cumberland, Westmorland, and part of Lancashire — Distribution of
Cancer among Males — Table of Death-rates from Cancer at different
Age-periods, Males and Females — Low Mortality Group — Scale of
Death-rates for the two sexes — ^High Mortality Group (Males) — Male
Death-rates in Wigton — Crescentio form of Low Mortality Group —
Physical Facts in Low Mortality Group — Limestone — High Mortality
Group — Glacial Clay — Valley Systems — Eden and Derwent Floods —
Summary of Coincident Diseases and Physical Facts — Mixed Popula-
tions — An Epitome of Disease-facts during the 30 years 1851-1880 —
Cancer as a Cause of Death irrespective of Sex — Table showing Mean
Death-rates during the three Decennial Periods, 1851-60, 1861-70,
and 1871-80 — Remarks on Table — The same coincident facts not
confined to the Cumbrian and Lake Area — Extracts from a recent
paper on the Influence of Clays and Limestones on the Medical
Geography of Cancer.
The Diseases Selected.
THE history of the investigation so far as regards the
reasons for selecting Heart Disease, Cancer and
Phthisis as illustrations of Disease Distribution in the
The Geographical Distribution of Cancer. 287
British Islands, has ah-eady been given in the former part
of this work, and it now only remains for me to give the
additional trustworthy disease-facts that have been published
since the issue of the first edition in 1875.
Tlie Geor/rajJiiral Distribution of Cancer.
The facts connected with the G-eographical Distribution of
Cancer, among females in England and Wales, at all ages,
for the ten years 1851-1860, were first published more than
twenty-two years ago in an abstract of my first paper on this
subject read before the Medical Society of London, on the
30th November, 1868.^
In this paper I first drew attention to the fact that Cancer
among females was infrequent in that part of the north-west
of England which included the Lake District, and that co-
incident with the disease-fact was the geological one that this
area was characterized by some of the oldest formations,
namely the Silurian and Carboniferous, and, physically, in-
cluded the highest and best drained mountainous districts in
the country. In the same abstract I also pointed out the
local facts coincident with the higher mortality from Cancer
in the Vale of Eden.
In 1875 the full text of my paper read before the Medical
Society in 1868 was first published and illustrated by three
coloured maps — two small ones of the Divisions and Counties,
which have been reproduced in this edition, and one large
map containing the 630 districts into which England and
Wales are divided for registration purposes, on a scale of
twelve miles to one inch. From the copper plate of this map
those that illustrate this chapter have been printed and
coloured in accordance with the added facts gathered during
the decenniad 1861-1870.
1 Abstracts of two papers on the Geography of Disease. I. Heart
Disease and Dropsy ; II. Cancer. London : Ricliard Kimpton, 1869.
288 The Geographical Distributioii of Diseases.
The broad facts that I first brought before the medical
profession in 1868 may be briefly stated.
1. That the districts which had the lowest mortality
(coloured dark red on the maps) among females from
Cancer, were characterized geologically by the older (Palae-
ozoic), and most elevated rocks, such as the Lower and UpjJer
Silurian, and the Carboniferous Limestone series ; by the
secondary (Mesozoic) Limestones of the Oolite and chalk
formations. These low mortality districts were also found
to contain the sources and upper tributaries of rivers, and
were not subject to floods.
2. That those districts which had the highest mortality
from Cancer among females, were on the other hand char-
acterized geologically by clays, such as those of the Lias, the
Kimeridge and Oxford of the Oolite, the Wealdean Clay, the
Gault, of the chalk formation, the London Clay of the Eocene, '
the Boulder Clay of the Pleistocene or Glacial Period, and the
Brick Earths and alluvial deposits of recent age.
These high mortality districts were found to be traversed
hj fully formed rivers that seasonally flooded their banks.'^
In 1888, at a time when Cancer was much discussed in
consequence of the disease having attacked the Crown Prince
Frederick of Germany, at the request of the proprietors of
The Lancet, I wrote a series of articles, which were published
in that Journal, on " The Geographical Distribution of Can-
cerous Diseases in the British Lsles." ^ In these papers I
discussed briefly what had obtained within the twenty years
1851-1870 in the Lake District as regards this disease.
Again I published in the same Journal, in 1889,^ a paper
devoted to my latest investigations on " The Infreguency of
Cancer among Females in the English Lake District," and it is
my intention to incorporate in the following pages manv of
1 First edition, pp. 63-91.
2 The Lancet, Vol. i., 1888, pp. 314, 365, 412, and 465.
3 The Lancet, Vol ii,, 1889, pp. 534-537.
The Present Registrar- General s Defective Supplement. 289
the facts and observations contained in that and former
articles.
In August, 1890, I published a letter in The Lancet on
" The Increase of Cancer : its probable cause," ^ to which I
shall have also to refer.
At the late Congress of Hygiene having been requested to
furnish a paper in what was then termed the " Bemograijhical
Division,'" I read one " On the Influence of Clays and Lime-
stones on Medical Geography ; illustrated by the Geographical
Distribution of Cancer among Females in England and
Wales." ^ I took occasion in this paper to draw attention to
the amazing fact that the present Registrar-Greneral in his
supplement for 1871-1880 had entirely ignored the sexes
and had mixed them up together in such a manner as to
render the whole of the costly volume useless, not only for
scientific purposes, but for the very purpose on account of
which so much of the public money had been expended in
carrying out ; namely, keeping the sexes separate in the
Districts of England and Wales, as regards their numbers
and their ages, in the Census returns, in order that, in the
Supplementary Reports of the Registrar-General, the further
facts connected with sex and age should be given in connec-
tion with the several causes of death registered.
The sources of the disease-facts dealt with in this work
have been the decennial reports, 1851-1860 and 1861-1870,
of the late Dr. William Parr, C.B., F.R.S., published by the
late Registrar-General, Major George Graham, which were
models of accuracy and arrangement, and an honour to the
department of Vital Statistics of the English General Register
Office. These reports contain the number of deaths that
occurred during each of the above decennial periods, from 24
different causes, in each of the 630 registration districts into
1 The Lancet, Vol. ii., 1890, pp. 316-318.
^ London : John Bale & Sons, 1891, and at W. H. SmitL. & Son.
U
290 The Geographical Distribution of Diseases.
which England and Wales are divided, among 7/m?es and
females seioaratehj, living at different age-periods ; thus
affording a classified mass of disease-facts that cannot be
equalled throughout the civilised world. Had Dr. Farr lived,
we should have had, ere this, thirty instead of twenty years ;
however, the splendid work he left behind him as a legacy to
science, makes it possible to construct those " Sanitary Maps "
which, in the very first letter he wrote to the Eegistrar-
General in 1839, he foretold and hoped would be the outcome
of the accumulated facts under the Registration Act. On
his leaving the General Register Ofiice, it was naturally
supposed that his reports would be models for those of his
successor ; but the present Registrar-General has shown
himself perfectly incapable of even imitating the excellent
examples set him, although, with one or two exceptions, he
is surrounded by the same staff of officials who helped Dr.
Farr in his admirable Tables. He has chosen to depart from
the rules laid down by the great master of Vital Statistics,
and instead of keeping the males and females distinct in the
district tables, he has mixed them together, under the her-
maphrodite form of " person-'i," so that it is impossible, for
the decennial period 1871-1880, to know how many males or
how many females died in any one of the districts from any
one of the 24 causes of death. The question, therefore,
what was the death-rate among females from childbirth, cancer,
diseases of urinary organs, etc., etc., in any of these districts
during the above ten years ? cannot be answered, either by
reference to this defective report, or any other document
that has issued from the General Register Office since the
appointments of Major Graham's and Dr. Farr's successors ;
hence it is that instead of thirty years' facts, we have to
content ourselves with those of the twenty years, 1851-1870,
fortunately preserved for us in the classical reports of the
over-to-be-lamented William Farr.
It must be remembered that the deaths of males diudi females
Males and Females Jumbled into "Persons." 291
that liad occurred during tlie greater part of 1871-80, had
been arranged under Dr. Farr's superintendence in view of a
third supplement, in which the sexes would have been kept
■separate, as in the two former.
From the moment of taking the census in 1871, the greatest
care had been taken to keep the enumerated males and fe-
males separate, involving a large amount of time and a
great expenditure of money ; but all this care, time and
money was thrown to the winds when the sexes were again
mixed in inextricable confusion in the Henniker-Ogle Supple-
ment for 1871-80. The blame for this extraordinary waste
of all that made the statistics at the General Register ofl&ce
valuable to science has been thrown upon another department
in the following paragraph.
" The main portion of this volume has been drawn up in
almost the same form as that adopted in the two previous
■decennial supplements (Dr. Farr's). The figures, however, in
the district tables (pp. 1-370) now relate to persons, and are
not given, as was previously the case, for males and females
separately. This change has been made not merely to econo-
mise space, but to give a broader and therefore more secure
basis for the calculation of rates, and also in order to meet the
practical requirements of the Medical Department of the
Local Government Board " (p. iii.).
From this we are led to conclude that in the registration
•districts the female populations are not large enough of them-
selves to afford an adequate basis for the calculation of death-
rates among the female, and therefore require to be helped
out with the male population ; for instance, in the case of the
deaths from childbirth given in the defective Supplement,
1871-81, as estimated by the mean number of males and fe-
males mixed up together under the heading " persons,^^ we
find the annual death-rate for Carlisle during that decenniad
to be 1*02 to every 10,000 "persons" living. The death rates
from childbirth in the same district during the decenniads
292 The Geographical Distribution of Diseases.
1851-60 and 1861-70 were 3"46 and 3'53 respectively to every
1 0,000 /emaZes living. Dr. Parr, as every other statistician
would have done, calculated the i-ate on a female population,
not on a jumble of males and females under the head "persons,'^
as the present Registrar-General has done. The mean female
population (1871-80) of Carlisle, 25,997, seemingly was not
sufiacient on which to calculate the death rate from " clnld-
Hrtli," so in order " to give a broader and therefore more
secui'e basis for the calculation of rates," 23,697 males were
added to the females, when the deaths of women in childbirih-
were estimated for the district of Carlisle ; and this manipula-
tion, we are told by the Superintendent of Statistics at the
General District Office, is " to meet the practical requirements
of the Medical Department of the Local Government Board. "^
Had a thousand or two soldiers, or four or five hundred
" navvies " been billeted in Carlisle on the two census nio'hts,
how much "broader and therefore more secure" would the
Registrar-General's basis for calculation of rates have been^
according to his views, which, fortunately for science, are not
entertained by any statistician outside the present Registrar-
General's office.
If the mobilizable male elements, soldiers and navvies, in
the population were not present in the Carlisle district during
the above period, there were many other districts in England
where they prevailed on the nights of the censuses, and as-
sisted in the defective Supplement to dilute the death-rates
from Ghildbirfh, Cancer, disease of Urinary Organs, etc. among
females, to vitiate the returns collected by Dr. Parr at the
cost of much labour and money, and to destroy the prestio-e
that statistical science in England had deservedly earned in
the time of Dr. Farr,
The Disease Facts.
Before proceeding further it will be well to state briefly
what are the disease facts which the two coloured Maps of the
Geographical Distribution of Cancer (Females) display.
Sources of the Disease Facts. 293
In the first place it has been considered desirable, in discus-
sing the medical geography of this important class of diseases,
to give as many map illustrations as possible. At p. J 5 a
brief description of the distribution of Cancer in the eleven
Registration Divisions, into which the counties of England and
Wales are grouped, was given; and again at p. 37, " Cancer
in the Counties " according to its distribution during 1851-
60, was described. Two coloured maps reproduced from the
first edition of this work illustrate these two first steps in the
investigation, and will be found between pp. 14 and 15 ;
whilst at p. 37 extracts from the same edition were given
with regard to the Geographical Distribution of Cancer among
Females in the 630 Registi-ation Districts of England and
Wales. This was the third step,and, so far as the first edi-
tion of this work was concerned, the last step in the inquiry
up to 1875.
In the present edition, the more fully to illustrate the sub-
ject the author has added (i.) two more maps of the distribution
of Cancer among females : (ii.) he has added the death-rates
from this cause at " cdl ages," as they occurred in 1861-70, to
those of 1851-60, so that the .distribution of Cancer in the
registration districts of Cumberland, "Westmorland, and the
English Lake District, now extends over twenty instead of
only ten years (1851-70).
2. Again, taking into consideration the fact that during
those twenty years a much larger proportion of deaths from
this cause occurred among females than among males, it has
been deemed advisable to continue the original map, and
strengthen it by the additional data afforded by Dr. Wil-
liam Parr's second Supplement (1861-70). The difference
between the male and female death-rates from Cancer through-
out England and Wales being as follows : —
294 The Geographical Distribution of Diseases.
" At all
Ages."
Males.
Females.
every
1851-
1861-
-1860
-1870
1-94
2-44
2-20
4-33
5-23
to
1851-1870
10,000 living.
4.81
3. The well known fact that this class of malio:nant diseases
does not show itself markedly fatal until about 35 years of
age in women, the author has introduced a map, showing the
Geographical Distribution of Cancer among Females, at and
above 35 years of age.
The following table, which gives the death-rates among
females at certain age-periods for the 20 years, 1851-1870,
to every 10,000 females living in England, will make th&
above statement evident.
Under 25 years
. 0-16]
Between 25 and 35 years
. 1-52
35 and 45 „
. 6-34
Annually to
,, 45 and 55 „
. 14-17
} every 10,000
55 and 65 „
. 20-92
females living.
,, 65 and 75 ,,
. 25-96
„ 75 and above
. 25-95 J
Besides the above reasons for illustrating Cancer distri-'
bution by means of data derived from death-rates amongst
females, is still another oE the greatest importance and
interest, viz. the fact that the litems and mamma- are espe-
cially prone to be attadked by this class of disease. On this
subject there are no official statistics, but the following table,
copied by the kind permission of the author of the elaborate
and valuable paper on The Influence of Sex in Disease, Dr. W.
Eoger Williams, F.R.C.S., late Surgical Registrar to the
Middlesex Hospital is appended.^
The Influence of Se.r in Disease, by W. Roger Williams, F.R.C.S., late
Sex in Cancer — W. Roger Williams.
295
Dr. Koger Williams has not only dealt with the Registrar-
General's returns for the 25 years, 1848-72, when they were
under the supervision of Dr. Farr, but in further elucidation
of his subject he has compiled tables, which he believes
constitute the first attempt to deal with the subject ia its
entirety. The Hospital Returns refer to in-patients under
treatment at the Middlesex Hosintal during the years 1877-
1882, and at St. Bartliolomew't< Hospital during the years
1878-1883. Of these 37,689 were surgical cases— 21,350
males, and 16,339 females ; 22,995 were medical cases — -
11,159 males, and 11,836 females. By Table I. it will be
seen that of the total number of cases 0^ Garciiioma, 16 per
cent, were males, and 84 per cent, females j and by Table II.,
showing locality and relative frequency of Cancer, out of
the 5,978 cases, 2,096 were males, and 3,882 females ; or
30"06 and 64'94 per cent, respectively.
Table I. — General. All Nev Growths. {Keoplasms.)
Kind of New Growth.
Total
No. of
Cases.
Males.
Females.
°/o Approximate.
Males.
Females.
Carcinoma^. . .
Epitlielioma 1 . . .
Rodent Ulcer .
Sarcoma . ...
All other New Growths.
4,027
1,842
109
912
4,210
641
1,398
57
477
1,114
3,386
444
52
435
3,096
16
76
52
52
84
24
48
48
11,100
3,687
1,413
33
67
Registrar to the Middlesex Hospital, and Surgeon to the General Western
Dispensary. London, J. & A. Churchill, 1885.
1 In using the terms, Carcinoma and Epithelioma, Dr. Roger Williams
has followed the classification adopted by the Registrars of the Hospitals,
whose reports he employed. Bat in this respect thej^ are not perfectly
unanimous, especially with regard to Uterine Cancer.
296 The Geographical Distribution of Diseases.
Table II. — Cancer. Shoiving Locality and Relative Freq^iency.
Seat of Cancer.
Males.
Female.s.
Total.
Breast . . .
14
1419
1433
Uterus and Prostate .
.5
1221
1226
Tongue ....
419
70
489
Skin. . . .
273
143
416
Rectum. .
136
137
273
Lip
247
2
249
External Genitals .
136
107
243
Stomach .
1.50
89
239
Liver . . . .
88
84
172
CEsophagus .
99
25
124
Mouth . .
94
13
107
Intestines . . . .
2.5
30
.5-5
Lymphatic Glands . .
31
24
55
Testis and Ovary . .
2.5
21
46
Bladder . . '. . .
30
11
41
Superior Maxilla . .
22
18
40
Peritoneum .
13
22
35
Larynx ...
22
2
24
Anus . . . .
14
7
21
Kidney ....
13
7
20
Bones (other than Jaws) .
7
7
14
Pelvis ... . .
1
9
10
Lung .
7
3
10
Tonsil . .
6
3
9
Mediastinum . .
6
3
9
6
3
9
Pharynx . .
4
4
8
Inferior Maxilla .
6
1
7
Bile Duct .
1
2
3
Thyroid. .
2
1
3
Gall Bladder .
1
1
2
Pericardium
1
1
2
Parotid. ...
2
2
Pleura ...
2
2
Dura Mater .
, .
1
1
Lachrymal Sac . .
1
1
Abdominal Wall (not skin) .
1
I
Symphysis Pubis . .
1
1
Urethra . .
1
1
Eyeball. ...
1
1
Spleen ....
1
1
Coccygeal Gland . .
1
1
Unclassified
186
386
572
5978
2096
3882
Per Cent. . .
3.5-06
64-94
100-00
MAPS OF THE GEOGRAPHICAL DISTRIBUTION OF CAlKTCER (FEMALES),
IlsT THE ENGLISH XiAKE DISTRICT,
CUMBERLAND AND WESTMORLAND,
1851-
-18 70.
BY ^liFREn HxW^r.AKX). M.H.C.S.E., &c.
a'W.Lon^.
3 jW.Xong
MAP 2. ^"^""""'^
AT AND ABOVE 35 YEARS.
AT
ALL AGES
5 y° Kitiit
3-W:Lot,g
SCALE.
ANNUAL DEATH RATE
TO EVERY Id.OOO LIVING
7 & ABOVE.
G — 7.
5 — 6.
4 — 5.
3 — 4.
BELOW 3.
M
18 &ABOVE.
16—18.
14 — 16.
12 — 14.
10 — 12.
BELOW 10.
Bll^THE LAKE DISTRICT INLAND BOUNDARY.
..,. THE COUNTY BOUNDARIES.
S5S)(^^ &c.. DEATH RATES ACTUAL Si::S.La.
Scale, n 760,320.
3!Wt.(mg.
SWAN SONNENSCHEIN & C° LONDON.
MaiJiire5:C° Lith'?ty tkt' t^ueen. LoiicUju.
Description of the Cancer Maps. 297
By this table it will be seen that among /e/urt/t'*' the follow-
ing percentages obtain —
Breast... ... ... ... 36'55 per cent.
Uterus 31-45
Other Organs ;32-00
100-00
So that the essentially female organs of rejn'oduction suffer
from Cancer to the extent of G8-00 per cent., whilst all the
organs possessed more or less in common with males, are only
subject to this disease to the extent of 32-00 per cent. These
A-aluable Tables have been given in the hope that they may
induce B,egistrars of Hospitals to publish similar statements,
which would be made still more valuable by the addition of
the names of the firil i>arislic>; or foiniKJiij)^ where the cases
have resided previously to the development of the disease.
The Geographii'id Bistrilnitioii of Cancer in the Registration
Districts in the Cunihriaii, Westmorland and Lalce District.
Females. — As this sex has been abundantly shown to bear
the brunt of the attacks by this class of malignant disease,
it will be well to take its distribution among females first.
Description of the Majis. — If the reader have followed me
through the description of the Contour and Geological Maps,
those illustrating Cancer and other diseases will be easily
understood; and all that is now required will be a brief
explanation of the coloured scale. Map I. is devoted to the
geographical distribution of Cancer among females " at all
ages," and Map II. to the distribution among women " at and
above 35 years " of age.
The death-rate scale naturally differs, the figures being
lower on the "all ages" side than on Map II. or "at and above
35 gears " side ; thus — the colours selected for indicating
the difi"erent death-rates above and below the death-rate fi'om
298 77^1? Geographical Distribution of Diseases.
this and other causes throughout England and "Wales are red
(vermilion) and Une (French blue) ; the death-rates cibove, th©
average ai-e coloured hlue in three shades ; the darkest blue
( + + + ) indicating the highest mortality ; and the darkest red,
the loivest ( ) : between the extremes the colours shade
off towards the centre of the scale or average-point. As these
colours and their shades cannot be introduced into the letter-
press or described without taking up much space, the follow-
ing j/^Z-^ty and m.iinif< signs will be used to indicate them : —
Scale.
Annual death-bate to every 10,000 females living.
At all ayes. At and above 35 years.
„ T 1 (Darkest Blue) 10 j 1
7 and above + + + f-^" ^^"^ above
Gto7[^^^^7/^^^jl6tol8
5 to C[ ^^^^ |l4 to 16
4 to 5J ^^ 112 to 14
3to4[^^^^l^'^^^^|l0tol2
Below 3[^"^l'^_^*^_^^'^|BelowlO.
The red indicates the colour of hright arterial hlood, full of
life, vigour, and health, a fit emblem of lotv mortality; whereas
hliiL' is the colour of venous hlood, iised np, effete, incapable of
vitalization, noxious, and associated in our minds with disease
and high mortality. The above colour-scale answers for all
diseases ; the death-rate figures alone require altering and
arranging after the same plan as the Cancer-scale. It will be
noticed in these maps that the same colour-scale serves for
two very different sets of death-rates.
DescHption of the Cancer Maps. 299
Map 1. " Af all ages."
The first thing that strikes us on looking at this map, is
the preponderance of red or low mortality colour, showing
clearly at a glance that the area before us is not one of the
haunts, as a whole, of the mahgnant diseases classified
under the heading of Cancer. The death-rate from Cancer
among females during the 20 years 1851-1870 throughout
England and Wales amounted to 4-81 to every 10,000
females living during that period ; the number of deaths
certified and registered as caused by this disease amounting
to nearly one hundred thousand (99,533). The enclosed
figures in the maps represent the death-rates in accordance
with the scale between the two maps.
The next feature in the map that attracts us, is the l>lne
colour, indicating a high mortality, or at least one above the
average, that distinguishes the districts through which the
fully formed river Eden has its course, and the riparial lands
of which it seasonally floods ; these districts are renrith and
Carlisle. In the map of the first edition the districts
traversed by the rivers Derwent and Eamont ai'e coloured
hliie ( — ), the latter, the effluent of Ullswater, enters the Eden
at right angles, a position favouring floods, whilst floods along
the Derwent (Cockermouth) are less frequent. In 1851-60,
the death-rate in Coclcermonth was 4*69 or just ahore that of
the decenniad 4"33; whilst that of West Ward was 4'84, so
was coloured blne.^
Map 2. At and above 35 years.
By eliminating all females below the age of 35, in fact by
confining ourselves to those females whose age subjects them
to the possibility of dying from Cancer according to the table
of deaths at different age-oeriods given above, our factors
^ The large coloured majj of Cancer for England and Wales that
illustrated the First Edition may be still obtained separately at Messrs.
Bailliere & Co., 20, King William Street, Strand, W.C.
The Geographical Distribution of Diseases.
become more ' trustworthy, and certainly more valuable and
interesting, for whilst th© number of deaths is practically not
reduced, two-thirds of the female population, or all under 35
years of age, being worse than useless in our calculations,
are cut off. Before leaving Map 1, it would be well to
compare it with Map 2, and observe what a great resemblance
there exists between the two as to colouring ; showing how
the mortality from Cancer among females above 36 dominates
the death-rate at all ages. The mean population of females
above 35 throughout England and Wales averages about one-
third of the entire female population. Thus, in 1851-1860
the mean female population was 9,718,174 " at all ages," but
only 3,011,401 of these were above 35 years of age, or a little
less than one-third. In J 861-1870 the mean female popula-
tion was 10,971,649, of whom 3,441,783 were above 35 years
of age, or at an age when Gaiicer is most fatal.
In 1851-60 one-third of the female population equalled
3,259,087, and in 1861-70, 3,657,219 ; whilst the number of
females at and above 35 years of age, at each of the above
decennial periods respectively, amounted to 3,011,401 and
3,441,783 respectively.
In 1881 the total female population amounted in Cumber-
land to 125,901, and in Westmorland to 32,729, of whom
41,967 and 10,909 respectively were at or about 35 years of
age; or equal, in Cumberland, to 30"72 per cent., and in
Westmorland 31-67. In England and Wales, 1851-60, the
percentage was 30'97, and in 1861-70, 31*96.
The Distribution of Cancer in the Registration Districts.
Mai) 2. -^^t ciiid above 35 years of age (Females).
The average death-rate throughout England and Wales
from Cancer among females amounted in 1851-60 to 12"98
to every 10,000 females living, and in 1861-70 to 15'63 ; and
the mean for the 20 years 1851-1870 was 14"40, which has
been adopted as the standard on the scale ; all death-rates
Description of the Cancer Maps. 301
above it being coloured hliie, and all Ijelow it reA in different
shades.
I. The first thing the reader will notice is the continuous
group of the darlcest red, or lowest mortality, stretching from'
Alston in the N.E., to Whitehaven in the W. This group
has a mean annual death-rate of 9'01, or 5'39 heJoiv the above
standard.
II. The next point will be the area coloured hlue, consisting
of the districts of Carlisle and Penrith, the mean death-rate
of which is 15'71, or 6*70 above that of the lovest mortality
group, and 1-31 above that of England and Wales for the
same period.
III. All the other six districts have a death-rate just below
the average or standard, with the exception of Ulverston,
which has a lower mortality than the other five. The mean
death-rate of the five districts north of the great Transverse
Ridge amounts to 13-11, or 1'29 leloir the average; whilst
that of the exceptional district, Ulverston, has a death-rate of
10"54< or 3"86 below it. The mean county death-rates from
Cancer among females at and above 35 years of age during
the 20 years 1 851-1870 were as follows : —
Cumberland, mean female population at and above 35-
years, 34,120, among whom died from Cancer 889. Westmor-
land, mean population, 9,803; total deaths, 192. Lancashire^
part of, total population, 4,981 ; total deaths, 105.
Death-rates from Cancer among females, 1851-70 :
Cumberland ... 13-02
Westmorland 0-79
Lancashire, part of ... ... ]0*54
Mean for the whole area ... ... ll'll or 3'29
below that of England and Wales.
302
T-
"he Geographical Distribution of Diseases.
Dlstiibutio7i of Cancer {Males) " at all agesy
The average death-rate " at all ages " amoag males from
Cancer throughout England and "Wales during 1851-1870,
amounted to 2-20 annually to every 10,000 males living,
which is less than half of what obtained among feviales, 4"81.
When discussing Map 1, showing the distribution of Cancer
"at all ages " anioiig females, we found that the preponderat-
ing coloiir was red, indicative of loio, death-rates from this
cause. Now if we colour a blank map according to the scale
for the male death-rates, we shall find that red is still the
preponderating colour, and that blue characterizes the same
districts as in the map of the females ; on the map of males,
however, the colouring is not so pronounced, although it
follows the type of a group of low mortality district. It will,
however, be more satisfactory to compare the two distribu-
tions at and above 3-5 years of age, the period of life when, in
both sexes, Cancer is most fatal. The table of death-rates at
different age-periods, has been already given for females, that
for males is as follows. The former table for females is here
repeated for the sake of comparison.
Table of Beath-Bates f'om Cancer at different Age-Periods.
Under 25 years
Between 25 and 35 yeai's
35
45
55
65
45
55
65
75
75 and above
Males.
0-15
0-61
1-90
4-84
10-79
17-03
20-63
=: bo
o" '^ .2
O '^
Females.
0-16
1-52
6-S4
14-17
20-92
25-96
25-95
o
o «
o '^
o ^
i-i bB o
>-..s-g
^ > PL,
bD
CS
As no coloured map illustrates the distribution of Cancer
among m.ales, we may use Map 2 {females at and above 35
years), to illustrate what obtains among males at the same
Cancer among Males — "' All Ages." 303
iige-period (at and above 35 years) and during the same
twenty years' period, 1851-70.
I. The continuous group of vedj or loio mortality districts
which makes such a remarkable feature in Map 2 (females),
is repeated in the hand-coloured map (males) from which
this description is taken, although the colouring does not
indicate the longest degree as in the female map ; still all the
loio mortality districts, from Brampton to Booth , form a
group corresponding to the loiu mortality series in Map 2
(females) ; the series, however, does not include Wliitehaven
which is coloured light blue. The mean annual mortality from
Cancer among males during the 20 years 1851-1870, to every
10,000 males living at and above 35 years, was at the rate of
G-7-i, so that the scale standard would be represented by 7*0.
The low mortality group above described is represented
by the following districts : Brampton, 6"68 ; Alston, 6*71 ;
East Ward, 4'5'1; Kendal, 4'81, and Bootle, 5*26; mean death-
rate for the whole group, 5*60, the scales adopted for the
two sexes being the following : —
Scales of Death-rates from Cancer at and above 35 years of Age.
1851-1870.
England and Wales.
Males.
Females.
11 and above.
Darkest Blue
+ + +
18 and above.
9 to 11
Darker Blue
+ +
16 to 18
7 „ 9
Blue
+
14 „ 16
5 „ 7
Red
—
12 „ 14
3 „ 5
Darker Red
10 „ 12
Below 3
Darkest Red
Below 10
II. In Map 2 (females) we found that there were only two
districts that had a mortality from Cancer above the average,
viz., Carlisle and Penrith. On the map of distribution among
males, we find all the districts to the north of the great Trans-
304 The Geographical Distribution of Diseases.
verse Eidge coloured Uim ; in fact, besides the two districts
named, all those coloured Hglit red, except Brampton and
Whitehaven, coloured darhest red, are coloured Uue, indicating
a mortality above the average, so that we may describe the
distribuition as a crescentic group of (^red) low mortality dis-
tricts, holding the remaining hliie or high mortality districts
within its horns, as when " the neiv moon holds the old moon in
her arms." The significance of this form will be seen later on.
This blue group, however, must be divided into three : {a) a
central portion of high mortality, consisting in succession
towards the north-west from the Valley of the Eden, of West
Ward, 11-15; Penrith, 9*87; and Wigton, 10-94; giving the
mean mortality of the three districts equal to 10'98. (Jj) To
the north-east of this group is the one consisting of Carlisle,
8"87, and Lonrjtovn, 7'97, mean, 8'42 ; and (c) to the south-ivestr
the two districts, Gocheronouth, 7'38, and Whitehaven, 7*04,
mean, 7*21 ; so that the mean of all the blue or high mortality
groups named above amounts to 9'02, whilst, as we have seen,,
the mean of the loio mortality crescentic group only reached
5.60 ; the mean for England and Wales being 6"74, and the
standard 7'00. With regard to the central three groups, it
may be noted that whilst Wigton had a low mortality " at all
ages" in 1851-60 among/ema/es, and was so coloured in the
district map of the first edition ; it had a high male mortality^
even surpassing that of the females, not only relatively but
absolutely, and formed in this respect one of the few excep-
tional cases in which the males deaths exceeded those among
the females. In 1851-60 the death-rate axaong males "at
all ages " amounted to 3"61, and amongst females to 3"54; in
the one instance it would be above the death-rate for Bno-land
among males, whilst in the other it would be beloiv that
among females.
III. In a former paragi-aph, the lower mortality districts
forming a red crescentic group, coloured red, were described
as surrounding, or as it were, holding within its horns, all
Cancer among Males. 305
the high mortahty districts coloured hlue. Now if we consult
Map 2 showing the distribution of deaths among females at
and above 35 years of age (1851-70), we shall be able to
understand the simile better ; for the distribution displayed
on this map is on the same lines, in fact is only a variety
of the same species of distribution. In both maps the low
mortality or red districts form themselves into crescentic
groups occupying the same areas. For instance, in Map
2 (females) we see the lowest mortality districts stretch-
ing around and bordering the area from Alston to Wliitehaven,
between the extreme points or horns of which lie the blue
districts of Penrith and Carlisle, and the other districts
coloured light red, indicating a mortality only just below the
average. If the reader will now include Brampton in the
red crescent and exclude "Whitehaven, he will comprise all
the districts in the low mortality crescent-group on the Map
of Cancer Distribution among Males at and above 35 years of
age during 1851-70, the mean death-rate being 5 "60. If we
now suppose all the light reel and hhie districts to be coloured
blue, indicative of their having death-rates above the average,
and include Whitehaven with them, we shall then have a
conception of a Map of the Geographical Distribution of Cancer
among Males at the age-period mentioned.
Physical and Geological Facts coincident loith the Disease-
facts.
The Crescentic Loiv Mortality Qroup {Males).
Physical Pads. — It will be seen by the contour map that
elevated darh brown areas above the 1,000 feet contour-line
characterize Brampton, Alston, Bast Ward, and the northern
parts of Kendal, Ulverstone, and Bootle.
Geological Facts. — All the above districts are found on the
geological map to lie more or less upon the Carboniferous
Limestone Series (62), and that through Kendal, Ulverstone,
and Bootle districts, is superadded the Coniston Limestone
(bg), which is seen running from the Shap-granite (g) in a
3o6 The Geographical Distribution of Diseases.
south-westerlj direction across the three named districts to
the right bank of Duddon Mouth. Again it will be seen that
along the southern boundary of the same three districts that
the Garhoniferous Limestone (dg) comes to the surface at the
mouths of the rivers and their riparial districts ; "where, when
floods take place, it is ready to correct the evils attendant
upon vegetable and animal decomposition, probably by de-
stroying some constituent of the septic mass that would
otherwise have proved favourable for the culture of some
air- or water-borne wandering microphyte, or pathogen.
The high mortality districts included within the crescentic
group of low mortality (males).
It will be seen by the contour map that the most populated
parts of the districts characterized by high mortality are
situated principally below the 250 feet contour, or between
it and the sea-coast ; again, from Longtoivn to Whitehaven all
the principal rivers on the west traverse the low-lying areas,
mostly glacial-di'ift covered, on their way to the sea — the areas
mostly subject to floods when they do take place.
The highest mortality from Cancer among maZes above 35,
during the 20 years, occurred in the district of West Ward.
The valley of the Eden as it crosses this district is much
bestrewn with glacial drift covering the red Permian and
other sandstones ; and we find, too, that the river Eamont,
the effluent of Ullswater, joins the river Eden at right angles,
a direction most favourable during heavy rain and sudden
thaws to the production of floods. In West Ward the death-
rate among males was 10-54, and females 14-77. We have
already referred to the other two districts belonging to this
central group of high mortality, Penrith and Wigton.
The following facts should be noted with regard to the
distribution of Cancer among males and females in the Cum-
brian and Lake district.
1. That the loiu mortality districts occupy similar if not
almost identical areas among males and females.
Szimmary of Facts. 307
2. That this low mortality is coincident with the presence
■of limestones either belonging to the Goimton (bg) or the Garbo'
■niferous (dj) series.
3. That the position of these calcareous rocks in these
■districts vary; in some they characterize the highest and
least populated areas of the districts ; as in West Ward,
Penrith, Brampton, and Longtown ; whilst in other districts
they occupy a prominent place in the geology as in East Ward,
an elevated district where the river Eden is not fully formed,
where floods are soon carried off when they do occur, or else,
^s we have seen, they characterize the low-lying riparial areas
around the lower courses of rivers which are fully formed and
are well known to flood their banks seasonally ; the geological
map shows the position of these rocks which enables them
to exert their influences on the ddbris of floods.
4. That the low-lying districts coloured duarlz blue on the
oontour map, indicating a level between the 250 feet contour
and the sea-level, are more or less associated with a mortality
aftove the average as among males, or onlyy^si belou'' it as
among females, except where the low ground bordering the
sea rests upon Carboniferous Limestone rocks, as in Kendal,
Ulverstone, and Bootle ; which, moreover, are characterized by
the belt of Coniston Limestone crossing in a south-westerly
direction the higher parts of the two former and the mouth
of the Duddon in the last.
It has thus been shown that the two distributions of Cancer
among males and females are practically of the same species ;
that they should differ was to be expected, but the differ-
ence amounts only to such a variation as to qualify the dis-
tributions as varieties of the same species.
5. And lastly that i)revalence of Cancer in the Cumbrian area,
as throughout Great Britain, is associated with lowness of
area, consisting of more or less retentive soils, overlying clayey
rocks, and subject to seasonal river floods ; that bring
down from cultivated and uncultivated land, and inhabited
3o8 The Geographical Distribution of Diseases.
localities, much refuse made up of vegetable and animal
matter, which ultimately is subject to decomposition, during
which soils are formed that microphytes and other minute or-
ganisms rejoice in as conducive to their culture and propaga-
tion. These microphytes find their way into the water and the
air of the locality where they have been naturally cultivated.
Having now exhausted all the statistical data that are
available for studying the geographical distribution of Cancer
among males and females separately, inasmuch as the present
Registrar-Greneral has mixed up the sexes together under the
head " persons " in his decennial supplement for 1871-1880, we
can only now bring together what facts remain to us as to
the distribution of Cancer generally, without distinction of
sexes, during the last 30 years.
We shall therefore now treat Cancer as a cause of death
among the population of this area at " all ages," and without
reference to sex, with the view of ascertaining whether the
typical features of the geography of this cause of death are
of sufficient character as to impress themselves upon us as
they did when plotted on the Cancer Map showing the
distribution among females during 1851-1860, notwith-
standing that 20 years' more facts have been added, and 30
years of registered deaths form the basis of our calculations.
These facts are epitomised in the form of death-rates in the
following table.
In this table are represented the death-rates from Cancer
among the mixed male and female populations of each district:
the 2:>his + and viinus - signs are used to mark whether
the death-rates were above {+) or leloiv ( - ) that for the
decenniad throughout England and Wales, which is given at
the head of each of the death-rate columns, whilst that for
the combined area is at the bottom.
Cancer during the thirty years 1851-1880. 309
Tahle of Mixed Death-rates from Gancer, i.e. those of Males
and Females taken together during the Thirty Years
1851-1880.
,
Mean.
1851-
-1860.
1861-1870.
1871-
1880.
1851-
-1880.
Above
Above
Above
Above
Death-
+
Death-
+
Death-
+
Death-
4-
'
Eate.
Below
Kate.
Below
Bate.
Below
Rate.
Below
England and Wales.
317
3-87
4-73
3-92
Alston
0-78
_
3-62
5-04
-1-
3-14
Penkith ....
-4-29
-1-
4-38
-f
5-70
+
4-79
+
Beaiipton ....
2-44
—
4-87
+
613
-1-
4-48
-1-
LONGTOWN ....
2-72
+
4-29
+
5-63
+
4-21
-h
Cablisle ....
3-34
-f
5-20
-f
6-21
+
4-91
-1-
"WiGTOJf ....
3-57
+
4-64
+
6-33
4-
4-84
4-
COCKERMOUTH .
3-46
+
3-38
—
4-72
—
3-85
—
Whitehaven . . .
2-31
—
2-69
—
314
—
2-71
—
BOOTLE
2'22
—
2-79
—
2-31
—
2-44
—
East Wakd . . .
1-53
—
3-02
—
4-70
—
3-08
...
West Ward . . .
4-20
+
4-29
+
5.46
+
4-65
+
Kendal
1-93
—
2-90
_
4-56
—
3-13
—
Ulverstone .
1-96
—
2-44
—
2-66
—
2-35
~
Cumberland, ^
Westmorland, and >•
2-67
—
3-73
_
4'81
+
3-73
_
The Lake District)
4- Th Vl C •i^note that the mixed death-rates (males and females)
— Tl M' ) ^^^^ either above or helow the decennial averarjes for
I England and Wales in each district.
By the above table it will be seen that, during the three
decennial periods, Gancer, as a cause of death among the
mixed male and female populations of the thirteen districts, has
reached a mean death-rate above the average of the country in
six out of these districts, and that fou,r out of the six have
been characterized by a high mortality during the whole of
the three decennial periods, namely, Penrith, Carlisle, Wigton,
, lo The Geographical Distrihition of Diseases.
and West Ward, having a mean mixed population of over a
hundred thousand individuals (100,783).
On the other hand, seven districts had a mean mortality
beloiv the average, out of which five had a low mortality from
this cause during each of the three decennial periods, namely,
Whitehaven, Booth, East Ward, Kendal, and Ulverstone,.
having a mean mixed population of over one hundred and
fifty thousand (156,294).
The first four districts having a persistent high mortality
are characterized by the fully formed rivers of the Berwent^
Eamont, and Eden; the clays of the glacial drift, covering
large areas of Red Sandstone and Carboniferous Limestone,
and the occurrences of seasonal floods. The five last districts
having a persistent lov mortality, are characterized by
elevated sites on the Carboniferous Limestone, and although
traversed by fully formed rivers -whicli seasonally extrava-
sate their riparial boundaries, do so in localities near the
low-lying areas, which overlie the Carboniferous Limestone
(da), that is seen to skirt the southern portion of Kendal,
Ulverstone, and Bootle.
This coincidence of low mortality from Cancer in localities
characterized by limestones, would not perhaps have been so
much dwelt upon, had not the same fact occurred throughout
England and "Wales wherever the limestones occur; whilst on
the other hand, wherever clays and floods are associated, high
mortality from Cancer at once prevails. These remarkable
facts were brought before the medical profession at the Con-
gress of Hygiene in August last, and I will conclude this section
with a quotation from the paper that I then read, not only for
the purpose of drawing attention to these facts, but to lay be-
fore the Congress the action of the present Eegistrar-Gleneral,
who, as I have before mentioned, has so mixed up males and
females together in the 630 Kegistration Districts, that
the work of studying their diseases separately has been
stopped.
Clays and Limestones — Cancer,
In the paper referred to above I gave the following facts,
showing the difference in the mortality from Cancer among
females at and above 35 years of age.
1851-1870. Clay and Chalk (Lime-
Mooded Groups, stone) Group.
1. London Basin 18-21+... 14-02-
2. Hampshire none in the
area selected... 11-27-
3 The Lake DisTLucr ... 15-71+... 0-27-
Mean 16-96+ 11-55-
Section II.
The two Sets of Facts require to be Linked — Their practical Value even
without being so — 1868, when the Geographical Distribution of Cancer
was first Announced — The Study of Specific Causes — A brief Resume
of Discoveries in Bacteriology — Ehrenberg, 1828 — Yeast — Cagniard
Latour — 18.37— Schwann — Zymotic Diseases — Dr. "William Budd —
Typhoid Fever — Sir Thomas Watson — Sir John Simon, 1860 — Cause
of Inflammation — Dr. Burden Sanderson — Contagium — Professor Hal-
lier — Dr. Klein — Microphytology — Grouping of Fungi — Ehrenberg — •
Cohn's Classification — Schizomycetes — Billroth— Lankester — Klebs
— Xiigeli — Cryptogams — Phanex'ogams — Ancestor^ of Fungi — Myce-
lium of Carboniferous Age — Professor Williamson — Habitat of My-
ci'ophytes — Fliigge — Flooded Lands and Sapi'ophytes — Tropical
Climates — Dr. Koch — Cholera Bacillus — Increase of Cancer — Progress
of Agriculture — Drainage and Sewerage — -Floods increasingly Foul —
Soil in Cryptogamic Culture and Propagation — Difficu.lty in finding
Appropriate Soil — Tubercle Bacillus — Koch — Viability of Fungi —
Manured Fields — Pathogenic Forms in Earth — Tetanus — Acid- forming
Power of Microphytes — Whitbarrow — Nitric and Carbonic Acids —
Relation of Limestones and Clays to Culture of Microphytes — Floods
spread Soils favourable to Culture of Bacilli, etc. — Phanerogams and
Calcareous Soils — Sir James Paget's Views — Extracts from his " Mor-
ton Lecture " — On Cancer and Cancerous Diseases — Messrs. Ballance
and Shattock — Tuberculosis — ^Syphilis — Vegetable Pathology — Xylo-
mata — Galls — Chauveau — Bistournage — High and Low Mortality
Districts (Cancer) — Clays and Limestones — Floods — Difi^erence in
Mortality — Statistics — Relations of Phanerogams and Cryptogams to
Calcareous Soil — The Connection between the Geographical Distribu-
3 1 2 The Geographical Distribution of Diseases.
tion of Heart Disease and the Wheat- yield in England and Wales —
The Relation of Soil to the Crop— Vegetable Decomposition— The
Delta of the Ganges— Soonderbuns— Cholera— Major Graham— The
Pevers of Greece— Hippocrates— Littre— Messrs. Ballance andShattock
— Their Joint Paper on the Cultivation of Micro-organisms from Ma-
lignant Tumours — Factors Predisposing to Successful Invasion of
Disease — Racial Characteristics — Physical Characters — Dr. John
Beddoe— Heredity— The Author's later Investigations— The Effect
of Different Soils on Microphytes — Suggestions as to the Cause of
the Difference in the Prevalence of Cancer in Clay and Limestone
Areas.
The two sets of facts dealt witli in tlie first section of this
chapter, namely the prevalence of Cancer in some localities,
where are coincident floods and clays, and an infrequency in
places characterized by elevated sites and limestone forma-
tions, or even by sites subject to floods but within the imme-
diate influence of calcareous rocks, such as the Coniston
Limestone of the Lower Silurian and the Carboniferous or
Mountain Limestone of the Carboniferous ages, require to be
linked together by some other facts, which shall complete the
chain of events in the natural history of this class of malig-
nant diseases. Nevertheless the two sets of facts, even
whilst presented to us for use empirically, are of value in the
practice of medicine, for the fact that high mortality from
Cancer is associated with flooded, low-lying, and clayey areas,
from the Land's End to Berwick Bridge, for the last thirty
years, is one that will be remembered and acted upon by
those who have the responsibility of advising those where to
and where not to reside, whom hereditary taint or other
reasons have induced to seek their advice.
Since 1868, when Cancer was first shown to have a geo-
graphical distribution in England and Wales, a great increase
in our knowledge of the share that certain lowly forms of
life take in the diseases of man and other animals has been
acquired. These life-forms are spoken of as microphytes, or
small plants, /hm^z. In 1828 Ehrenberg first published his
investigations as to the existence of microscopical living or-
The Study of Micro-organisms — William Budd. 313
ganisms in dust and water. In 1836 the vegetable nature
of Yeast was discovered by Cagniard Latour, and Schwann
had demonstrated their cell form and vegetable character.
Schwann in 1837 asserted as the result of his experiments
that the atmospheric air was constantly laden with fer-
mentative and putrefactive germs, and also that certain fer-
mentative processes were dependent on the access of living
organisms (Fliigge, p. 71). Diseases were called zijmoUc in
consequence of their being supposed to be the result of certain
fermentative processes set up in the blood by certain specific
ferments.
Dr. William Budd worked with all his genius and industry
in search of the truth with regard to the relation of these
micro-organisms to disease — typhoid fever especially. Of
the few who looked on with interest on his work, was Sir
Thomas Watson, whose unfettered and independent mind
watched with deep interest Budd's investigations, and gave
him the support of his respected name. Budd came to the
conclusion that all communicable diseases are propagated by
micro-organisms. In the year 1860 we find the stronghold
of old notions with regard to the cause of inflammation at-
tacked. Up to that date Dr. Burden Sanderson states : it
was assumed without question that whenever inflammation
occurs in consequence of an injury, whether chemical or
mechanical, the apparent cause of the morbid process is the
real one. Since that time it has gradually become clear that
in the majority of instances this is not so ; and that, however
direct and simple may be the reaction which follows, the
result does not occur unless there be present at the seat of
injury another condition — something analogous to the con-
tagia which are the acknowledged indispensable agents in
the production of specific diseases. So that in all these cases
we have to distinguish between the contagium, or proximate
cause, and the mechanical or chemical injury by the co-opera-
tion of which it is enabled to act.
114 The Geographical Distribution of Diseases.
Now the pathologist, says Sanderson, who first referred to
contagiim as an element in the causation of inflammation,
was John Simon. In 1870, the same author adds, Mr. Simon
in republishing the article in Holmes' System of Surgery,qnoted^
recognised in a note the probability that the doctrine which
had a little before been set forth by Professor Hallier, that
specific contagia are in their essence living microijJiytes, was
true.^ From that time to the present, evidence has accumu-
lated in support of that view, and it must be gratifying to
Sir John Simon to be able to refer in 1890 to the results of
work that was the outcome of investigations made in 1870,.
the very foundations of which had been laid on bedside
experience, when through the short cycle of twenty years'
growth it was destined to return to the bedside again, with
the disease at least unmasked if not converted into a pre-
ventative remedy.
Speaking of the zymological studies which have been
diligently pursued by Dr. Sanderson and Dr. Klein, and their
assistants, or Dr. Thudichum's singiilarly arduous under-
taking in respect of the chemistry of the nervous system. Sir
John Simon alludes to Dr. Klein's work in the microphjtolorjy
of the morbid contagia, and states that during those years this
observer has not only made large additions to previous know-
ledge of the habits and modes of action of contagia within the
animal body afi'ected by them, but has succeeded in clearly
identifying and isolating the contagium of the pneumo-
enteritis of swine, and the contagium of foot-and-mouth
disease of farm stock.^
It will be observed that the term fliyte ((pvTov) a plant — a
small (fxiKpos) plant, is used throughout. In fact, before
1860, although little was known about these lowly vegetable
1 The Lancet, ]891, vol. ii., p. 1027.
2 English Sanitary Institutions, etc., by Sir Jolm Simon, K.C.B., Cassell
& Co., London, 1890, p. 413.
The Study of Micro-organisms. 3 1 5
forms, they had begun to be associated with fungi by Nageli,
who had named them Schijzomycetes in 1857, and even Leeu-
wenhoek in the 17th century had figured bacteria, and in
1773 0. F. Miiller had examined several important forms.
In 1830 Ehrenherg had begun to group these fungi, so that
in 1838 he had divided them into four genera containing six-
teen species. The results of Cohn's labours in this direction
were published between 1853 and 1872.
In 1872 Cohn's classification of Bacteria was published ;.
this important work extended to 1875, and ever since that
period has exercised a powerful influence in directing the
minds of students investigating these organisms.
Cohn had discovered in 1857 that Schizomycetes produced
spores. In 1876 he had seen the spores germinate, and
subsequently Koch, Brefeld, Pratzmowski, van Tieghen, De-
Bary and others confirmed his discoveries in various species.
Cohn was of opinion that these Schizomycetes were con-
stant in form, but Lankester pointed out that Bacterium
mbescens (since named Beggiatoa roseo-persicina, so frequent
in impure ditches and ponds, passes through conditions
which would have been described as so many separate species
or even genera ; that in fact, forms known as Bacterimn,-
Micrococciis, Bacillus, Leptotlirix, occur as phases in one life-
history — Lister at the same time entertained similar views..
Billroth too, in 1874, announced that various " form-species,"
and " form-genera " are only diff'erent states of one and the
same organism. In 1875 Klebs, and in 1877 Nageli gave
in their adhesion to the views of Lankester. Later still the
researches of Cienkowski, Zopf, Kurth and De Bary have
rendered it clear that forms employed by Cohn to define
genera and species occur as phases in one and the same
life-history. Zopf showed in 1882 that minute spherical
"cocci," short rodlets "bacteria," longer rodlets "bacilli,"
filamentous " leptotlirix " forms, as well as curved and spiral
3 1 6 The Geographical Distribution of Diseases.
threads "vibrio," "spirillum," etc., occur as vegetative
stages in one and tlie same SrJdzomycete}
These vegetable forms that have been proved to be the
causes of fermentation, putrefaction and disease, belong to
that division of the Vegetable Kingdom which is characterized
by propagation by means of spores — Cri/ptogams ; the other
great division known as phanerogams, on the other hand, bear
flowers and produce seeds in which the various parts cor-
responding to the future structures of the plants are present
(Plugge, p. 101). The cryptogams are flowerless and propa-
gate by means of spores just mentioned, that is to say by
small cells, in which the future structure of the plant is not
distinguishable, and when present in large numbers resemble
one another (Op. cit., p. 101).
These fungi have a long ancestry, equal in point of pedi-
gree to the algoi, and perhaps preceded in this respect the
more highly endowed phanerogams, for whose reception on
earth these lowly plants may have prepared the way among
the primeval rocks of the earth's crust. At all events geo-
logical record establishes the fact that traces of fungi have
been found in the Carboniferous rocks, for their onycelium has
been preserved in woody stems of Carboniferous age."
From the earliest dawn of vegetable life it is probable that
these cellular microphytes have borne their share in the
economy of nature ; parasites many of them are, and para-
sitism seems to have characterized them during the Carboni-
ferous age, for their spawn was found attached to a flowering
plant.
The Habitats of Microphytes. — (Bacteria, etc.) — At present
we are not in a position to discuss the habits of those
organisms that are associated with floods, simply because
^ Uncyclopcedia Britannica. Last ed., vol. xxi., pp. 399 efc seq.
^ Professor W. C. Williamson, Geological Address, British Association,
1883. H. B. Woodward, Op. cit. 148.
Habitats of Microphytes. 3 1 7
we know nothing of their relation to the malignant diseases
under discussion ; we do know, however, that many of
these fungi rejoice in moist death, whether of vegetable or
animal, or both combined, and that dead putrid organic
matter is the soil in which such plants mostly thrive.
Fliigge tells us that in addition to ground water, which is
chiefly employed in drinking and household purposes, the
water which flows on the surface of the ground often serves
as a means of transport of m])roj)hjiei^ and at times of 'patlio-
gevic haderia. In fact the water in gutters, streams, and
rivers is particularly dangerous, because it not unfrequently
serves the double purpose of taking up and removing waste
water of the most various kinds, and at the same time sup-
plying water for household purposes.
Further, dagnant and superficial collections of ■intfer, the
mitchhj biinhs of rlrers, (iiid fichJs which are at times su,h-
menjeil, are probably of special importance in the etiology of
many infective diseases. They act not only as means of
transport for all sorts of disease germs, but they also in all
probability facilitate the growth and multiplication of the
parasites.
It has been shown that (ndhra.v, iyplioiil, and cholera
bacilli can grow well on moist, dead portions of plants, such
as often occur in enormous quantities on the banks of rivers
in regions ivliich are flooded. In these places the bacteria
mentioned find a favoui'able temperature, as well as the
necessary moisture and nourishment, during a great part of
the year, and if a saprophytic existence of parasites is possible
anywhere in the natural surroundings of man, it must be here.
Such a saprophytic growth is most likely to occur in
tropical climates ; it was thus that Koch succeeded in demon-
strating the presence of cholera bacilli in one of the Indian
tanks, and proving that a marked saprophytic multiplication of
the bacilli had occurred on the banks of the tank (Op. cit.,.
p. 715).
3 1 8 The Geographical DistribtUion of Diseases.
These microphytes nofc only gain access to the interior of
living bodies by means of watei', but through, the atmosphere ;
and although during the time of flood the danger might be
least, we have always contended that the great season of
danger is after the waters have drained away and the dead
vegetable and animal matter have commenced to offer
temptation in the shape of eligible soils to the vagabond
microphytes floating either in the water or the air.
Alleged Increase of Cancer. — It is now asserted that the
mortality from Cancer is on the increase. In 1890 I was
■called upon to make some remarks on this subject, which
I subjoin.^
We have first to consider briefly the growth of the popula-
tion. Dr. Farr's statistics which I have used in my inquiry
date from the decennial reports for 1851-1860. From 1851
to 1881 the population of England and Wales grew from
17,927,609 to 25,974,439, or from a density of 308-1 to the
square mile to one of 446-4; an increase equal to 8,046,830
persons, or 138-3 to a square mile respectively ; an increase
almost equal to the whole population in 1801, which then
only amounted to 8,892,536, or 153-0 to the square mile; so
that the enormous increase alone in the population during
the 30 years 1851-1881 equalled the entire population at
the beginning of the century, less 845,706 ; and as to the
density, the increase alone in this respect equalled that in
1891, less 14-7 persons to the square mile. Whilst this great
increase was taking place in the population on the land, the
areas of the watercourses which carry off their sewage re-
mained the same. Since 1851, among the most important
improvements in agriculture must be ranked the drainage
of the land, which has been carried out to an unprecedented
extent since then. The effect of these operations has been
to drain the land of excessive moisture both completely and
1 The Lancet, vol. ii., 1890, p. 317.
The Increased Foulness of Floods and Cancer. 3 1 9
rapidly, and at the same time to afford facilities for heavy
rainfalls rapidly to affect the watercourses ; hence it is a
matter of late experience that, since this system of drainage
has been adopted, the floods have not only been more
sudden and frequent, but their waters have risen higher,
and as a natural consequence have covered larger areas.
This increase in the number, suddenness, and extent of
floods has been coincident with the increase of cancer among
females in the flooded areas. Lastly, the mode of the
removal of sewage from houses, under the several Public
Health Acts which have come into operation since 1851-60,
have largely contributed to increase the foulness of the river
waters. Under these Acts a vast number of cesspits and
■other receptacles of sewage and filth have been done away
with which formerly slowly drained their contents into the
soil. This old-fasioned method was contemporary with
defective town drainage, which, before the general intfoduc-
tion of the water-carriage system, conveyed the sewage
slowly away to the rivers. To this succeeded the water-
closet epoch, during which sewage was rapidly forced into
the drains by a large amount of water. Then the old town
drains were found inadequate for the extra work put upon
them, and extensive town-drainage works were carried out
all over the country to meet these exigencies. Then, again,
it was found that the old-fashioned method of water-supply
by means of wells and watercourses was not equal to the
requirements of the new system of water carriage, the wells
becoming exhausted and the watercourses polluted from the
rapid introduction of filth into them by the large sewers. To
meet this difficulty fresh sources of water were sought for
and found, the result being that an enormous amount found
its way into the sewers, which rapidly carried their contents
into the watercourses, that became more and more polluted,
and in too many cases remain so, notwithstanding the Elvers
Pollution Commission and the feeble Sanitary Acts that fol-
2,20 The Geographical Distribution of Diseases.
lowed its reports. I have said enough to show how our
floods have been gradually increasing in suddenness, extent,
and foulness during the last forty years, and we all know
that the number of registered deaths from cancers has been
increasing coincidently, almost 'pari passu with the increase
of this flood-nuisance, which is a disgrace to sanitary science
and the cause of many more preventable deaths than even
cancer contributes to the mortality records of our country.
Until this growing evil is checked, we may expect the local
prevalence and general increase of cancer and other diseases
to continue.
I must refer my readers to special works on micro-organ-
isms, where they will find described the various artificial soils
that are best adapted for the culture of the fungi which
within the last twenty years have been shown to be in a few
instances the links between the geological factors of local
climates and some diseases of the blood and internal organs
of man.
Some members of the cryptogamic divisions of the vegeta-
ble world are as fastidious as regards soil as any phanero-
gamic plants ; and hence it is that in the laboratory much
difficulty is often experienced in procuring the right kind of
artificial soil in which to propagate the separated microphyte.
For instance, let us take the tubercle bacillus, which Dr. Koch
found would not grow in any of the media (soils) commonly
used for cultivation, but that it would grow in seruon at the
temperature of the body ; he sought for and obtained a
method of gelatinizing this liquid so as to give it the advan-
tage of a concrete medium. For a succession of years serum
rendered gelatinous by his method was the only soil on
which this tuberculous bacillus was grown. ^
On the other hand we find a whole host of lusty crypto-
gams capable of growing anywhere ; in fact if we trace back
1 Burdon-Sanderson, Op. cit., p. 1208.
The Soil and Micropathogens. 321
their origin to remote geologic periods, we shall find that
it was their Tiability amid adverse surroundings that rendered
them fit for the work of preparing out of the rough rocks a
soil adapted for the higher forms of vegetable life.
We are told, on all sides that bacterial life in the soil is
extremely active, that the soil is a chief reservoir for bacteria,
into which the greatest parts of all fluids containing bacteria,
almost all refuse water, excreta, etc., pass, and. on the surface
of which the germs which have passed into the air are again
in great part deposited. Enormous numbers of bacteria
have always been found in the soil by various observers.
Infusions made from manured field and garden earth, even
though diluted a hundred times, still contain thousands of
bacteria in every drop, and the ordinary soil of streets and
courts also shows the presence of large numbers. Bacilli are
present in much the largest numbers ; but in the most super-
ficial layers and in moist ground there are also numerous
forms of micro-cocci. Some species are markedly prominent,
and are found in the most varied places and at the most
varied times in the soil, while they occur in other substances
much less commonly.
Pathogenic forms are also not uncommonly found. "Well-
known inhabitants of the soil are the bacilli of malignant
oedema, of infective tetanus, the bacillus septicus agrigenus, etc.,
which are commonly and almost exclusively found in garden
or field earth. Pathogenic bacteria occur with such fre-
quency in the soil that no material found in nature so easily
produces infection as earth. Fliigge adds that we have
reason to assume that the infectious diseases caused by the
soil would be more numerous, and would lead to the isolation
of other species of pathogenic fungi, were it not that these
oedema and tetanus bacilli are so widely distributed that
they obscure the other infectious agents, and cause the death
of the animal before other more slowly growing bacteria have
had time to multiply. This marked infectious property of
322 The Geographical Distrihition of Diseases.
the soil must evidently make us a priori inclined to accept
the view that the soil is of special importance in the occur-
rence of human infectious diseases.
In a former chapter I remarked the fact that the Garboni-
ferous Limestone at Whitbarrow and other localities in the
districts characterized by a low mortality from Cancer, was
eaten out into grotesque forms, showing the action of vegetable
acids during the putrefication of vegetable matter; I will now
note what has been observed by Warington and others on
the formation of acids in soils.
Schlosing, Muntz, and later, Warington showed that the for-
mation of nitric acid from the ammonia of organic substances
is chiefly caused by lowly organisms ; when soil has been
heated, or treated with disinfecting means, it loses almost
entirely this power, which is otherwise constantly observed.
In like manner Wollny and Fodor are able to show that the
formation of carbonic acid in the soil was entirely the result
of the life of lower organisms. Glayon and Dupetit, as well
as Deherain and Maquenne, have furnished proof that when
oxygen is deficient, a reduction of the nitrates to nitrites,
ammonia, and nitrogen can be brought about by the bacteria
of the soil. Many forms of bacteria (such as bacillus prodi-
giosus, cheese spirilla, Finkler's spirilla, typhoid baciUi,
anthrax bacilli, staphylo-cocci) are able to oxidise ammonia
to nitric acid.
There are many other interesting questions with regard to
the effect of soil on pathogenic bacteria, and their behaviour
in it : whether they multiply in it, and how the species affect
each other.
There is also the interesting questions to be answered
(not only by the pathologist, but by the botanist and the
agriculturist): What are the relations of limestones and
clay to the culture of microphytes ? How do these forma-
tions affect the soils in which pathogenic and other fungi
grow ?
Sir James Paget on Cancer and Cancerous Diseases. 323
Up to the present time these lowly forms of vegetable life
have been studied after they have entered the animal body ;
they will have in the sequel not only to be traced backwards
to the mineral and organic soils where they were first sown,
and where they thrive within the ordinary climatic surround-
ings of the country in which they are found, but forwards,
as parasites, in the blood and organs of warm-blooded
animals, in whom they have found a rich equable soil, and
a temperature resembling that of the tropics.
Of one thing there can be no doubt, that the floods which
we have found to be so universally coincident in Great
Britain with high mortality from Cancer, contribute largely
to the expansion of a soil in which microphytes rejoice and
multiply. Again, this expansion takes place in the low-lying
ground, which may in one district be of a retentive character
like clay, or endowed with an acid-neutralising power like
calcareous rocks. What are the microphytes favoured by
the clays, and what are those to whom a calcareous soil is
obnoxious ? In studying these questions we must bear well
in mind the chemical changes that all kinds of lowly life
effect in the soil first and then in the air resting upon it.
We know that among phanerogams, some cannot live on
a calcareous soil, whilst others rejoice in it and will thrive
in no other ; of these I have made a list which will be found
in the Appendix as a beginning, and in the hope that at some
future time I may be able to add a list of cryptogamic micro-
phytes, illustrated by maps showing the geographical distri-
bution o£ each pathogenic form, and the disease associated
with it.
The Relations between Cancers and Cancerous Diseases and
Specific Diseases.
Sir James Paget, in his " Morton Lecture on Cancer and
Cancerous Diseases," delivered at the Royal College of
324 The Geographical Distribution of Diseases.
Surgeons of England, on June 11th, 1887,^ indicated the
relations between cancers and specific diseases, and assumed,
as he did more than thirty years previously when lecturing
on the same subject,^ that we usually mean by specific
diseases those in each of which the phenomena of common
diseases, that is, of such as might be produced by various
injuries or external irritations in any healthy person, are
modified in some constant and definite manner which, give
them what we call specific cliaracters. Every year's study
since that time has made it more probable that what was
then scarcely more than theory is now a sure general truth,
namely, that each specific disease is due to the influence of a
distinct morbid substance on some part or parts at which
the characteristic signs of the disease can be and are mani-
fested. Two conditions must coincide in each : the one
general or diffused in morbid material in the blood ; the
other local, in some part with which this material produces
disease. He used the vague term " morbid substance " on
purpose that he might not pretend to definition or exact
description.
The reasons are, indeed, constantly increasing for the belief
that each of many specific diseases is due to changes pro-
duced, directly or indirectly, by a distinct species of minute
parasite, a microbe, a bacillus, or some other vegetable of
lowest organization, yet specific — as specific as any of the
species much more highly organized.
Sir James Paget stated his belief that micro-parasites, or
suhstances produced by them, will some day he found in
essential relation ivith cancers and cancellous diseases.
Mr. Ballance and Mr. Shattock, he said, have indeed lately
failed to find any ; and if, in such a question as this, negative
evidence could prove a negative, certainly theirs might
1 Longmans, Green & Co., London.
^ Lechcres on Surgical Pathology, p. 784, 3rd Edition.
Sir James Paget on Cancer. 325
make us hopeless ; but, he added, " I would not be so, espe-
cially if workers so earnest and so skilful as they are will
continue the search ; but for the present it will be best tO'
use such terms as morbid material, virus or specific material,
which, I think, we may be sure are at least not erroneous." ^
Sir James Muir remarked, that the specific diseases which
we believe and generally know to depend on morbid materials
in the blood are very numerous — the eruptial forms, many
of the diseases of skin, tetanus, hydrophobia, ague, and many
more. They may be vaguely arranged in groups, each of
which may include those which are most nearly alike ; and
the group by which the conformity of cancers and cancerous
diseases may be tested is one that includes, as its chief
members, syphilis, tuberculosis, glanders, leprosy, and acti-
nomycosis, each of tvhich is known to have a distinct parasite.
The lecturer then pointed out their most important general
agreements.
First, let it be observed, he said, that they are included by
Virchow among tumours, under the name of "granulomata";
and he doubted whether they can justly be excluded from
the list for any reason which would not equally justify the
exclusion of many of the cancerous diseases. Certainly, a
tuberculous mass, such as one may find in the brain, or a
syphilitic gumma in a muscle, or, still more, an actinomycosis
in the jaw, has more of the general characters of a tumour
than any rodent ulcer has or many cancers of the lip or
tongue. It is at least evident that all these specific micro-
parasitic diseases are, in tlieir several measures and in some
of their forms, morbid growths and self-maintaining.
All agree in this general character ; they differ from one
another in that each has a definite, characteristic, and dia-
gnostic method of growing, as shown in its shape and in its
substance, both tangible and microscopic, and in its relations
1 The labours of these gentlemen will 'be again referred to (p. 334).
326 The Geographical Distribution of Diseases.
to the structures whicli it involves. In these respects they
differ from one another about as much as any of them do
from cancer. Besides, in all these diseases, as in the
cancerous, the morbid growths are prone to special modes
of degeneration, of partial decay, and of death ; and they all
tend to ulceration, each with a characteristic method shown
in the shape of the ulcer, the structure of its boundaries, and
its mode of affecting the parts on which it encroaches. And
all the cancerous and the others alike are at some time
infective ; some by inoculation, all by invasion of adjacent
parts, or by the transmission of materials, through lymph-
spaces, lymphatics or blood vessels, to parts afar off.
Sir James Paget held that likeness in characters so sig-
nificant as these is evidence enough of essential likeness and
of close affinity in all diseases in which they are observed ;
and, therefore, that as we know that in tuberculosis, syphilis,
leprosy, and the rest, there is for each a specific morbid
material in the blood, so we should believe that there is
at least one in cancer and cancerous diseases. The fact that
it has not yet been found is not sufficient to prove that it
does not exist.
Sir James Paget then pointed out the unlikenesses be-
' tween these diseases, and remarked that cancer (1887) cannot
be inoculated, and he did not think it contagious ; but he
believed that there are no positive generic unlikenesses;
and as to the differences among them, the diseases that are
certainly specific do not differ more from cancer than they
do from one another.
With regard to tumours generally, Sir James Paget re-
marked that the whole study of tumours may, indeed, find
admirable illustration in vegetable pathology. Por example,
some of the best evidences, even nearly the proofs, of the
truth of Oohnheim's explanation of the origin of tuynours,
at least of many of the innocent ones, from portions of
germinal tissue remaining undeveloped, may be seen in some
Paget on Specific Virus- — Galls. 327
of tlie xylomata or woody tumours which, may be found on
trees, especially on beeches and cedar trees ; for in these it is
often evident, and always probable, that they have grown
from buds or " sleeping eyes," as they have been called,
which have remained for a time dormant, inactive, enclosed
within normal structures, and these have, as it were, awakened
and grown, after a manner of their own, with good woody
tissue, but separate and purposeless. The Museum of the
Eoyal College of Surgeons has specimens of such tumours —
oval or nearly spherical masses of hard wood, well defined,
concentrically laminated, either lying just beneath the bark
or the branch or trunk in which they have grown, or nearly
separated and cast out. Some of them, like Polypi or Exos-
toses, have pedicles continuous with the proper wood of the
tree, and some have little outstanding twigs or branchlets,
outgrowths from the buds in which they themselves had their
origin.
And if these and the vast number of growths of the
same kind observed in plants may illustrate the apparently
spontaneous production of innocent tumours from germinal
structures delayed in their development, so may galls illus-
trate the influence of a vims in exciting morbid growths.
They may, indeed, illustrate both the conditions requisite for
the manifestation of a specific disease — the specific morbid
material and the part appropriate to its morbid influence.
Of these galls, which may fairly be called heterologous, there
are more than a thousand forms already known, and each
form is produced by a different material, a different specific
vims, as we may safely call it, inserted by a different species
of insect in a leaf or some other part of a plant. The very
nature of the virus, which is usually inserted with the insect's
egg, is unknown ; but so constant are its properties, and so
easily defined, that the specific characters of each insect are
not more invariable than are those of the galls which it has
made to grow. As we may describe the specific characters
328 The Geographical Distribution of Diseases.
of each insect, so may we those of its appropriate gall ; and
so may we, therefore, speak of each form of gall as due to a.
specific virus. This is especially seen when different kinds
of virus are inserted in similar tissues, as when one finds
three or four different galls produced by as many different
insects.
In a large number of instances. Sir James Paget observed,
we have no knowledge of the reason why the evidences of
any specific diseases naturally appear in one part of the body
rather than another ; no knowledge of the reasons for the
different powers of resistance or self-maintenance in different
parts. We cannot tell why small-pox is especially manifested
at the skin, or typhoid fever in Peyer's follicles, or tertiary
syphilis in a piece of periosteum or muscle. But in all
specific diseases, and in cancers more than in any, parts are
rendered apt to become the seats of diseases after injury, or
in degeneracies, especially those produced by long-continued
irritation. Thus cancer increases in frequency with the ad-
vance of age and of senile degeneration. Its frequency in
the breasts and the uterus before old age coincides with what
may be deemed their early senile changes, when they cease
to be capable of their proper purposes. So, too, all cancerous
diseases are apt to form in parts congenitally defective,
and still more they follow injuries sometimes very quickly. .
More commonly still they appear in parts that have long been
the seats of some " irritation," as we call it, as in the case
of burns, or in syphilitic tongues or gums, or cheeks irritated
by bad teeth, or in lips irritated by pipes, or tongues by hot
tobacco smoke.
Sir James Paget was of opinion that the interest of the
whole subject is in the biology of ' the primary cancer or
cancerous diseases, and hoped he should be deemed to have
shown that in this, as in all other characters of which he had
spoken, there is so great a likeness and so little unhkeness
between these diseases and the specifJ-c ones with which he had
Bistournage — Chauveati.
compared them, that we may expect equal likeness in respect
of the material on which they essentially depend. If it be so,
he added, then we may justly hope that by careful study,
both clinical and experimental, we may find the morbid
material, microbe ov jptomaine, or one or more of these pro-
ducts, to which cancer is due. And if this be obtained, then
may we hope to be much nearer to a remedy, preventive or
curative.
I have thus given the views of this eminent pathologist as
fully as possible, first because they are the expressions of one
whose reputation has long been held in the highest esteem,
and whose researches and writings will in the future be re-
garded as classics in the history of science.
Before referring to the investigations of Messrs. Shattock
and Ballance, quoted by Sir James Paget, I wish to call
attention to the fact of injured parts being apt to succumb
to the attacks from without of microphytes. Professor
Burdon-Sanderson, in his Croonian Lecture/ states that in
1873 Chauveau made an experiment which was of funda-
mental importance. The operation of bistournage, which is
used in France for economic purposes as a means of arresting
the circulation in the testis by torsion of the spermatic
arteries, and annulling the function of the organ in animals
destined for the shambles, is never known to be followed by any
inflammatory reaction, notwithstanding that the part is sub-
jected to considerable violence. But if the animal is "pre-
pared " by intravenous injection of microphytes derived from
the pus of an infertile abscess, the contamination of the blood
which the organ contains at the moment that the circulation
ceases, converts the ordinary harmless manipulation into one
fraught with danger to life in consequence of the intensity
of the local reaction which it produces.
1 Lancet, vol. ii., 1891, p. 1028.
330 The Geographical Distribution of Diseases.
High and Low Mortality Districts.
In tlie series of papers I published in the Lancet in 1888,^
I gave a list of twenty-two higli mortality districts, which,
during the decenniad 1851-1,860, had a mean mortality from
cancer among females at and above 35 years of age, equal to
19-82, and in 1861-70, 19-97 to every 10,000 women annually.
These districts were scattered indiscriminately throughout
England and Wales, and were all characterized by seasonally
flooded clayey areas, on which the floods deposited an adven-
titious layer of soil consisting of dead animal and vegetable
matter derived from sources already mentioned, and affording
abundant pabulum for the culture and propagation of the
microphytes that may fall upon it from the atmosphere. In
185,1-60 these districts had a mean population of women at
and above 35 years, equal to 81,763, among whom occurred
1,621 deaths from cancer; in 1861-70 the population had
increased to 89,521, and the deaths from cancer registered
1,788.
In the paper on the Influence of Clays and Limestones on
Medical Geography, which I illustrated by the geographical
distribution of cancer among women above 35 years of age,^
I gave the death-rates from certain low mortality districts,
which were characterized by limestone and other calcareous
formations, whether subject to floods or not. In the moun-
tain limestone districts, the death-rate fell as low as 9*27,
and in the chalk districts of Hampshire 11-27 to every 10,000
women living at the above age.
The mean death-rate from cancer and cancerous diseases
among women at and above 35 years of age amounted during
the twenty years 1851-1870 to 14-40 annually to every 10,000
women living.
During the same period, among the high-mortality districts
referred to above, the mean annual mortality amounted to
1 Vol. i. (1888), p. 366. ^ Op. cit. p. 14.
Cancer Death-rates on Clays and Limestones. 331
19'89. Daring the same period among the Zozy-mortality
districts of Cumberland, Westmorland, and the Lake District,
■characterised by carboniferous and other limestones, the annual
mortality only reached 9"27, or 10-52 less annually among
every 10,000 women living above 35 years of age, which in
the twenty years means a saving of 210 lives from cancer,
"when the mortality in the clayey and flooded districts is
compared with what obtained during the same period in
the limestone. These figures, compared with the mean
death-rate from cancer among women throughout England
and Wales during the twenty years 1851-70, would be as
follows : —
Average for England and Wales ... 14'40.
Flooded and Clay Districts ... 19-89.
Limestone Districts ... ... 9*27.
The limestone mortality compared | In 20 years shows a
with clayey and flooded districts ) saving of 210 lives.
The same compared with England ) In 20 years shows a
and Wales ... ... ... ) saving of 102 lives.
D
These are striking facts, and cannot fail to impress us with
the necessity of studying local climates, not only in relation
to man's immediate requirements as regards temperature,
winds, weight of atmosphere, etc., but with due regard to
the requirements of lowly vegetable organisms ; the habits of
these microphytic parasites have to be studied on the spot,
and, wherever possible, hejore they have entered into the rich
soil and tropical climate of their destined hosts. We have
yet to learn much of their natural history ; we have to hunt
out their relation to the limestone-loving or clay-loving
phanerogams; we have to discover the connection between
our wheat-yield and the prevalence of rheumatism and heart
disease : why these districts in which the malaria of rheu-
matism loves to dwell should be characterized by a loio
wheat-yield, whilst where rheumatism is infrequent and heart-
332 The Geographical Distribution of Diseases.
disease causes a death-rate below the average, the wheat-yield
should be heavy.
We shall find in the sequel that there is not a valley-loop
marked on the contour map but what would afford some
insight into the life-history of many of these minute vegetable
forms, which infest the lower stratum of the atmosphere and
taint it so as to render it under certain conditions malarious.
It is well known that the death and decomposition of all
phanerogamous plants afi"ord almost every kind of soil for the
natural culture of microphytes. It is possible that in the
future we shall be able to connect the soil with the crop,
just as we do now in the case of flowering plants. Un-
doubtedly the pabulum afforded by decomposing plants differ
widely in their character and adaptability for rearing the lower
forms of fungi which the winds sow in them. It is well
known that the decomposition of certain plants is attended
with peculiar odours. "Whilst the fallen leaves of a plant are
rotting, there is frequently observed sickly odours, which
emanate more powerfully from the fermenting masses under
some trees than they do from others : in fact, I have heard
it affirmed that persons accustomed to pass much time in or
near large plantations of trees can distinguish by their sense
of smell, unaided by sight, the kind of trees whose leaves
have been shed upon the ground. I will select one instance
from the many rivers, which fall into the sea around the
warm belt of the earth, and have evil reputations for their
malarious banks covered with dead vegetable matter, reeking
in the sun, and affording fertile pabulum for microphytes,
the Ganges — the delta of which river is covered on its south
side for many miles in length with the Soondry tree (Herieteria
robusta) — hence the name of the locality, Soonderbuns,
which means the great forest of Soonder trees. This tract of
land extends upwards of 180 miles along the coast of Bengal,
and is notorious for the unhealthiness of its climate and its
association with cholera. During June and July the rainy
Cholera — Fevers in Greece — Littrd. 333
season commeaces, inundations take place, the Ganges over-
flows its delta; and the result of this is that an immense
mass of vegetable matter is destroyed. The extensive forest
of the Soondry tree adds from its vast resources an immense
supply of decaying matter, upon which the intense heat of the
succeeding September pours, and causes it to exhale from the
bed of stagnant waters its invisible but pestiferous poison.^
The above note was made in 1856, at a time when cholera was
still occupying our earnest attention; and then it was that
the Kegistrar General (Major Graham) asked these important
questions : "What is the cause of epidemic cholera? Is it the
effused flaky matter, from the Indian population on the delta
of the Ganges, driven about like the clouds of a leavening dust
in the air and on the waters, that has reproduced itself, and
has destroyed men all over the world, either dwelling quietly
in their houses, or encamped on hostile battle-fields ? " ^
As evidence of the specific character of the pathogenic
causes of remittent and other fevers in Greece being continued
generation after generation, M. Littre remarks : " Les fievres
r^mittentes et pseudo-continues sont a la fois celles que les
observateurs modernes constatent aujourd'hui dans la Grece,
et celles que la discussion precedente a identifiees avec les
fievres decrites par Hippocrate. La Grece antique et la
Grece moderne sont, a vingt-deux siecles de distance,
affligees par les memes fievres ; et cela prouve q^ue les condi-
tions climatologiques n'y ont pas essentiellement changees :
car I'homme, qui en est des reactifs les plus sensibles, y
donne aujourd'hui comme alors la meme reaction." ^
Messrs. Ballance and Shattock, to whose work Sir James
Paget referred in the passages quoted above from his Lecture
on Cancer, have been continuing their researches, and at
1 Climate, Weather and Disease. By the Author. London, 1855.
2 Beg. Gen. Weekly Beturn, vol. xy., p. 602.
3 CEuvres d' Hippocrate, torn. ii. p. 563.
334 The Geographical Distribution of Diseases.
the International Congress of Hygiene, in August, 1891, read
a joint paper on the reasons for considering cancer to be an
infectious disease. In this paper the authors state that they
should regard carcinoma as having sometimes a purely local
origin, ia.the same way that the tubercular infection-process
may arise by direct inoculation, and remain a local though
a spreading disease.
So, they say, we should look upon some examples of
squamous-celled carcinoma of the lip in smokers, the early
and free removal of which may be followed by complete cure
of the disease. In other words, a patient suffering from a
carcinoma, which has arisen as a local disease, and has not
passed beyond the stage of local infection, may not only be
relieved by the knife from the actual disease but freed from
an almost certain secondary affection. The case, in fact, is
exactly comparable to one of local tuberculosis arising from
direct inoculation, or to external anthrax whilst it is yet a
local process, and might be termed one of local carcinoma-
tosis. Against this view, thus typically illustrated, the main
argument adduced is that all those exposed to the local
irritation arising from smoking should become therefore the
subjects of carcinoma. But the efl&cient cause lies beyond
the mechanical irritation which is but the partial cause of
the disease ; and the question resolves into this : Why are
some persons infected under such circumstances whilst others
escape? Reflection will suggest possible answers — the irregu-
lar distribution of the virus, the dependence of its efl&cacy
upon the various elements of environment, personal predis-
position, etc, Tetanus is more common in certain parts
of the globe than others. The same is true of tubercle, to
say nothing of those specific diseases, which like malaria or
cholera are endemic. And cancer has, in the same sense,
a geographical distribution.^
1 An Exposition of ihe Reasons for considering Cancer to he an Infectious
Is Cancer Infective? Ballance and Shattock. 335
The authors briefly recounted their attempts at the culti-
vation of a micro-organism from malignant tumours, and
their experiments of transplanting portions of living tumours
removed from the human subject into various of the lower
animals; and they can conclude that cancer is in all proba-
bility a micro-parasitic (animal or vegetable) disease, although
no positive demonstration of the living nature of the virus is
as yet forthcoming.-^
Before concluding this part of the subject, I may observe
that in all the low-lying valleys where cancer has a high
mortality, we must never forget that many of them are un-
ventilated by the prevailing winds, and that women at, and
those above 35, who live in such hollows are liable to their
mammary and uterine structures becoming relaxed and want-
ing in power to resist the invasion of disease, whether it
attack them in the specific form of a microphyte, or " a
chill." The same thing holds good in the valleys where the
malarial air of rheumatism lurks, ready to invade the body
wherever it finds an unprotected loophole.
Another question arises as to susceptibility, and so far aS my
own experience is concerned the great leveller is atonij, and
there can be no doubt but what some races are capable of
propagating a healthy tone of structure more readily than
others. There is one thing certain, and it is that the flabby
and prone to disease of the present day do not inherit such
constitutional characters through their Norse blood. One of
the most interesting investigations that can be carried out
in this connexion is that of studying the relation between
certain varietal characteristics, such as stature, complexion,
colour of hair and eyes, etc., and certain diseases — such as
Disease, by Charles A. Ballance, M.D., F.R.C.S., Lecturer on Practical
Surgery at St. Ttomas's Hospital, and Samuel G. Shattock, F.R.C.S.,
Lecturer on Surgical Pathology at St. Thomas's Hospital, London : read
at the International Congress of Hygiene, London, August, 1891.
1 The Medical Press and Circular, Sept. 9, 1891, p. 249.
336 The Geographical Distribution of Diseases.
Cancer and Phthisis. In another part of this work I have in-
dicated the localities where there are still traces of place-names
remaining indicating the early settlements of the Norse and
Danish settlers. The investigation so well begun by Dr. John
Beddoe might be well carried on by the medical profession.
With regard to the influences of heredity, it is not to be
supposed that either the cause of cancer or of tubercle need
descend from parents to offspring, or that they do so descend,
although it appears very certain that parents can transmit
to their children a susceptibility to be attacked. Children
born from parents whose systems have been injured by
excessive alcoholic drink, although they would not be born
with what caused the disease in their mothers and fathers,
yet might prove inordinately susceptible to the effects of
alcohol, although not invariably so.
Up to two years ago I certainly, so far as my investiga-
tions were concerned, had had no evidence before me to lead
me to believe that cancer is due to a microphyte or other
parasitic organisms. When, however, I commenced collect-
ing materials for a new map with the added statistics of
1861-70 (Dr. Farr's), I determined to examine the distribution
of deaths among males and females not only at "all ages,"
but at and above 35 years of age. The facts of the latter
age-period, became at once three times more refined than those
at all ages ; and as the number of deaths registered was
greater during the second decenniad than they had been
during 1851-60, this increase in mortality, when plotted
on a contour map, could then be traced upwards from the
lower areas into the higher, and this extension was not
only observed in the area under discussion, bat found
to obtain generally throughout England and Wales. This
fact pointed to the existence of endemic centres, where occa-
sionally submerged clayey soil and subsoil, and layers of
dying and decomposed vegetable matter seasonally offered a
resting place for the countless vagabond organisms that are
Pathogens — Clays and Limestones. 337
ever floating in the nether air. It must be remembered that
the flood-waters in the Lake District are more highly aerated,
in consequence of the numerous cascades, than those which
submerge the riparial land traversed by sluggish rivers (p. 67).
The decomposed animal and vegetable matter brought down
by the floods would therefore be more completely oxydised
and the entangled air would certainly have more effect
on some of the entrapped micro-organisms than on others.
Besides which, as some of these sapro- and microphytes are
hostile to and destructive of others, it is possible that the
soils from different rocks, such as clays and limestones, may
in some instances favour the culture of the destroyers,
whilst in others they may favour their victims, which, if of
pathogenic species, would then have the greater chance of
attacking man and other animals. This may be put hypo-
thetically thus : suppose that over an extensive area of sub-
merged land there exist in belts, alternating, perhaps, with
each other, clay rocks, and limestone roclcs, on which rests a
layer of moist decomposed vegetable and animal matter,
such as dead herbage and the output of sewers would form.
Reasoning from what we kuow to take place in the case of
natural phanerogamic culture, namely that the clay soils pro-
mote the growth of certain species, whilst they are hostile to
others that thrive well in limestone soils, in which land the
clay-loving plants fail to flourish, we may presume that,
among the lower forms of vegetable life, such as microphytes,
there exists a like susceptibility to differences in soil, and
that whilst clay soils favour the culture of some pathogenic
organisms, they may be infertile to other with which these
have to struggle; and on the other hand that the limestone
soils are infertile as regards certain pathogenic forms, whilst
they promote the vigorous growth of the forms with which
these disease-germs have to struggle, and thus bring about
their local extinction, such as occurs among phanerogams.
If this could be proved, we might perhaps solve the question,
z
338 The Geographical Distribution of Diseases.
how is it that, in the Thames Yalley, all the highest
mortality cancer districts (females at and above 35 years of
age) are to be found characterized by days, and all the
lowest mortality districts by .clialh ? Or how is it that in
Cumberland, Westmorland, and the Lake Districts, all the
highest death-rates among women are found in the flooded
day, and all the lowest in the limestone districts ?
Section III.
General Health and Zymotic Diseases — Mortality at all Ages from all
Causes — Mixing the Sexes in the Registrar General's Supplement,
1871-1880 — General Death-rate — Health of Cumbrian and English
Lake District — Configuration of Land in relation to it — Chief Causes
in the Fluctuation of the Death-rates — Zymotic Diseases — Origin of
term Zymotic — Dr. Favr — Professor Tyndall — Dr. Koch — Pasteur
—Dr. Keith Johnston— General Health, 1851-70, 1871-80- Tables
— Effect of Local Climates — Group of Districts according to Aspects — ■
Tables illustrating Zymotic Diseases.
BEroEE describing the geographical distribution of Phthisis
and Heart Disease, it will be well to give some facts with
regard to certain other causes of death, which have been
grouped together by Dr. Farr under the heads " Diseases of
Stomach and Liver," " Diseases of the Kidneys," and " Child-
birth and Metria ; " and as a knowledge of the general death-
rate is required as a standard of comparison, a table repre-
senting the deaths from " all causes and at all ages," will
head this section. It is usual to calculate these rates to
every 1,000 males or females living; but as they have been
throughout this work given for every 10,000 living, this
plan will be adopted for conformity's sake. To convert the
10,000 scale to the 1,000 the point (■) can be removed from
between the third and fourth figures to the left between
the second and third; thus, instead of 2:30-5 to every 10,000
living, read 23 '05 to every 1,000 living.
Thirty Years Death-Rates, "All G
auses.
Mortality "At AH ages"
from "All Causes."
1851—1860.
1861—1870.
1871—1880.
M.
F.
M.
F.
M. F.
England & Wales
1
2.30-5
213-2
236-1
212-8
226-1 200-0 j
Alston . . .
Peneith . . .
Beampton . . .
LoNGTOWN. . .
Carlisle . . .
WiGTON . . .
CoCfTEEMOUTH .
Whitehaven
BoOTLE . . .
206-8
1881
170-6
172-8
240-6
191-1
2300
234-4
168-2
191-1
1918
160-6
175-7
222-7
180-4
214-4
219-0
157-0
217-3
194-9
194-7
184-6
249-2
205-2
238 6
254-2
185-4
205-5
182-8
185-0
190-6
229-6
201-0
226-3
245-4
174-5
Sexes Mixed.
198-6
186-7
182-4
196-0
231-6
192-3 i
210-8 1
243-2
179-2
CUMBEELAND . .
201-3
190-3
213-7
204-5
M. • F.
221-7 208-1 ;
Bast Ward . .
West Waed. .
Kendal . .
175-5
186-4
189-4
175-6
179-2
181-7
154-7
1830
188-4
170-9
182-9
182-4
186-7
163-0
176-4
Westmorland .
183-7
178-8
175-3
178-7
M. F.
182-1 172-3
Ulviestone . .
200-0
200-9
210-0
202-7
236-2
Lancashiee, pt. of
200-0
200-9
210-0
202-7
236-2 1
!
In the third decenniad in the above table the term " sexes
mixed " occurs heading the last column. I have frequently
had to mention that the present Registrar General in his Sup-
plement for 1871-1880 has mixed up the deaths of males and
females together so that in the district tables they cannot
be discriminated. I append the passage referring to this de-
parture from the rules laid down by the eminent statistician : —
" Gbneeal Register Office, 28i/t February, 1885.
" The main portion of this volume ^ has been drawn up in
almost the same form as that adopted in the two previous de-
cennial supplements (1851-60 and 1861-1870.— Dr. Farr's).
1 Supplement to the Forty-fifth Annual Report of the Registrar General
of Births, Deaths, and, Marriages in Sngland (1871-1880). London : Eyre
& Spottiswoode, 1885, p. iii.
34° The Geographical Distribution of Diseases.
The figures, however, in the District Tables (pp. 1-370) noiv
relate to jiersons, and are not given, as was previously the
case, for males and. females separately. This change has been
made not merely to economise space, but to give a broader
and therefore more secure basis for the calculation of rates, and
in order to meet the practical requirements of the Medical
Department of the Local Government Board.
" To the Registrar General. (Signed) William Ogle." ^
From the Census Returns of 1871 and 1881, with the ulti-
mate object of being used by the Registrar General in the
manner pointed out by Dr. Farr in his first two Supplements.
However, whether the word " space " is a typographical error,
in the place of which we should read " money," " trouble,"
or "work," does not matter, but what follows is unmistake-
able and can hardly be attributed to the printer.
The whole of the carefully tabulated tables of the popula-
tions of males and females of each district, at certain age
periods are so mixed up together in the volume referred to as
to render the work of the Census OflBce comparatively useless
as far as the study of medicine is concerned, and this has
been done, so we are told, to give a broader and therefore
more secure basis for the calculation of rates ! Let us illus-
trate this by reference to some cause of death which will
presently be discussed. Childbirth (Metria and Puei-peral
Fever), according to Dr. Farr, caused among females in the
registration district of Carlisle, during 1851-1860, 78 deaths,
which in the mean female population at that period of
22,487 in that district amounted to 3-46 deaths from this
cause annually to every 10,000 females living ; in the next
decennial period, 1861-70, there occurred 85 deaths amongst
the increased population of 24,021 females, which equalled a
death-rate to every 10,000 females living of 3-53.
1 This paragraph has been already quoted, but I repeat it here for the
convenience of the reader, and for other obvious reasons, so also have I
repeated another passage below.
The Henniker-Ogle Defective Stipplement. 341
In 1870-80 apparently a sudden change — tte annual death-
rate from Ghildbirth and Puerperal Fever (Metria) in Carlisle,
according to the present Registrar General, amounted only to
2"10, although there had been more deaths, 108, from this
cause amongst a mean female population of 25,997 than had
ever occurred before.
The paragraph quoted above contains this anomaly. The
data that were all-sufficient for Dr. Farr's model Reports
have been found not good enough for his successor, who has
discovered that the female populations in the districts are not
adequate for estimating the death-rates from Childbirth, and
he therefore supplements them with those of males " to give a
broader and therefore more secure basis for the calculation of
rates." G-arrison towns therefore, where there is necessarily
a preponderance of males among the population, would
afford the more accurate death-rates from Childbirth, as in
such towns the male element would help to broaden the basis
for calculation, from the drummer-boy to the general, according
to the lines of the passage quoted above.
In the case of Carlisle, the present Registrar General, in-
stead of calculating the death-rate from Childbirth as Dr. Farr
had done before him, from the mean female population 25,997,
which would have given an annual death-rate of 4*16 to every
10,000 females living, has so mixed up the 23,696 males with
the females as to vitiate the Carlisle death-rate, and in a
similar manner the whole of the 630 tables in his defective
report.
Then, again, the statement that all this was done to meet
the practical requirements of the Medical Department of
the Local Government Board, is contradicted not only by that
department, but carries a contradiction on its very face to
any one who knows anything about the requirements of
Medical Officers of Health.
True, the medical officers may have said to the Registrar
General, — " Send iis as early notice as possible of the registra-
342 The Geographical Distribution of Diseases.
tion of any contagious or infectious disease ; particulars with
regard to sex are not necessary — we merely want the facts of
the disease having shown itself somewhere." In the emer-
gency this is all that would be required ; it matters not to
the Medical Officer of Health whether small pox or any other
such disease have attacked a male or female. When, however,
the histories of these outbreaks are recorded, and the facts
as to age and sex ascertained, then the fullest particulars are
always required. If we look at the date of the above Supple-
ment we shall find that it was published at least five years
after the last recorded death, and fifteen after the first. It
will be hard to make people believe that the Medical Officer of
the Local Government Board looks for instant aid from a five-
year-old report; he does however, in ascertaining the histories
of certain diseases, require such reports as Dr. Farr published,
in which he found all ready to hand for his investigation ; but
certainly when investigating an outbreak of puerperal fever
in a district he would not require to have the deaths from
this cause so inextricably mixed up with the male population
as to render it impossible for him to complete his work with-
out overhauling all the registers of deaths in the District
Eegistrar's office, tabulating them according to sex and age,
and then separating the sexes according to the Census Reports.
All this work was well done in Dr. Farr's time by his staff,
and the result was the two model Supplements. The same
work had been done in the Census and General Register
Office up to the resignation of Dr. Farr, but in passing
through the present Registrar General's hands the males be-
came mixed with the females, and confusion resulted.
Tlie General Beath-Bate.
The above table gives at a glance the death-rates among
males and females for each district ia Cumberland, Westmor-
land and the Lake District, during the twenty years 1851-
1870 ; a fifth column has been added, but as it contains the
The General Death- Rates. 343
death-rates after the sexes have been mixed, it will only be
referred to when whole populations are under discussion.
The death-rates are taken as expressions of the healthiness
or unhealthiness of the country taken as a whole, and to a
certain extent are useful in this respect, but their great value
rests on the help they afford in the investigation of special
diseases. A death-rate, like a mean temperature, has to be
analysed before it can yield the information we require, for,
like a " mean temperature," it may be made up of very diverse
factors.
The Gumirian Area. — It will be seen that, during the three
decenniads, in Cumberland, Westmorland, and the Lake part of
Lancashire, the mean death-rates among males and females in
the counties of Gumberla.nd and Westmorland were heloiv that
of England and Wales to the following extent, thus : —
1851-60— Males ... 38-0; Females ... 287
1861-70— „ ... 41-6; „ ... 21-2
1871-80— „ ... 24-2; „ ... 10-8
to every 10,000 living, and in the Ulverstone part of Lanca-
shire as follows : —
1851-60— Males ... 30-5; Females ... 12'3
1861-70— „ ... 12-3; „ ... 101
1871-80 — Report defective, sexes mixed.
It may therefore be said that this large and important •
area had, during the twenty years 1851-1870, a lower mor-
tality than England and Wales as a whole, to the extent of
35-6 males and 22-9 females less to every 10,000 of each
sex living.
Principal Fluctuation in Death- Bates. —There can be no
doubt that the principal causes in the fluctuations in the
death-rates of a country are the diseases classed under the
heading " Zijmotic," which, up to the present date, include
Small ° Pox, Measles, Scarlet Fever, Diphtheria, Whooping
Cough, Typhus, Enteric Fever, Simple continued Fever, Puer-
344 1^^'-^ Geographical Distribution of Diseases.
peral Fever, Liarrhasa and Dijsenterij, and Cholera. Omitting
puerperal fever, these diseases were the causes of 22 '29 per
cent, of all the deaths during 1851-1860; 21-25 during
1861-70, and 15-89 during 1871-1880.
Dr. Farr, in his second Supplement, remarks on the name
of these diseases, that " leavens " have been long known to be
capable of reproducing themselves in a suitable medium ; and
from this analogy the zymotic class of diseases is named.
The seeds of these diseases enter the body by inoculation,
by contact, by ingestion, and by inhalation. Since this term
was first applied to the above diseases, investigations have
resulted in augmenting the number of diseases that originate
in the parasitism of organisms low in the scale of the vegetable
kingdom. Professor Tyndall has shown, says Dr. Farr, in
his elegant experiments how the air carries dust, and also the
zymotic particles (zymads) of small pox, scarlet fever, diph-
theria, measles, whooping cough, typhus, and plague in the
atmosphere that surrounds the sick : in other cases it carries
the widely diffused elements that induce influenza, marsh fevers,
7ieuralgia and rheumatism.
These zymads, the same author remarks, are attacked in
many ways ; but in the first rank of their enemies lie places
"fresh air."i
Since the above diseases were grouped others have been
found to possess claims for inclusion within the same class,
one of which is more destructive than any of them — Phthisis,
which alone in the thirty years 1851-1880, killed more than
a million and a half males and females in England and Wales
(1,553,547), or nearly 20 per cent, of the whole number who
died during that period, without reckoning those that bad
succumbed to Scrofula, Tabes, and Hydrocephalus. On March
24th, 1882, Dr. Koch announced the fact that he had dis-
covered not merely a constant concomitant of the tuberculous
1 Svpplement to the 35th Annual Report of the Eegistrar General. 1875,
p. Ixv.
Dr. Farr on ''Leavens" and Zymotic Diseases. 345
process, but its cause, and had thereby for the first time given
a complete proof of the existence of the bacilhos tuberculosis.
Koch had made his first great discovery (Burdon-Sanderson)
of the mode of growing the bacillus anthracis outside of tlie
living body in 1876.
Since then a long list of discoveries has been added, each
throwing light on the first and guiding future research.
It was Pasteur who first demonstrated that ferments are
living things.
The organisms connected with specific diseases have been
recognised as belonging to the vegetable kingdom, small
plants (m/C|Oo? = small, and (pvT6v = a, plant), microscopic fungi,
in fact.
The causes of death named above under the head " Zymo-
tic Diseases," have only been grouped together to show the
enormous influence they have on the death-rate. Each, how-
ever, will have to be studied separately in the future, as each
plant and each animal has to be studied. Besides, these in-
vestigations to be of use must not be limited to our own
country ; the soils of river-banks and their deltas, natural
lagoons, marshes, seasonally flooded areas ; their vegetation,
and the forms of disease of natives and immigrants, all must
be laid under contribution, and will yield abundant material,
as the writings of our medical brethren of the early part of
this century, who were connected either with the navy or the
mercantile marine, testify. In fact, upon the records of such
observers was based Dr. Keith Johnston's well-known Atlas
of Disease Distribution, which still does good service, as it is
an admirable picture of the work done in this way by the
medical observers of a past age.
At present we have only to deal with the facts as they pre-
sent themselves to us, and reap what advantage we can from
the knowledge derived from their study.
General Health. Death-Bates from "All Causes," at "All
^o-es." — Whilst reading the brief notes under this and the
546 The Geographical Distribution of Diseases.
following headings, it will be well to refer from time to time to
tlie contour map, in order to refresh our memory with regard
to the physical geography of the several districts, their accessi-
bility to the prevailing winds, their general aspects, and other
well-pronounced features which have been abundantly shown
to have a marked effect upon health.
General Health in the Cumbrian Area. — The death-rates
among males and females during the twenty years 1851-1870,
can be studied in the above table, which has added to it the
mixed death-rates for 1871-80.
The districts stand in the following order, according to the
death-rates, as in the scale on the maps, those having the
highest mortality are above, and the lowest below. The mean
mixed death-rate for England and Wales during the twenty
years (1851-70) being 223'1, and during 1871-1880, to every
10,000 males and females living, 213'0; the mean for the
thirty years (1851-1880) being 2197, which may be reckoned
in round numbers at 220.
The mixed death-rates from " All Causes " in the thirteen
Registration Districts during the thirty years 1851-70 and
1871-80 compared.
1851-70.
1871-80.
Whitehaven
.- 238-2
Whitehaven
.. 243-2
Carlisle
. 235-5
Ulverstone
.. 236-2
Cockermouth .
.. 227-8
Carlisle
.. 231-6
Alston ...
. 205-1
Cockermouth .
.. 210-8
Ulverstone
. 203-8
Alston
.. 198-6
Wigton...
. 194-4
Longtown
.. 196-0
Penrith
. 189-4
Wigton
.. 192-3
Kendal ...
. 185-4
Penrith
.. 186-7
Westward
. 182-9
Bast Ward
.. 186-7
Longtown
. 180-9
Brampton
.. 182-4
Brampton
. 177-7
Bootle ...
.. 179-2
Bootle ...
.. 171-2
Kendal
.. 176-4
East Ward
.. 169-1
West Ward .
.. 163-0
General Health and Local Climates.
347
General Health, and, Local Climates. — The thirteen districts
of the Cumbrian Lake area may be naturally grouped ac-
cording to the facilities they present to the different winds
that blow from the sea.
The contour map shows us at once that, however appar-
ently sheltered this district may be in some places, there is
not one district out of the thirteen but what can be more or
less air-flushed. Unlike many areas in the south of England,
there are really no thoroughly pent-in, thickly populated
valley systems, through which prevailing winds can obtain
no access, such as have been described in an earlier chapter.
Let the reader follow well the courses of the dark and light
blue inter-contour spaces on the contour map, and a good
general idea will be obtained of the physical characters of the
different groups in relation to the several winds blowing from
the sea.
Grou2)s of Didriiis.
I. Southerly Group (S.), Kendal, TJlver stone and Bootle.
II. 8o2dh-Weste7-lij (S.W.a.), Whitehaven and Gockermouth ;
(S.W.b.) Longtown and Jirampton.
III. North-Westerhj (N.W.), Wigton, Carlisle, Penrith,
West Ward, East Ward.
lY. Northerly (N.), Alston.
The scale for a map showing the geographical distribution
of general mortality would be the following : —
Darkest Blue
+ + +
260
and upwards
Darker Blue
+ +
240
... 260
Blue
+
220
... 240
Red
-
200
... 220
Darker Eed
- -
180
... 200
Darkest Eed
- - -
and below 180
Annually
to every
10,000
living,
1851-1870.
548 The Geographical Distribution of Diseases.
Groups.
s.
Districts.
[Kendal
(pp. 188-189)|3^^^^^
S.W.a.
(pp. 185-187)
"Whitehaven . .
Cockermoutb ..
S.W.b. JLongtown
(pp. 183-184) I Brampton
iWigton
Carlisle
Penrith
West Ward
Bast Ward
Death-Rates.
. 185-4'
. 203-8 ■
. 171-2,
. 238-2
. 227-3
(p. 180)
Alston
205-1
Means.
s.
186-8
S.W.a.
232-7
+
S.W.b.
179-3
N.W.
194-6
N.
205-1
It will be seen from the above table that of the five groups
only one (S.W.a.) has a mean death-rate above the average of
England and Wales — the one containing Whitehaven and
Cockermouth ; besides which Carlisle is the only district in
the other groups that has a mortality above the average.
These exceptions will be referred to again. The lowest
raortalily group is the one composed of Longtown and
Brampton. Both these districts are well open to the S.-W.
winds from the Solway Firth ; coincident with which we
shall find a loid death-rate from Heart Disease, and a high
death-rate from Phthisis among females.
The diseases that afi"ect the general death-rates the most
seriously are those described as zymotic, already referred to,
as in some instances they constitute 20 or 25 per cent, of the
whole annual mortality even in this healthy area. The three
districts named owe their higher death-rates pi'incipally
to these diseases and not solely to climatic causes.
General Health and Zymotic Diseases. 349
But all zymotic diseases are more or less influenced by
climates and seasons; in fact, if, as seems to be the case,
they are the outcome of the vigorous growth of microphytic
organisms in the blood and other living tissues of animals,
it is but reasonable to expect that they should be amenable
to the influence of climates and seasons. The microphytes of
several of the zymotic diseases have ever been exotic, and
have depended for their transmission entirely to contact with
the person or with the air that has been in contact. Typhoid
is indigenous, and so are some other fevers. Cholera is a
good specimen of an exotic ; so long as it can pass from one
fertile soil to another of equal temperature, that of the blood,
it will continue to thrive and kill ; but it soon declines and
dies out when it is no longer surrounded by as rich a soil and
as high a temperature as those amidst which it was ushered
into life on the banks of the Ganges.
Whether exotic or indigenous, all the organisms whence
zymotic diseases spring unfortunately find conservatories
in the filthy soil in and around our habitations, where they
can temporarily conceal themselves and lie perdus until
chance gives them an opportunity of invading our bodies. If
we were to colour a map of the general death-rate according
to the table above, we should find the above three districts
distinguished by hhie.
Carlisle, Whitehaven and Gocher mouth. Thus these districts
containing large urban populations had their death-rates
during 1851-70 markedly increased by zymotic diseases in the
following manner.
All causes. Zymotics.
Carlisle 235-5 less 59-5 = 186-0
Cockermouth 227-3 „ 51-2 = 176-1
Whitehaven 238-2 „ 55-3 = 182-9
Such facts as these, however, are too well known to re-
quire discussion.
Even although zymotic diseases have seriously affected the
350 The Geographical Distribution of Diseases.
death-rates in this area, it will be seen by this table, and still
more clearly by a map coloured in accordance with the scale,
that the general configuration of the country has contributed
very much to the comparatively low death-rate from all
causes and at all ages.
Section IV. — Stomach and Liver Diseases; Diseases of the
Kidneys; Childbieth and Meteia.
Stomach and Liver Diseases — England and Wales — Cumbrian and Lake
area — Table of Death-rates — Diseases of the Kidneys — England and
Wales — Cumberland and Lake Area — Table of Death-rates — Males
and Females-^Dift'erence — Childbirth and Metria — England and Wales
— Cumbrian and Lake District — Table of Death-rates — Childbirth and
Metria — Table of Zymotic Diseases for the three Decenniads.
I WILL now briefly discuss the distribution of the following
causes of death during the past twenty years, 1851-1870.
I. Stomach mid Liver Diseases ; IT. Diseases of the Kidneys;
and, III. Childbirth and Metria.
Diseases of Stomach and Liver.
That the digestive organs are influenced by local climates
has always been acknowledged, but whether the stomach and
liver are subject to the same influences and in an equal degree,
is a question that certainly will not be solved by grouping
these two organs together. We know generally that a well
air-flushed country has a greater chance of a loio death-rate
generally than one honey-combed with sleepy hollows ; we
know too, without statistics, that these latter valley-systems
as a rule are adverse to that high state of the general tone
of the body so essential to the health of the digestive organs,
the chief among which are the stomach and liver.
During the twenty years 1851-1870, there died in England
and Wales 197,398 males and 203,128 females from diseases of
Diseases of Stomach and Liver.
351
the stomach and liver, amounting to a death-rate annually
among males 10"02, and females 9*81.
In the Cumbrian and Lake Area, we find the lowestmortalitj
from these diseases among males, in Longtoion, 9'19 ; East
Ward, 9-14; Booth, 7-14; and Whitehaven, 9-^1. All the
other nine districts would be coloured hlue, indicating above
the average, the highest being that of Alston, 14'42.
Amongst females all the districts have a death-rate helow
the average, except the belt of districts that stretches from
Northumberland to the sea — to the north of the great
Transverse Bidge and under its lee as regards the southerly
and south-westerly winds. This belt consists of Alston,
19-38; Penrith, 11-90 ; G ocher mouth, 11-46 ; and West Ward,
10-24.
M.
-p.
M.
F-
Alston
.. 14-42..
19.38
"Whitehaven
9-41 .
. 10-07
Penrith
.. 10-98 ..
11-90
Bootle
. 7-41 .
. 4-62
Brampton
.. 10-49 ..
9-91
Bast Ward ..
. 9-14 .
. 9-22
Longton
.. 9-19..
9-17
West Ward
11-23 .
. 10-24
Carlisle
.. 10-51..
9-74
Kendal
. 10-98 .
. 10-10
W igton
.. 11-96..
8-36
Ulverston . .
. 11-83 .
. 10-44
Cockermout
ti 10-90 ..
11-46
We shall see when discussing diseases of the heart and
the circulatory organs, that they have a similar death-rate to
the diseases tinder discussion, and as a rule they are to be
found prevailing among communities located where the more
tonic winds are shut out and the more used-up air is shut
in. The type, however, of the Geographical Distribution of
Diseases of the Liver and Stomach is not pronounced ; but
both these organs throughout life are highly sensitive to
the quahty of local climates, and climatic influences are
often so stamped upon them as to reduce their power of
resisting disease in a remarkable manner, and considering
how these organs are abused and over-burthened it is mar-
vellous to think how they escape so frequently. The deaths
352 The Geographical Distribution of Diseases.
among females will prove more instructive than those among
the other sex.
Taken as a whole, the diseases of the digestive organs have
nothing specific about them, so will be found to thrive in
Grreat Britain, whei'e the climate is relaxing, as in pent-up
valley-systems, and ill- adapted to fortify the body against
the assaults of disease and injurious meat and drink.
Diseases of the Kidneys.
During the twenty years 1 851-70, 473,236 males and 31,216
females died from this group of causes in England and Wales ;
the death-rate being among males 3"71,and among females 1'50
to every 10,000 living, or less than half. These organs are
subject to all kinds of influences; they are most sensitive to
climatic impressions, and are far from being impregnable to the
micro-organisms out of which spring specific diseases. The
kidneys are generally very ill-used organs. They are acutely
impressionable to what takes place at the surface of the skin,
and hence are affected by climatic changes, of which they
are especially sensitive during depression succeeding over-
stimulation, the result of alcohol drinking or the reaction
brought about by resisting specific forms of disease. In this
country, chills or long-continued cold upon the surface of the
body are the most frequent exciters of kidney disorder when
weakened by other causes.
In our area the distribution of mortality is as follows : —
M.
F.
M.
r.
Alston
2-37 ..
. 2-36
Whitehaven
2-59
.. 1-66
Penrith
3-92 ..
. 1-76
Bootle
2-18
.. -79
Brampton . . .
3-62 ..
. 1-48
Eastward ...
2-53
.. -48
Longtown . . .
2-66 ..
. 0-52
West Ward
2-51
.. 1-89
Carlisle
4-88 ..
. 2-15
Kendal
3-91
.. 1-45
Wigton
2-88 ..
. 0-97
Ulverston . . .
2-43
.. 1-08
Cockermouth
3-96 ..
. 1-64
Among males during the decenniad 1851-1870, Penrith,
Childbirth and Metria. 353
Carlisle, GocJcermouth, and Kendal had a death-rate above
the average, but in no instance was it pronounced. Among
females the death-rate exceeded the national average in
Alston, Fenrith, Carlisle, Cochermoidh, Whitehaven, and West
Ward. So that if the standard were adopted for males
of 4 and 2 for females to every 10,000 living, only one
district Carlisle (4"88) would be coloured Hue on the map for
onales, and two on the map for females : Alston, 2 '36, and
Carlisle, 2'15. From this we may conclude that the several
kinds of kidney diseases included in this group, either are
not prevalent in this area, or if they ai-e the climate cannot
be obnoxious to any great extent to those suffering from
them.
Childbirth and; Metria.
This group unfortunately increases in importance almost
in the direct ratio of the existence of those soils that offer
the greatest temptation to the soil-seeking pathogens of
specific diseases, whence they are easily and speedily trans-
ferred to the still more genial soil offered by the exposed
living structures of recently delivered women.
The number of women living between 15 and 55 years,
the ordinary limits of child-bearing, exceeds the half of the
wkole female population in England and "Wales.
1851-1860. Females at all ages, 9,718,174. Women be-
tween 15 and 55 years, 5,308,376.
1861-1870. Females at all ages, 10,971,649. Women be-
tween 15 and 55 years, 5,943,969.
During the twenty years 1851-1870, there died in England
and Wales from this group of causes 66,310, which equalled
a death-rate to every 10,000 women living between 15 and 55
years of 5"89. If we take 6'0 as the standard death-rate, we
shall obtain some idea of the distribution of these causes
within our area.
During the same period this group caused in the 13 regis-
A A.
354 Th^ Geographical Distribution of Diseases.
tration districts 958 deaths among women between 15 and 55
years, equalling a death-rate of 5*68, or one a little below
that of England and Wales.
Women
Women.
Alston
... 5-29
"Whitehaven
.. 6-50
Penrith
... 4-66
Bootle
.. 6-31
Brampton . . .
... 3-43
East Ward...
.. 5-82
Longtown ...
... 7-13
West Ward
.. 4-96
Carlisle
... 6-40
Kendal
.. 4-92
Wigton
... 5-35
Ulverston ...
.. 7-39
Cockermonth
... 6-39
England and Wales 5-89
In the above statistics the deaths from puerperal fever were
included under the head Childbirth and Metria, and although
in the Supplement for 1871-80 "puerperal fever and child-
hirth " are tabulated separately, the deaths from these causes
are designedly mixed up with the male populations of the
districts, " to give a broader and therefore more secure basis
for the calculation of rates " from those causes of death
among the female population.
In the above list Longtown (7"13) takes the second place,
Ulverston being the highest (7"39).
It would be useless to venture to suggest a reason for the
distribution which the above death-rates indicate ; I shall
therefore conclude this section by giving the death-rates from
zymotic diseases among the mixed population of' the districts
during the thirty years 1851-80, as tables of reference.
Districts.
Alston
Penrith
Brampton
Longtown
Carlisle
Wigton
Zymotic Diseases.
1851-60.
1861-70.
1871-80
29-19
41-07
21-93
26-57
23-48
14-73
... +53-44
26-07
19-26
26-81
24-24
21-52
48-92
+ 50-12
+ 35-83
29-40
28-33
24-06
MAPS OF THE GEOGRAPHICAL DISTRIBUTION OF DISEASES,
PHTHISIS
(f emales)
1851 — 1870.
ijsr THE enoiliISjei XiAke district,
CUMBERLAND AND WESTMORLAND,
1851 1870.
BY AliFRED HAVILAND. M.R.C.S.E., &c.
HEART DISEASE
(MALtS 8c FEMALES)
1851 1870.
3*W.I,oii^.
MAP 3.
AT ALL AGES.
MAP #.
AT ALL AGES
.^s'K.L.t
StBees Seajd.1
Whiteiucrea,
h^ SCALE.
ANNUAL DEATH RATE
TO EVERY 10,000 LIVING
PHTHISIS, HEART DISEASE
(FEMALES) (MALES & FEMALES)
AT ALL AGES. AT ALL AGES.
I9&AB0VE.
16 _ 19
32 & ABOVE.
29 __ 32
26 29
23 26
20 23
BELOW 20
^
13
10
7
16
13
10
3°W;i,ong.
^4 N.lai,.
BELOW 7
BTHE LAKE DISTRICT INLAND BOUNDARY
.. THE COUNTY BOUNDARIES.
(58 6S)(l?i2) &C.. DEATH RATES ACTUAL.
Scale. 1:760.320.
54-SJ,at
20 miies
SWAN SONNENSCHEIN S C? LONDON.
>faclvre&C° Lith"to rk. ()u.eeiL London,
Geographical Distribution of Phthisis.
!55
Districts.
1851-60.
1861-70.
1871-80.
Cockermoutli
48-54
+ 53-89
+ 37-41
"Whitehaven ...
.. +50-63
+ 60-03
+ 43-25
Bootle
21-36
27-35
33-15
Eastward ...
26-76
18-73
18-75
Westward ...
24-77
21-56
15-53
Kendal
37-95
25-05
17-22
Ulverston
40-21
41-64
+ 46-60
England and Wales
49-36
47-63
34-00
+ Indicates above the national standard.
Each of the specific diseases should be studied separately,
as the organisms that produce them differ as widely from
each other as an aconite from a hellebore, or a limestone-
loviug from a clay-loviug plant.
Section V. — Phthisis and Heaet Disease.
Description of Phthisis Map — Mortality in England and "Wales — Death-
rates among Males and Females in Cumberland and Lake District —
Males and Females, 1861-1870 — The Great Transverse Ridge and the
Windward and Leeward Valley Systems — Contour Map— Eifect of
Strong Winds on the Phthisical — Dampness of Soil — Bowditch —
Buchanan — Whitaker — Description of the Heart Disease Map— High
and Low Mortality Districts — The Transverse Ridge — Difference in
Mortality from Heart Disease on the North and South Sides of the
Transverse Ridge — Table of Death-rates.
We now resume the Geographical Distribution of Phthisis
and Heart Disease, and in doing so the reader should refer
to the pages where these causes of death are discussed in
Chapter 11.^
Phthisis.
Description of the Map.-
When I first investigated the dis-
1 Phthisis, pp. 29 and 39 et seq. ; Heart Disease, pp. 33 et seq.
35^ The Geographical Distribution of Diseases.
tribution of this disease (1868), the original map was con-
structed to show it throughout England and Wales among
females, as a companion map to the one of the Distribution
of Cancer among that sex.
During the decenniad 1851-1860, the average death-rate
for England and "Wales among females was 27'74 to every
10,000 living ; during 1861-70 it had declined to 24-83. In
my first map the death-rates in our area were indicated ac-
cording to the higher scale, the standard being 28. In the
present map the colouring has been regulated by the mean
of the two decenniads, 26'20 (standard 26), so that the local
death-rates from Phthisis among females are measured by a
lower standard ; and if they have not declined in the same
ratio as they have done throughout the country, the colour-
ing of the map will at once make this apparent.
In the former map there were seven districts coloured hlue
(high mortality), and six recZ (low).
In the present map coloured according to the lower mean
standard (26), there are only two districts coloured red, (low),
whilst the eleven others are coloured hlue (high).
The reader is now well acquainted with the configuration
of the area, and understands how it is that the sea-winds
exert such a powerful influence throughout its valley system.
Bearing in mind what has already been said with regard to
the effect of the force of the wind increasing the mortality
from Phthisis, the high mortality all around the Cumberland
and Lake District coast, as indicated by the varying shades
of blue, is in accordance with that experience ; the two low-
mortality (red) districts of East Ward and West Ward are
also in harmony with what has been found when consumptive
communities are sheltered from the direct force of the sea-
winds.
Statistics. — During the period 1851-1870, the deaths of
542,085 females were registered in England and Wales as
having been caused by Phthisis (Consumption, or Pulmonary
Death-Rales from Phthisis.
557
Tuberculosis), which amounted among that sex to an annual
death-rate of 26-20 to every 10,000 living (standard 26).
During the same period the number of deaths among males
from the same cause reached 496,263, and a death-rate
slightly lower, namely 25'19.
In Cumberland and the Lake District the death-rates were
as follows : —
18
51-1870.
Districts.
Males.
Females
Alston.
.. 24-25
.. 29-31
Penrith
.. 21-92
.. 26-67
Brampton
.. 28-42
.. 28-46
Longtown
.. 24-91
.. 31-06
Carlisle
.. 30-39
.. 31-11
VVigton
.. 24-24
.. 28-70
Cockermouth
.. 23-05
.. 28-55
Whitehaven
.. 22-62
.. 26-91
Bootle
.. 19-04
.. 33-98
East Ward
.. 20-01
.. 24-44
Westward
.. 23-19
.. 25-72
Kendal
.. 25-35
.. 28-08
Ulverston ...
.. 22-55
.. 28-56
England and Wales
.. 25-19
.. 26-20
From the time that the first map of the Distribution of
Heart Disease and Diseases of the Circalatory Organs was
constructed and construed, it has always served as a guide
to the well and ill ventilated districts of England. How it
acts so has already been indicated (p. 33).
In the Lake District the Great Transverse Ridge, so fre-
quently referred to, acts as a natural barrier between two
sets of districts differing widely as regards their direct expo-
sure to the strong prevailing winds from the South to West
by South- West. On the windtvard, or the side exposed to
358 The Geographical Disiridzihon of Diseases.
these winds, are the four districts of Kendal, Ulverston,
Bootle, and Whitehaven ; and on the leeivard, or the side
sheltered from those winds, lie East Ward, West Ward,
Penrith, and Cockermouth.
It will be seen, in the map illustrating the Distribution of
Phthisis among females, that the tvindward districts are
coloured blue, indicating a mortality above the average, each
district from east to west having the following death-rates
respectively :— 28-08, 28-56, 33-98, and 26-91, mean 29-88.
On the leeivard, or sheltered side of the ridge, the districts
named above from east to west have the following death-
rates :— 24-44, 25-72, 26-67, and 28-55, mean 26-34.
The most exposed districts on the ivindward side, Bootle
and Ulverston, had a mean death-rate of 31-27 ; whilst on
the leeivard side in the most protected districts, West Ward
and East Ward, the mean death-rate only amounted to 25-18.
These figures must be taken as the general result of the
statistics for the 20 years 1851-1870. In districts having
small populations the death-rates fluctuate ; a large number
of consumptive males or females may be killed off in two
consecutive decenniads, the result being a reduced total of
possible victims remaining in the succeeding period : for in-
stance, take the Bootle district, in which during 1851-60 the
annual death-rate was 31-69 among females; in 1861-70 it
rose to 35-89 ; but in 1871-80 dropped to 19-50.^ In 1851-
60 West Ward had the high death-rate of 30-33, and was
coloured blue in the first edition of this map ; in 1861-70 the
death-rate was reduced to 21-58 ; but rose to 22-40 in 1871-
80.
In grouping the districts, therefore, we should take the
entire number of deaths and the populations among which
they occur, otherwise the death-rate in a small population
might influence unduly that of a more important district.
1 Mr. Lowe's Eeturns, 1871-1880.
Description of the Phthisis Map. 359
On the other hand we must be cai'efal not to include within
a protected group a district that is well exposed to the
sea breezes, as Oockermouth, which was shown at page 47 to
have a coastal and exposed population equal to 54'6 per cent. ;
this district should therefore be eliminated, and if so, White-
haven, with its 48"5 per cent, of coastal population, should
be withdrawn, so as to keep a just balance. Thus reduced,
the female populations occupying the windward and leeward
flanks of the Transverse Ridge (as regards the powerful pre-
vailing winds from south to west), are found to have had
3,537 deaths from Phthisis during the twenty years 1851-70,
of which 2,372 were registered on the luindioard side among
a mean population of 41,247 females, or equal to a death-rate
of 28'88 to every 10,000 females living; whilst on the lee-
ward or protected side, in a mean population of 22,553
females, there were only 1,165 deaths, or at the annual rate
of 25'82. This excess of deaths (2'56) among consumptives,
small as it may appear, becomes an important item in the
general death-rate from all causes, and a serious figure in the
course of twenty years. An excess of 2\ females to every
10,000 living on the windward side cost that mean popula-
tion of 41,247 annually, in round numbers, at least 10 lives,
or 200 in the whole period of twenty years, that the more
protected would have preserved, and perhaps have given
a chance of outliving their inherited or acquired disease.
If we now examine the other districts we shall find those
characterized by the freest access to strong winds, such as
Longtown, coloured in the darker blue, indicating a mortality
between 29 and 32, but having in reality one of 31 '06, or
5'24 above that of the leeiuard group (25'82). In fact, if we
examine the contour map in conjunction with that of Phthisis
(females), we shall find that, owing to the configuration of
the valley system of the whole area, the death-rates have
a tendency to increase from the central and more protected
districts to the peripheral or coastal and more exposed.
to
o
60 The Geographical Distribution of Diseases.
Alston is not only exposed in consequence of its elevation,
but through the valley of the South Tyne, which gives
access to the northerly winds.
Conclusion. — Whatever may be the cause of this higher
death-rate from Phthisis among females in districts exposed
to the direct force of the wind, the fact remains, and in
practice should be made use of. It can hardly be supposed
that the strong sea-breezes bring the cause of indmonarij
tuberculosis with them [bacillus tuberculosis) ; it is far more
probable that the irritating qualities of the strong atmo-
spheric currents, more or less ozoniferous, produce pulmon-
ary catarrh, and thus in the untainted, but susceptible, pre-
pare the lung for the bacillus, and in the tainted expedite
the process of destruction, which had been commenced by
the pathogenic parasite.
The contour map will direct the practitioner where the
needed protection from these irritating winds can with
certainty be found.
We have just been discussing the effect of strong winds
on persons tainted in their lungs with disease, the result of
the parasite known as bacillus tuberculosis ; and we have been
able to define the localities where these currents have freest
access, by noting the districts where the greatest number of
females have died from Phthisis during the twenty years
1851-1870. These forcible winds, although not the cause of
the disease, are accessories, as they either prepare the way
for the reception of the bacillus by causing local pulmonary
catarrh in the hitherto unaffected, or finding the diseased ready
to hand, give them their cou^ due grace. There are many
countries in the North of Europe where much fiercer winds
prevail, but where there are no deaths from Phthisis, simply
because there are none tainted by the tuberculous parasite
to be killed oflP by them. And even in our country we have
found great changes occurring in districts as regards the
number of phthisically tainted inhabitants. We have met
Geographical Distribution of Heart Disease. 361
with districts well known for the number of phthisical cases,
that have lost that character for many years, on account of
the reduction of the number of cases ; during which time it
had been remarked that an increased number of deaths from
cancer had appeared in the locality. Unfortunately, through-
out Great Britain there are no communities untainted by
tuberculosis ; and hitherto, wherever they are exposed to
the full force of the prevailing winds, there the localities have
been marked by the heaviest death-rates. The death-rates
from Phthisis have declined of late years ; but as we do not
understand the cause of this decline,, so are we uncertain how
soon the disease-wave may rise from trough to crest. The
late Dr. Bowditcli's investigations led him to the conclusion
that dampness of soil had much to do with the high mortality
from Phthisis in clayey localities. Similar investigations
were carried out in the South-East of England by Sir
George Buchanan and Mr. Whitaker, but these enquirers did
not take into account the effect of aspect. My own observa-
tions in the same part of England brought out the fact that
in the low-lying damp, but sheltered areas, the mortality was
low, whilst the same damp clayey stratum elevated and ex-
posed to the full force of the winds had a high death-rate.
Heart Disease and Diseases of the Gircidatory Organs.
If forcible winds spread havoc among the consumptive,
we shall presently see that they have also a compensating
influence in preventing diseases, and reducing the death-rates
wherever they can penetrate, so that in describing the map
illustrating the distribution of this group of diseases, we shall
have to go over much of the same ground that has just occu-
pied our attention.
Our experience will, however, be reversed ; for we shall
find in the districts most exposed to the prevailing winds the
loioest death-rates, and in the sheltered districts the highest.
362 The Geographical Distribution of Diseases.
The reader is referred to a former chapter (p. 33) for a general
introduction to the distribution of these causes of death.
Description of the Heart Disease Maj).
Bearing well in mind what has been said when discussing
the distribution of Phthisis among females, and the remarks
just made, the reader's attention is directed to the following
facts : —
1. Loio-mortality districts coloured in shades of red. — The
four districts exposed to the direct influences of the prevailing
southerly and south-westerly winds, are Kendal, Ulverston,
Bootle, and Whitehaven. These are well air-flushed districts;
and coincident with this fact is the other, that they have an
individual and mean annual mortality below the average of
England and Wales, 13 to every 10,000 males and females
living.
This group south or windward of the Transverse Eidge has
an annual mortality of only 11"91, and is coloured light o'ed.
The Wigton district, well open to the north-west winds, with
extensive flat foreshores, is also coloured red, and having
the death-rate 12'02. Longtown and Brampton are both
coloured red, and have been described as well air-flushed by
the south-westerly winds, which were found to be so ob-
noxious to the consumptive, amongst whom it caused a high
mortality, especially in the Longtown district : in the Phthisis
map it is seen to be coloured dark blue, and in the Heart
Disease map is dark red.
The district of Alston, well air-flushed on account of its
elevation and its being open through the valley of the South
Tyne, is the remaining low-mortality district.
2. High-mortality districts. — It will be noticed that all these
lie to the north of the Great Transverse Ridge. The districts
immediately to the leeward (as regards the southerly and
south-westerly winds) are East Ward, West Ward, Penrith and
Death-Rates from Heart Disease.
36;
Cockermouth; they are coloured hlue, and have, as a group, a
mean annual mortality of 15'04 to every 10,000 living.
The difference in the annual mortality during the twenty
years 1851-70 between the districts on each side of the Great
Transverse Ridge was as follows : —
Four districts North of Transverse Eidge .... 15'04
South „ ,, .... 11-91
Difference
Table of Death-rates,
1851-1870.
(Males and Females.)
3-13
Alston ....
Penrith....
Brampton
Longtown
Carlisle....
Wigton....
Cockermouth
12-79
15-50
13-51
9-56
16-93
12-02
15-75
Whitehaven
Bootle ....
East Ward
West Ward
Kendal ....
Ulverston
13-28
11-63
14-04
14-87
12-12
10-64
England and Wales 13-00
Such are the facts connected with the distribution of Heart
Disease in the Cumberland and the English Lake District.
Section VI.
Eeview of Coincident Facts connected with Geology, Physical Configura-
tion, etc. — Hydrography — Meteorology— Local Climatology.
Befoeb concluding, I will draw attention to some of the chief
facts that have been discussed in this chapter on Disease
Distribution.
Geological. — In the distribution of Cancer among both
males and females, it has been shown (1) that the districts
characterized by a more or less limestony rock have a low
mortality, and that this fact had been recorded for the twenty
years 1851-70 ; and (2) that the districts subject to seasonal
364 The Geographical Distribution of Diseases.
river-floods, and having a soil characterized by clays, had
during the same period a high mortality.
Evidence was adduced that whilst in the Cumbrian and
Lake area, the flooded and clayey districts, the high mortality
was not so great as in many other similar localities in
England, the low death-rates from cancer were among the
lowest in the country.
Physical Configuration. — It has been shown that wherever
the land was capable of being thoroughly air-flushed, the
death-rates from " all causes," at all ages, were generally the
loioest, except in the case of Phthisis, and in urban districts,
in which bad street and other social insanitary arrangement
antagonised the natural advantages derivable from local con-
figuration and local climates ; and that the distribution of
-zymotic diseases appeared to be influenced in a similar manner.
It has also been shown that the death-rates from Diseases of
the Heart and Circulatory Organs, were greatly influenced by
the configuration of the land ; rising considerably whenever
impediments existed to the free air-flushing of the districts,
and falling in an equal degi^ee among communities exposed to
the thorough air-purging of prevailing winds.
It has been observed that in the former districts the preva-
lence of heart disease was associated with endemic rhetima-
tism either in an acute or chronic form, and that the author
had found this association between the prevalence of rheu-
matism and high mortality from heart disease to obtain
throughout Great Britain ; fully confirming the experience of
the celebrated Dr. David Pitcairn, who was elected Physician
to St. Bartholomew's Hospital, 10th February, 1780, and
who in one of the earliest courses of lectures on Medicine in
that school, pointed out for the first time the relation be-
tween Cardiac Disease and Acute Bheuviatism. It may be
here observed that whilst the death-rates from Heart Disease
in the Cumbrian and Lake District are not excessive, when
compared with the mortality from this cause in such counties
Review of Coincident Facts. 365
as Dorset and Wilts, where tliey frequently rose during the
same period to 19-23 to every 10,000 annually, they yet
observe the same rule of distribution as the author has ob-
served throughout Grreat Britain. Pertinent to the remarks
just made, I may mention that whilst this work was going
through the press I received a most valuable communication
from Dr. "William Vawdrey Lush, of Weymouth, Consulting
Physician to the Dorset County Hospital, in the form of the
statistics of cases of Heart Disease treated at that institution
during the decenniad 1881-90, by which he shows that out of
71 histories of Cardiac cases, 37 were associated with Rheu-
matic Fever, or 52"1 per cent. Dr. Lush in this interesting
and elaborate report has included the residences of the
patients, so that cases can be traced back to the civil
parish and registration district where he or she had been
living at the time the disease was contracted. I can only
refer en passant to Dr. Lush's contribution in the present part,
but hope to treat it fully in a subsequent one, in which the
distribution of diseases in the county of Dorset will be dis-
cussed. The death-rates from Diseases of the Heart and the
Circulatory Organs during the twenty years 1851-70, in the
county of Dorset, ranged from 12'4 and 12'7 in the well air-
flushed districts of Weymouth and Poole respectively, to 18 '4
in Dorchester and 19"3 in Beaminster.
It must be remembered that the broad, open ice-carved
valleys of the Lake District are widely different from river-
valleys of the South of England, where glaciers were unknown
even in the Ice Age ; the classic Meander was more the
type of the river-valleys that open into the English Channel,
so that their tortuous courses offered innumerable obstructions
to the free passage of sea winds ; and moreover the majority
of the valleys are not coincident with the courses of either
the prevailing winds or the tidal wave but nearly at right
angles to them.
In the map of Phthisis we saw that the very winds, the
366 The Geographical Distribution of Diseases.
force of which contributed to purge the valleys of the malaria
which enwrapped the materies morhi of rheumatism (whether
in microphytic or other form), were fatal to those whose lungs
the hacilhis tuberculosis had invaded and necrosed.
How these strong currents act, as yet remains undiscovered
unless the suggestion thrown out (p. 360) prove to be the
correct one.
Such are the salient facts that have been treated in these
chapters. They are full of suggestions, and in the present
state of mental activity there is no fear of their remaining
unheeded.
Section VIT.
A Brief Summary of results already obtained, and probable Puller Develop-
ment of tbe Investigation considered.
In Chapter YIII. reference has been made to racial charac-
ters, as lending assistance to the medical practitioner by
the bedside or in his consulting room. No conclusions
have been drawn as to the effect of dominant characteristics
on the history of any of the diseases discussed in this
work ; but the author has given the interesting facts of Dr.
John Beddoe, and Chancellor Richard S. Ferguson, in the
hope that in future medical men will note certain physical
characters in the clinical histories of their cases, and thus
lay the foundation of a more perfect knowledge than we now
possess of the relation between racial peculiarities and suscep-
tibility or insusceptibility to certain disease-forms.
I have briefly alluded to the Wheat-yield as affected by
local climates, and the curious fact that the local climates
which conduce to a light wheat-yield are associated with a
heavy death-roll from heart disease, whilst a heavy wheat-
yield is invariably found where free ventilation by the prevail-
ing winds secures the lightest death-rate from Cardiac and
other diseases of the circulatory organs.
The object of this investigation has been to point out to
Summary of Results already Obtained. 367
the medical profession, not only where certain diseases do
thrive, but where they do not; with the further object of
leading others to inquire why this is the case in their own
localities. When this inquiry first took place, in 1868, it
was not anticipated that so vast a progress in tracing the
causes of specific forms of disease was at hand. Neverthe-
less we find ourselves in full activity in a direction that
gives reasonable hopes of discovering why forcible winds
should slay the consumptive ; why the earth should aff"ord a soil
favourable to the culture of some organic form that is at the
source of rheumatism and its frequent sequel cardiac disease ;
and the time may not be far distant when some of the many
forms of micro-organisms that swarm in the sodden clay lands
after floods, shall be thoroughly examined and their forms
and histories known — such investigations being followed by
the discovery of those species that are the exciters through
their poisons of malignant growths known as cancers ; it
may also come to pass that we shall find out on what the
effect of calcareous soils on these species depend. Search
will be made in the deltas and banks of tropical rivers for
those organisms which render their malaria so fatal to the
human race. And finally, it may be accorded to us to dis-
cover the means of protecting our bodies against pathogenic
orgfanisms which, from the vast abundance and wide distri-
bution, we are unable to destroy before they attack us. We
shall then be able to add Protective to Preventive and Curative
medicine.
In the meantime this investigation has not been without
results ; for its teaching has pointed out, however imperfectly,
where it would be unsafe for the medical man to advise some
of his patients to reside. With the facts before him, which
twenty years' statistics spread over Great Britain have con-
firmed, no medical man would send
(1) A consumptive case to live where he would be subject
to the /((// force of prevailing winds.
o
68 The Geographical Distribtition of Diseases.
(2) Or one dreading rheumatism and heart disease into an
unventilated pent-up valley, where the mortality from
cardiac affections is high.
(3) Nor would he send the offspring of cancerous parents
to reside, either for education or earning their livelihood,
in low-lying, clayey, flooded districts.
Rather would he advise the consumptive to seek well-
sheltered, fertile, upland localities where the trees are sym-
metrical and erect ; those suffering from the forms of heart
disease associated with rheumatism well-ventilated, well-
aspected districts, where the wheat-plant thrives and yields
plentifully; and those having reason to dread cancer, the
high dry districts characterized by either limestone or chaJlc
formations.-'
As a ready guide to the busy medical practitioner, the
coloured maps illustrating this work have been devised by the
author, to show the facts he has gathered, and to stimulate
others to further investigations.
In the preceding chapters I have endeavoured to show
how necessary a thorough knowledge of a country is, when
studying the natural history of the diseases we are called
upon to treat within its limits.
In the next part of this work, which will embrace the
Geology, Climatology and Disease- distribution of The Basin
of the Thames, we shall see repeated many of the typical facts,
which characterize the medical geography of the Cumbrian
and Lake District, however much they may be modified by
differences in the soil, physical configuration of the land, and
other climatic factors of that extensive, varied, and interesting
area; the careful study of which will still further impress us
with the soundness of the apophthegm that enjoins us to
know our own country.
1 See Appendix for a note on Dr. G. Sims Woodhead's "Morton
Lecture" on "The Etiology of Cancer," reported in The British Medical
Journal, May 7, 1892, p. 954.
APPENDIX
B B
APPENDIX A.
FLORA CALOARBA.
The Flora of the British Limestone and Ghalk formations.
The remarkable facts connected with the influence of the
Limestone and Chalk rocks on the Medical Geography of
Great Britain, and especially on the Geographical Distribution
of Gajicer among females, have induced me to publish a list
in this work of the plants that are known to flourish in the
soils overlying these formations, in the hope that by doing so
the subject will receive further consideration, not only from
my medical brethren, but from those who are pursuing the
delightful study of Botany. The subjoined list is the one
referred to when I brought the subject before the Inter-
national Geological Congress, held in London in September,
1888,^ augmented, however, by contributions from the notes
of Mr. Joseph. A. Martindale, the accomplished botanist of
Staveley. This gentleman has most kindly furnished me
with a list of over a hundred plants which he has divided
into two classes : (1) those that are almost entirely confined
to stations on Limestone ; and (2) those that are more com-
mon in the Lake District on that formation than on others.
In the following list all the thirtyjplants named in Mr.
Martindale's first class have been included and are distin-
guished by an asterisk (*), and the districts in which they
-*■ Gongres geologique international, Gompte Rendu de la Quatrieme Session.
Londres, 1888, p. 238. Dulan, 1891.
Medical Press and Circular, " Chalk v. Cancer," Sept. 26th and Oct.
10th, 1888, pp. 327, 369, respectively.
0/
The Geographical Distribution of Diseases.
have been found are indicated by tlie three first letters of their
names; thus— Pera., Goc, Whi., Boo., Ulv., Ken., and W. Wa.,
for Penrith, Cochermouth, Whitehaven, Booth, Ulverstone, Ken-
dal, and West Ward. Mr. G. J. Baker, F.R.S., F.L.S., in his
''Flora of the English Lake District" (Bell & Sons, London),
has marked the plants characteristic of the limestone, "xero-
philous."
A List of the principal British Plants that are found in
Limestony and Chalky districts, and are known to thrive best
in such soils.
The following abbreviations are used : — •
B. = " Manual of British Botany, containing the Flowering
Plants and Ferns." Arranged according to Natu-
ral orders by Charles Cabdale Babington, M.A.,
F.E.S., F.L.S., etc., Professor of Botany in the
University of Cambridge. Eighth edition, cor-
rected throughout. London : John Van Voorst,
Paternoster Eow, 1831.
S. = " British Wild Flotvers." Illustrated by John E. Sow-
ERBT. Described, with an Introduction and a key
to the Natural Orders, by C. Pieepoint Johnson.
Reissue, to which is now added a Supplement
containing 180 Figures of lately discovered
Flowering Plants. By John W. Salter, A.L.S.,
F.G.S. ; and the Ferns, Horsetails, and Club-
mosses, by John E. Sowebby. London : John
Van Voorst, Paternoster Row, 1882.
The numbers following S. apply to pages and
Figures.
N.D. = " The Naturalist's Diary .- A Day-hook of Meteor-
ology, Phenology, and Rural Biology." Arranged
and edited by Charles Roberts, F.R.C.S., L.R.
C.P., etc. Swan Sonnenschein & Co., Paternoster
Square, London, B.C.
Appendix A. — Flora Calcarea. 373
BANUNGULAGE^.
1. traveller's jor, (Glematis vitalba). Hedges and thick-
ets, on a Calcareous soil. B. Hedges on Chalky soil, S. 1-1.
Wenlock Limestone, North Malvern. Great Oolite, Ascott-
Tinder-Wychwood.
2. GREEN HELLEBORE — Bear's-eoot, (Hellehorus viridis).
Thickets on a Calcareous soil. B. * Ooc, Ulv., Ken.
3. STINKING hellebore — Setter Wort, [Hellehorus foetidus).
Thickets in Chalky districts. B.
3a. columbine, (Aguilegia Vulgaris). *Pen., Coc, TJlv., Ken.
4. LARKSPUR, {Delphinium Ajacis). Sandy or Chalky corn-
fields. B.
5. BANBBERRT, {Actcea spicato). Mountainous Limestone
tracts in the North. B.
6. pjiioNY, (Pceonia corallina). On the Steep Holmes
Island in the Severn. B. (An outlier of Mountain Lime-
stone).
PAP AVER AGEM.
7. lecoq's poppy, {Pa-paver Lecoqli). Sides of fields chiefly
on a Calcareous soil. B.
8. {Boemeria hybrida). Chalky cornfields in Cambridge-
shire and Norfolk, very rare. B.
GBUGIFEBJij.
9. wall-flowee, {Gheiranthus Gheiri). Old walls. B.
10. bitter cress (Narrow-leaved Bitter Cress. S. 10-96),
{Gardamine impatiens). Hilly districts, preferring Lime-
stone. B. * Pen., Ken., W.Wa.
I may here note, that during the spring succeeding the
floods in 1879, when the fluke-rot among sheep was so preva-
lent and destructive, the Common Cuckoo Flower, Bitter
Cress, Lady's Smock, or May Flower, {Gardamine pratensis)
which rejoices in moist m,eadows, was so abundant in the
riparial areas of fully-formed rivers that had flooded the
alluvial and clayey land they traversed during the previous
; 74 The Geographical Distribution of Diseases.
autumn, that wlien viewed from a height, the high-water
mark of the floods could be traced for miles, owing to the
land which they had covered being literally carpeted with
the lilac-coloured flowers of this beautiful little spring plant.
11. WHITE MUSTARD, (Sinapis alba). Cultivated and waste
calcareous land. B.
11a. haiey bock geass, {Arahis hirsuta). * Pen., Whi.,
Ken., W.Wa.
12. BROAD-LEAVED DBABA, OE WHITLOW GEASS, S. 9-89,
{Draba muralis). Limestone hills. B.
12a. TWISTED PODDED DRABA, [Draba incana). * W.Wa.
13. PEEFOLiATE PENNY CEESs, S. 7-68, (TMaspi perfoUatuvi).
Limestone in Oxfordshire and Gloucestershire. B.
14. ALPINE PENNY CRESS, S. {Thlaspi alpestre). Lime-
stone rocks at Matlock. B.
15. BiTTEE CANDYTUET, (Iberis amaro). Chalky fields in
South and Bast. B.
BE8BDAGEM.
' 16. WILD MIGNONETTE, (Besecla lutea). Waste Chalky and
Limestone places. B.
17. WELD, [Reseda Tjuteola). Waste places, particularly on
Chalk or Limestone. B.
GISTAGEjE.
18. HOAEY EOCK EOSE, [Helianthemum canum). On Lime-
stone rocks, rare. B. * Ulv., Ken.
19. COMMON EOGK EOSE, [Eeliaoithem.um vulgare). Common
on dry, hilly pastures. B. Chalky pastures, others. * Pen.,
Ulv., Ken., W.Wa.
20. WHITE sxJN ciSTTJs, S. 15-144, [Helianthemum polifolium).
Brean Down, Somerset. B (a Mountain Limestone escarp-
ment, of which Steep Holmes is an outlier — see P^ony) and
Torquay, Devon. B.
Appendix A. — Flora Calcarea. 375
21. HAIRY VIOLET, (Viola Idrto). Common on Limestone,
Gogmagog hills, Portland. B. Chalky pastures. N.D.
POLYGALAGE,^.
22. LIMESTONE MILKWORT, {Poli/cjala colcareci) . Chalk hills,
rare. B. Chalky Downs. N.D.
GAB YOFEYLLA GE2E.
23. CHEDDAR PINK, MOUNTAIN PINK, S. 17-169, (Dianthus
ccesius). Limestone cliffs at Cheddar, Somerset. B.
2-1. NOTTINGHAM OATCHPLT, {Sihiie nutans). On Limestone
and Chalky places. Dover cliffs. B.
25. ALSINE, {Alsine tenuifolia). Sandy and Chalky places,
rare. B.
26. FRINGED SANDWORT, S. 21-209, {Arenaria ciliata).
Limestone cliffs of King Mountain, Co. Sligo. B.
27. FIELD MOUSE-EAR, or CHiOKWEED, {Gerastmm arvense). In
Sandy, Gravelly, and Chalky places, rare. B.
HYPEEIGAGEyE.,
28. HILL ST. John's wort, S. 25-241, {Hypericum, monta-
num). Bushy Limestone hills. B. « Whi.,Ulv.,Ken., W.Wa.
GEBANIAGEm.
29. LONG-STALKED crane's BILL, S; 27-267, {Geranium co-
hnnbinum). On Gravelly and Limestone soils. B.
LINAGES.
30. NARROW-LEAVED ELAX, S. 23-228, {Linum angustifolium).
Sandy and Chalky places in the South. B.
31. PERENNIAL ELAX, {Linum perenne). Chalky places,
rare. B.
LEGUMINOS^.
32. SAINFOIN, Cook's head, {Onobrycliis saliva). On chalky
and Limestone hills. B. Chalky pastures, N.D. 142. St.
Kitts Quarries, Burford, Oxon, Gt. Oolite.
33. horseshoe vetch, {Eippocrepis comosa). Dry Cal-
376 The Geographical DisiribtUion of Diseases.
careous batiks. B. Chalky pastures. N.D. 142. * TJlv.,
Ken., W.Wa.
34. COMMON DEOPWOET, {8])irKa filipendula). Dry Chalky
and Limestone pastures. B. * Whi., Ulv., Ken.
35. SALAD BUENET, LESSEE BUENET, (Poteriiim Sanguisorho).
On a dry Calcareous soil. B. Chalk heaths, N.D. 126.
Ascott-under-Wychwood, Oxon., Gt. Oolite. * Pen., Whi.,
Ulv., W.Wa.
30. MOUNTAIN AVENS, S. 37-362, (Dryas octopetala). Al-
pine situations, particularly on Limestone. B.
37. WHITE BEAM TEEE, S. 44-436, (PijTus Aria). Chalky
banks and Limestone rocks. B. * TJlv., Ken.
GBASSULAGEM.
38. EOCK sTONECEOP, [Sedum rupestre). On Limestone
rocks. Bristol, Cheddar, Orme's Head. B.
UMBELLIFEBM
39. LAEGE EAETH-NUT, {Garum [Bunium, S.J hidhocastanum).
Chalky fields in Cambs., Bucks., Beds., and Herts. B.
40. MOUNTAIN STONE PAESLET, (Seseli Libanotis). Chalk hills
of Cambs., Herts., and Sussex. B.
41. PAESNIP, (Pastinaca sativa). Hedge banks on a -Cal-
careous soil. B.
42. SMALL BUK PAESLEY, S., hen's FOOT, {Gaucalis daucoides).
Cornfields, on a Chalky soil. B.
43. GEEAT BUR PAESLET, S., {Caucalis latifoUa). Corn-
fields, mostly on a Chalky soil, very rare. Formerly abun-
dant in Cambridgeshire.
CAPBIFOLIAGEJE.
44. MEAL-TEEE, S. MEALY GUBLDER-EOSE, {Vihumum lan-
tana). A wayfaring tree. Hedges and thickets, on a Cal-
careous soil. B. Gt. Oolite, Oxon.
Appendix A. — Flora Calcarea. 377
TiJJBIAGEM.
45. QUINANCY WORT, {^As-perula cynancliica). Dry banks in
Limestone districts. B. * Ulv., Ken.
46. CORN BEDSTEAW, {Galium tricorne). Dry Calcareous
fields. B.
46a. little mountain bedsteaw, (Galmm Sylvestre). * Ulv.,
Ken., W.Wa.
DIP8AGAGEM.
47. SMALL SCABIOUS, [Scabiosa Columbaria). On a Calcare-
ous soil. B. * Pen., Whi., CTlv., Ken., W.Wa.
47a. FIELD SCABIOUS, {Knautia arvensis). Carboniferous
Limestone, Kendal Fell.
GOMPOSITJEJ.
48. colt's foot, (Tussilago Farfara). Moist Chalky and
Clay soils. B.
49. GOLDILOCKS, (LinosyHs vulgaris, Ghrysocoma Linosyris.
S.). Limestone cliffs, rare. B.
50. PLOUGHMAN'S SPIKENARD, (Liula Gouyzo). Calcareous
soils. B. * Ulv., Ken.
51. CROSS-LEAVED RAGWOET, (Senecio erucifolius) . Calcare-
ous soils. B.
52. WILD eagwoet, {Senecio campestre). Chalk downs. B.
53. wooLLT-HEADED THISTLE, {Garcluus eriophoTus). Waste
ground on a Limestone soil. B. North Malvern, Wenlock
Limestone.
54. GROUND THISTLE, {Garcluus acaulis). Dry Calcareous
pastures — Saffron Walden, Essex. B.
55. CHICORY, {Gichorium Intybus). Waste places on a
Gravelly or Chalky soil. B. Heights near Andover, Hants,
and Dartford, Kent.
56. SPOTTED cat's EAR, {AcJiyrophorus [Hypochceris. S.] Ma-
culata). Chalky and Limestone hills. B. * Ulv.
57. LETTUCE, {Lactuca saligna). Chalky places, and near
the sea. B.
2,7 5 The Geographical DistrihUion of Diseases.
58. PANDELION-LEAVED HAWiv's-BEAED (Grepis taraxacifolio).
Limestone districts. B.
59. STINKING hawk's-bbaed, {Grepis foetiila). Chalky places,
rare. B.
60. BOUGH hawk's-beaed, {Grepis biennis). Chalky places,
rare ? B.
GAMFANULAGEJE.
61. EAMPiON, (Phjteuma orliculare). Chalky downs. B.
62. CLUSTEEED BELL-ELOWEE, {Gmnpanuhi glomerata). Dry
Calcareous pastures. B. Kendal. Gt. Oolite. Ascott-
under-Wychwood, Oxon.
62a. maejoeam, (Origanum vulgare). * Pen., IJlv., Ken.,
W Wa.
GENTIANAGE.E.
63. YELLOW woET, (Ghlora perfoliuta). Damp, Chalky
places. B.
64. AUTUMN GENTIAN, S. 82-817, — Felwort, B. {Gentiana
Amarella). Dry Calcareous fields. B.
64a. eield gentian {Ge^itiana campestris). Dry Limestone
hills. B. Common on the Chalk. S. 82-818.
BOBAQINAGEm.
64i3. geomwell, (Lithospermum officinale). * Coc, Ulv.,
Ken.
64c. CEEEPING geomwell, {Lithospemium pitrpuro-cceruleum).
Thickets on a Limestone soil, rare. B.
OBOBANGEAGE.E.
65. HENBANE, {Eyoscyamus niger). Waste places, prefer-
ring a Calcareous soil. B.
SGBOPHULABIAGEJE.
66a. geeeping toad-flax, {Linaria repens). Calcareous soil,
particularly near the sea. B.
66. SPIKED speedwell, (Veronica spicata). Rare, on chalky
Appendix A. — Flora Calcarea. 379
heaths near Newmarket and Bury ; and on Limestone cHffs.
B.
LABIATM.
^1 . THYME, (Thymus Serpyllum). Dry heaths. B. Lime-
stone, near Kendal. Grfc. elite- Ascott-under-Wychwood,
Oxon.
68. OALAMiNT, BASIL THYME, S. 98-972. BASIL, (Golamintha
Acinos). Dry Gravelly places and Limestone rocks. B.
69. HBN-BiT, DEAD-NETTLE, (Laoiiium amplexicaule). Sandy
and Chalky fields. B.
70. WHITE DEAD NETTLE, {Lamium album). Abundant on
Oolitic Limestone near Ascott-under-Wychwood, Oxon.
71. DOWNY WOUNDWOBT, (Stachys germanico). Chalky soil,
Oxfordshire. B.
PLANTAGINAGEJE.
72. lamb's TONGUE, [Flaiitago media). Chalky pastures.
N.D. 144.
SANTALAGEJ^.
73. [Thesium humifusum). Chalky and Limestone (Oolite)
hills. B.
EUPEOBBIAGE.E.
74. BOX, (Buxus sempervirens). Dry Chalky hills, especially
in Surrey and Kent. Rare. B.
74a. upfiiGHT SPURGE, {Euphorbia strida). Limestone woods
in the West. S. 167-1662.
AMENTIFEB.^.
75. BEECH, {Fagus sylvatica). Woods, particularly on Cal-
careous soils. B.
GONIFEBJE.
76. TEW, (Taxus haccata). Mountainous woods and Lime-
stone cliffs. B. Yewdale, English Lake District.
11. jvmvEB., (Juniperus communis). Dry hills, especially on
a Calcareous soil. B.
380 The Geographical Distribution of Diseases.
OBGHIDAGEJ^.
78. VVIIFLEOROB.IS, (Orchis purpu7-ea,S. 12S-1223). Chalky-
bushy hills in Kent. B. Chalk hills. S.
79. MAN ORCHIS, {Orchis militaris). Chalky hills, Berks.,
Oxon., Bucks., Herts. B.
80. MONKEY OKCHis, (OrcMs Simia — Orchis Tephrosanthos,
S.). Chalky hills in Berks., Oxford, and Kent. B. Chalk
hills. S.
81. DWARF DARK-WINGED ORCHIS, (OrcMs ustulata) . Calcare-
ous hills. B. Chalky pastures. N.D. 153, and S. 123-1221.
82. PYRAMIDAL ORCHIS, [OrcMs pyvamidalis). Calcareous
pastures. B. Chalky pastures. N.D. 172.
83. LIZA.RD ORCHIS, (OrcMs hircina). Bushy Chalk hills,
very rare. Kent, Surrey, Great Glenkam, Suff. B. Chalky
thickets. S.
84. FRAGRANT ORCHIS, {Oijmnadenia conopsea). Hilly pas-
tures. B. Chalky heaths. N.D. 162. Chalk hills. S.
85. GREEN MAN ORCHIS, (J-ceras ani^ropoj:)/iora.). Dry Chalky
places. B. Chalk hills. S.
86. {Neotinea intacta). Open limestone
pastures at Castle Taylor and elsewhere, Co. G-alway. B.
87. BEE ORCHIS, {Ophrys apifera). On Calcareous soils.
Eeigate. B. Chalky pastures. N.D. Chalk hills. S. Blue
Anchor, Somerset.
88. LATE SPIDER ORCHIS, {Ophrys arachnites). Chalk downs,
Folkestone and Sittingbourne, Kent. B. Chalk hills. S.
89. SPIDER ORCHIS, {Ophrys aranifera). Chalky places, rare.
Kent, Sussex, and Isle of Wight. B. Chalk hills. S.
90. PLY ORCHIS, (Ophrys muscifera). Damp Calcareous
thickets and pastures. B. Chalk hills. S. * Ulv., Ken.,
W.Wa.
90a. MUSK ORCHIS, {Herminium Monorchis). Calcareous
soil in the South, rare. B.
91. AUTUMN lady's TRESSES, (Spiranthes autumnalis). Dry
Calcareous and Gravelly places. B. * Ulv.
Appendix A. — Flora Calcarea.
92. LARGE TLOWEEED HELLEBOBINB, {Gepholanthera grandi-
folia). Woods, usually on a Calcareous soil. B.
92a.. swokd-leaved helleborine, {Gephalanthera ensifolia).
* Coc, Ulv., Ken., W.Wa.
LILIAGE.^.
93. TULIP, {Tulipa sylvestris). Chalk pits in the Eastern
counties. " Meadows near Nottingham and in Yorkshire."
B. Chalky fields, local. S.
93a. lily op the valley, {Gonvallaria majalis). * Ulv.,
Ken., W.Wa.
93b. angular Solomon's seal, (Polygonatum officinalis).
*Ken.
GYPEBACEJi:.
94. dwarf silvery sedge, (Garex humilis, clandestina). S.
Limestone hills in Wilts, Dorset, and Somerset. B, near
Bristol. S.
94a. bird's foot sedge, [Garex ornithopoda). * Ken.
95. fingered sedge, {Garex digitata). Woods on Lime-
stone, rare. B.
GBAMINEjE.
95a. moor grass, (Seslerla casrulea). * Ulv., Ken., W.Wa.
96. PURPLE STALKED cat's-tail GRASS, {PMeuon Boelimeri).
Dry Chalky fields, rare. B.
97. DOWNY OAT-GRASS, (J.venaj9i(.5escms). Chalky and Lime-
stone districts. B. Chalky pastures. N.D. 133. S.
97a. narrow- LEAVED OAT-GRASs, {Aveiia pratensis). * Ken.,
W.Wa.
98. yellow oat-grass, {Trisetum [Avena, S.], flavescens).
Fields. B. Chalky fields. S. Chalky pastures. N.D. 158.
99. HEATH BROME-GRASS, {Brachyopodium pinnahmi). On
dry Limestone soil. B.
100. quaking grass, {Briza media). Dry and Sandy fields.
o
82 The Geographical Distribiction of Diseases.
B. Downs, S. Limestone, Kendal. Gfc. Oolite, Ascott-under-
Wychwood.
101. WOOD Bz\ELET, (Hordeum sylvaticum). Woods and
tliickets, on a Calcareous soil, rare. B. * Ulv.
102. EiGiD THKEE-BEANCHED POLYPODY, {Polypodium Eoberti-
annm [calcareum, S.]). On broken Limestone ground. B.
Limestone districts. S. 172-1716. * Ulv., Ken.
103. EIGID LASTEBA, {Lastrea rigida). * Ulv., Ken.
APPENDIX B.— POPULATION.
EEGISTRATION DISTEICT.
POPULATION.
Males.
Females.
Eegistkatiou
s0b-d1stkict.
Civil Parish or Township.
1871.
1881.
1871.
1881.
40. CUMBERLAND.
1. Alston
1. Penkith
2. Gkeystoke .
3. KiKKOSWALD
563. ALSTON.
Alston (TF)
569. PENEITH.
Melmerhy .
Ousby .
Kirkland and Blencarn
Skirwith
Culgaith
Langwathby
Edenhall
Penrith (TT^)
Dacre ....
Newton Eegny .
Gatterlin
Plumpton "Wall .
Hutton in the Forest
Greystoke, Johnby, Little Blencow, '^
and Motherby and Gill
Hutton Soil
Hutton John
Watermillook
Matterdale .
Threlkeld .
Mungrisdale
Bowscale
Berrier and Murrah
Hutton Eoof
Mosedale
Castle Sowerby .
Skelton
Middlesoeugh with Braithwaite
Hesket in the Forest .
Lazouby
Salkeld Great
Hunsonby and Winskel
Salkeld Little .
Glassonby .
Gambles by .
Eenwick
Kirkoswald
Staffield
Ainstable .
Croglin
2839
2253
2S41
141
138
13S
154
118
175
i'3
98
95
160
131
130
262
173
205
231
172
186
144
139
137
3941
4340
4376
419
476
470
70
75
79
79
59
71
167
182
147
156
132
129
263
281
282
195
203
220
22
22
'»'>
255
220
26 s
223
190
203
202
216
176
no
93
91
15
15
17
48
57
53
So
89
8q
23
24
26
41:
376
422
355
395
349
86
80
62
1157
1063
993
718
320
405
255
258
220
217
158
145
95
78
78
87
93
7i
139
151
134
127
130
13s
361
298
346
138
132
137
274
231
268
131
124
144
2368
148
125
77
145
174
169
131
4928
489
96
57
163
112
327
181
25
225
174
203
87
17
46
78
22
889
331
65
902
330
243
126
53
72
118
128
297
115
222
127
384 The Geographical Distribution of Diseases.
POPULATION.
BEGISTEATION DISTEICT.
Males.
Females.
Eegistkatiok
SuB-DlSTHICT.
Civil Parish or Township.
1871.
1881.
1871.
1881.
570. BEAMPTON.
1. Hayton
Cumrew
75
73
62
49
Carlatton . . ...
41
45
2S
22
Cumwhitton ....
282
261
• 227
236
Castle Carrock
166
145
143
151
Geltsdale Forest ....
8
8
6
3
Hayton
687
700
747
720
2. Bkamptojj -
Brampton ( IF) .
1733
1685
1824
1753
Farlam
721
852
641
733
Midgeholme
67
83
S2
59
Denton Nether
148
159
143
156
Denton Upper
SI
75
SS
77
Waterhead, part of^ . .
42
51
34
85
Burtholme, ;2jar< 0/2
13
1
12
—
3, Walton .
Burtholme, jpari 0/2 ....
ISO
144
162
154
Waterhead, j;ar< ()/■' ....
117
118
146
125
Kingwater . ' .
181
169
181
162
Askerton
181
172
147
146
Irthington
431
428
467
480
Walton
21S
195
22s
200
571. LONGTOWN.
1. High Lokgiown
Stapleton
211
182
209
190
Solport ...
132
146
117
103
Trough ...
76
67
61
59
Bellbank . ....
S6
49
59
45
Bewcastle
S43
468
5° I
421
Nichol Porest ^ . ...
340
328
316
299
2. Low LONGTOWS .
Kirk" Andrews Moat Quarter .
88
105
74
81
„ Middle Quarter
IS9
150
166
139
„ Nether Quarter
178
186
154
1459
234
199
311
234
183
Arthuret ( IF) (including Longtown)
West Linton
Kirk Linton Middle Quarter .
1388
252
218
1300
226
202
1311
215
204
Hethersgill
Scalehy
29s
238
277
280
310
235
Enlire Civil Parishes :
' "Waterhead
2 Burtholme \ \
163
164
145
180
174
160
154
Appendix B. — Population.
38:
POPULATION.
Tf.'RfiTST'R A iTTn'Nr TlTQTiTJTPT i
JL\lXj\7j.kr '"'-■■■■■'" !•■.-» ir-iiii
Males.
Eemales.
Registration
SuE-DlSTKICT.
Civil Parisli or Township.
1871,
1881.
1871.
1881.
572. CARLISLE.
1. "Wethekal
Crosby upon. Eden ....
180
186
214
207
Warwick .......
156
153
169
167
Wetheral
1663
1585
1629
1735
2. St. Cuthbekt .
Carlisle St. Cuthbert Without ( W)
{W8)
Carlisle St. Cuthbert Withm .
5946
7180
6241
7308
1380
1286
1542
1821
Wreay
93
91
83
90
3. St. Mary .
Carlisle St. Mary Within .
1740
1519
2127
1823
Eickergate ......
1761
2287
2232
2911
Caldewgate
5070
6661
5592
7018
Eaglesfield Abbey ....
18
22
31
42
4. Stanwix .
Stanwix
1 147
1801
1386
1576
Eing Moor
236
251
225
228
Eookliff
374
879
410
375
5. Burgh
Grinsdale
54
60
58
57
Kirk Andrews upon Eden .
65
79
66
66
Beaumont
109
117
125
119
Burgh by Sands .....
410
385
493
477
6. Dalston .
Orton
225
227
227
227
Cummersdale .....
343
417
360
431
Dalston
1 169
1119
1278
1329
573. WIGTON.
1. Wigton .
Thursby
252
251
267
282
Kirk Bampton
193
201
212
219
Bowness
587
662
607
707
Kirkbride
180
177
207
186
Aikton
389
381
419
408
Oulton
181
192
180
178
Wigton (Tl^)
1738
1685
2068
2065
Woodside Quarter ....
304
284
315
305
Waverton
281
254
259
227
Holme East Waver ....
246
223
249
229
2. Abbey Holme .
Low Holme
870
1025
1036
1067
Holme St. Cuthbert ....
381
366
372
382
Abbey Holme
502
468
431
470
Skinburness Marsh [common to the'^
Townships of Low Holme, Holme \
St. Cuthbert, and Abbey Holme.])
—
—
—
—
Dundraw and Kelsick
145
131
145
HI
c c
386 The Geographical Distribution of Diseases.
EEGISTEATION DISTEICT.
POPULATION.
Males.
Pemales.
Eegistration
Sub-District,
Civil Parish or Township.
573. WIGTON— co«F)
394
414
401
396
Whitheck
108
96
75
88
Whicham
177
207
172
167
Millom
2309
4021
1998
3677
Ulpha
190
161
161
133
41. WESTMOEELAND.
5
77. EAST WAED.
1. AppLEirr .
Newbiggin
61
65
55
74
Milbourne
133
117
143
125
Temple Sowerby ....
240
193
236
227
Kirkby Thore
304
257
234
256
Long ikarton
417
351
417
358
Dufton
24s
216
226
198
Appleby St. Michael, or Bongate
8.S1
716
694
727
Appleby St. Lawrence
868
716
812
740
Ormside
479
109
207
103
Appendix B. — Population.
389
REGISTRATION DISTRICT.
Eegistkation
SuB-DlSTKICT.
Civil Parish or Township.
577. EAST WARD— con Barrow-in-Furness (TF)
395
158
218
410
423
564
424
931
66
79
234
596
37
208
3627
58s
573
562
4977
906
539
156
21
"3
579
524
283
213
361
169
206
531
440
549
415
935
76
78
195
490
31
243
4948
872
670
570
7125
897
570
159
20
100
492
584
258
245
10902 25575
381
139
220
597
586
551
426
929
80
67
229
552
36
197
3980
527
571
499
4006
857
546
135
IS
96
527
561
280
i8i
S009
352
124
220
720
535
544
434
848
82
71
181
508
33
231
5060
826
617
582
6214
825
601
140
12
102
478
621
289
207
21684
Appendix B. — Population. Ages of Males & Females. 393
Ma Vim »o o t* -^ -^ 00
CO-* <0 O O (M N 10 Tfr ec N OS W3 -^ -^ t-- OJ
N CO iH iH i-H eq ■* i-H N com rn eo
CO CD CO IM U3 Cf
00
00
Eh
o
K
Eh
03
o
h-l
Eh
<
«
Eh
CO
l-H
H
o
<
CO
H
. OS OS CO "* CD CO 00 OO i-< CO OS -^
cooo ost- lot^ coca i^oa goi-h 1005 c*-* io-*(
coco r-> iH I-H 1-1 CD 00 CO'* t> 00 CD O rH r-I
!> 0> Ol CO OSCO
00 b- »a lo MO
-IrK rH l-H Tp-^
©■1 l-H t* 00 CO lO
CO Ca U3CO IM CO
C^ (M r-H l-H CO CO
00 O
cq CO
O CD
CO lO
CD O CD I— I N i—t i-H t» C«] t* i-H t- !>■ I— I t*00 Oi >0
03 Oi ■^ lO OO -rfi CO COCO I> !0 O CO t>. 00 CD CD
■H
H (M 1:^10 00 O Tfl CO COCO MO
IM rH rH OS rH -* U-
OS O O O MM
M -* ■* U3 00-^ --H O -Tfl t-GO CD lO OOCO CD O O i— I >0 M
i-H i-l tP »o MM rH i-H OM T* »0 i-H M MM M «!
00 -Tf CO-* ira OS CO rH CD 00 CO-* ^O CO-* rH U5
rH CO ■* OS lO ■* 00 OS -fl t* •* [> OM OM rH i>.
r-Kr-i lOm MM J-\ r-i CO"* CDlO ICI-* COU5 COM
rHt>- COM I— "|> Mr-H rHM ^lO COO t^O COM
COCO IOW5 OS-H OM tOM OSCD 003 MCO >OM
rH i-H CD CD MCO MM •* CD lO CD CO lO 00 CD COCO
O^ l>.CO Ot^ OS 00 lOt^ 00 O
COM ■**'M lOCO xjiM OOCO OSM
r^<-\ cot- COCO MM COCO CD t*
O O cot* O OS
O CO to 00 O 00
CI (>. rH 00 -^ CO
OS-* CD lO CSC- 00 t- COM -^ '-K
COCO osoo cooo coio coco MOS
T-\r-\ i> 00 m CO MM o CO cooo
M CO t-. O M U3
00 "O CO »0 CO CO
MM rH rH CO !>.
t».M M U3 O OS
MM OS CO M GO
COCO 00 rH CD rH
CO CO rH M GO OS
CO *0 CO ^ OS "^
CO OS OS O >0 00
CO CO x-\T-\ OSO
OS 00 Oi t— t* t-
CD b- MO OS CO
CO CO MM O M
CO OS O rH O M
-* CO "O M t-t*
■^ ■* MM M CO
lo ua M to -^ CO
NO
oco
cot-
OCD
OS CO
00 OS
»o-*
■* CO
55:0
-* OS
Jt^CO
coo COM OS-* M CD rH CD 00 O
COOS CO cn CD O -* CO CO t> O £)
I-HrH OSO ■^ >0 COCO M lO OS O
t- O rH lO O rH
-* M CD O CO CO
i> ■* t- o »a ■*
MM MM
5 CO COM est- OS OS -^f-^ OCO MCO
P t* I>.M Ot* OM OO C^ O UiT-{
qpH >010 -^CO CDI>. MrH CDCD a^C»
-\ r-\ G^MrHrHCvlMMM
COOS
lO lO
CO lO
t». »0 O t>. CO O
CO M CD CO CD O
US CO CO CO CD C»
t» » M b~ CO CO
X CO
_,,. _.. COO
MM MM CD »0 rji ■* t» t* M !M OO COM
—-•■*■■ -^ — I CO CO CO CO
I-H 00 O ^ CO CO
00 C» lO T(t CO ■*
M M
■*CO MCO -*M CDlO Mt- COUa »0
I— 00 COrH rHt>. "- ' •^'*' \i^ rr\ «Ci
MM •* CO CO W3
COCO CO CO
OS lO CD O M OS
CD CD CD CO CO CO
MM Tfi Tp CD »0
-* CO O M Ot-
lO Q (M i-H OS CD
^ ^ in U3 rH C>J
CO CO rH rH ■* -rjt
O O m »»
CO 00 m t- -^r-^
lO CD M rH »0 rH
M CO »0 t> CO C*!
MM '-*^-^ lO U5
M to ■* OS -^ CO
MM ^r^ MM
asq %^ gfa gfa jg^ :^fa' i^^ i^^ ^fa
p
o
5
o
EH
u;
!zi
o
in
H
O
(IS
M
o
o
O OS I-- GO CO 00
CO 00 O t^ CD UD
OS t" to Tp lO lO
CO ■* OS ■* CO ■^
rH 00 O 00 rH to
OS OS »Q Tjl 1>- b*
Ol M
CC OS Its o ■* o
r- CO ci ^ rH CD
MM rH O ^ -*
D- C- -* -* O rH
gfa gfa a fa
OS o
o -*
OS 00
M M
a Si"
P5
o
l-^ CO
r2 w
R
fd
•
<^
^
^
H
n
C/J
?;
P^
H
^
M
P5
n
w
CO
394 The Geographical Distribution of Diseases.
Colour of Hair and Eyes in the Several Districts of Cumberland, Westmorland, and the Lake District.—
Erom Dr. John Beddoe, E.R.S.— See supra, p. 225.
•3[j'Ba Beig;
C^ ^ tCi ^ \Ci \Ci ip
00(M «3 -*(N CO(MCO^ thUi COlD(N
H
OS
to
N
N
•3[o^ia:
irsQo th i-hioth CO lO : >P ^
03 (jj OQ th (M ,^ »H th ro cq n-l ' -^
•:![JT!CI
CO o o 00 CO (ii oi Tn lO th ooc- coco-"*
CO iH rH C^ tH T-( tH tH tH CM CO tH
■uMoja:
db do in ■* lb do t> lb CO o cbcb i>i>cb
(N iH i-lT-l .H
•jrej
cDiam lo : : : : ^
r>(M(N'cbiHCQTH** •• tHtH'
•P3H
CD CO CD : ; r> : : ^
■Xb.hti9Ji;t jo
CDCOrHI>-^in lOO
CD ci> 00 CJ lO i) i>(N CD (fa cbco m b- cb
COrH tH-H tHtHtHtH tHCNtH
-^
Pi ■A
•2[ou[a
cp:::::::: :: ipipoq
■3i™a
GOCp {NipipiOcpipip lO ipoI>-
^ibco-^cb^L^iboDcb tHtH i>^cb
^
-nMOjg;
cp lOTHipcpipiJ- Ol>
OSCNCOCDL^-^^-lbOTOa COCM lO^CO
urea
(M CB lO Ip Ol op
■psa
o^ : cd : ; : : : : : cd
CO* •■ T^T^ .oa*
•(jiiSti se^a:
COC>l CO CM CO Oi C> OCOCD
SiboamO^cbt-'^cMff] ^(M thco^.
CM CD I> t^ ^ CD 00 CD CO CD CO T31 -r^-r^^
d
n
n
•^lOBia
CD -lOCO lOlOlO
oa'rn:'' :::: :: ^A'
P
•v«a
T^i cp ip ip ip r-i ip lO T-H
CD tH tH oq h- C^ 05 I> CO O Til -^ CO -^ CXI
<1
•uMoja:
o^ T~i winii>- cj^ lo lo CD
2 lb "* CO CD CN o b- oa 1^ b- 05 rooscb
"COCOCOinCOlOCO^CO tHCM lOCiCO
■jrej
ipcp 1-I03IV lOiOCO
CD CO (M o r^ o o-^ CO i> cool CO -H lb
■^ -1 OJ lb -t}< CO co-^ ciicbcb
■S9S
both
males
both
both
both
both
both
both
both
■jeqinnjij
CO -tH-^W -rH -^ • >OCD ^^ .
P
o
Carlisle — City
Per cent
Carlisle — Parmers
Do. — Peasants. Per cent. .
Per cent
Keswick — Town
Per cent
Penrith — Town .......
Per cent
Peasants of the Cumberland Dales
{a) BoRROWDALE, CtC
(c) Threlkeld, Gretstokb, Lang-
t
E-
I
B,80pp3a UQ
cococoSc6cococoS°5l
THi-(iHMTHi-l,Hr-l,Hr-lrH
Appendix C. — Dr. John Beddoe, F.R.S. 395
Dr. Beddoe in a recent communication tells me that he
thinks there is more of the blood of the earlier races (gener-
ally but incorrectly called Celtic) in parts of the central
mountain mass and of the Tipper Eden Yalley, than else-
where; and that, if this be the case, it is what might have
been expected from the nature of the country and the
probable course of migration. Thus, the Norseman coming
from the Isle of Man would first occupy the richer portions
of the coastlands (the dark and light blue areas in the
Contour Map) and the plains about Carlisle. The city of
course would have a more mixed population.
With regard to Alston, Dr. Beddoe has been informed that
Aark hair is prevalent thereabout, as one might expect from
the considerations just mentioned.
APPENDIX D.
THE COCOIDBAL ORIGIN OF CANCER.
De. G. Sims Woodhbad, Director of the Research. Laboratory
of the Conjoint Board of the Royal Colleges of Physicians and
Surgeons, in his recent (1892) " Morton Lecture," delivered
at the Royal College of Surgeons, on " The Etiology of Cancer"
gave an account of an organism that had been specially
described as occurring in the liver of the rabbit, where, under
the name Goccidium, it is known to set up a peculiar irritated
condition of the bile ducts, which ends in the formation of
psoo'osperm nodules, which are really cysts containing papilli-
form projections covered with rapidly proliferating epithelium,
in the cells of which are numerous parasitic protoplasmic
bodies.
These organisms, setting up similar proliferating changes,
have also been described as present in the epithelial cells
lining the intestines of the mouse, the dog, cat, rabbit, and
even man.
Similar organisms, demonstrated as frequently present in
cancerous tumours, do not necessarily pass through the whole
stage of their life-history in the epithelial cells. It is known
that in the case of the rabbit, psorosperms pass from the
bile duct into the intestine, and so into the faeces, whence
they reach the outer world.
Under certain conditions of moisture and heat. Dr. "Wood-
head tells us, coccidia in the rabbit form psorosperms — the
small, more delicate forms spores — within the original cap-
sule ; the capsules burst, and the organisms may be taken
again into the alimentary canal. Feeding experiments,
Appendix D. — Cancer. Dr. G. Sims Woodhead. 397
carried on by Leuckhart, Eimer, and others, have all gone
to prove this ; so that the question of the endemic nature of
Cancer (see supra, p. 336), if it is proved that coccidia are its
cause, or one of its causes, will have to be gone into more
carefully than was at one time thought necessary. Dr.
Woodhead concludes this part of his lecture in the following
words : " Hirsch entirely pooh-poohs the idea that climatic
influence and state of the soil can have anything to do with
the comparative frequency of Cancer in certain districts.
Haviland, however, maintains that in England Cancer is
least prevalent on rocky ground and high-lying places, and
most common in marshy regions and on the wet soil of
river basins subject to inundations. The conditions present
in these localities described by Haviland are exactly those
necessary for the development of the psorosperms of rabbits,
a disease which is always most frequently met with amongst
rabbits whose run is over marshy grounds or over narrow
areas where the drainage is imperfect." ^
Should a coccidial origin of cancer be proved, we shall
be very much reminded of the history of the parasite that
is the vera causa of the Fluke-Rot. During the epidemic
of this disease in England after the heavy rains of 1878-1879,
I drew attention to the fact that the map of the geographical
distribution of cancer resembled one of the distribution of
the fluke-rot among sheep. For the maps showed {a) that
throughout the inundated parts of England there were to be
found the districts having the highest mortality from cancer
among females, and (6) the heaviest losses from sheep-rot.
Hugh Miller has told us, that what is fraught with health
to the existence of the vegetable kingdom, is in many instances
a deadly poison to those of the animal. The Lime that
destroys the reptiles, fish, and insects of a thickly-inhabited
1 British Medical Journal, May 7, 1892, p. 959.
398 The Geographical Distribution of Diseases.
lake or stream injures not a single flag or bulrush among
the millions that line its edge. ^
"We know that salt and brackish water are fatal to the
sheep-fluke and many other entozoa. Lime is fatal to fish.
May not the scarcity of cancer in limestone districts be due
to the destruction of the microzoa, such as the coccidium,
which has been shown by Dr. Woodhead to infest the
epithelial structures involved in cancer growths ? Our future
experiments, as Dr. Woodhead suggests, must be made out-
side the body, if this fact is to be ascertained.
Lawes and Gilbert, in The Journal of the Boyal Agricultural
Society, No. YIII., December 31, 1891, give a remarkable
account of the influence of bacteria in the soil, and especially
of their influence on Papilionaceae, in the roots of which they
produce what may be regarded as a benign tumour.
Laboulbine, in The Goviptes Bendus de I'Academie des
Sciences, March 28, 1892, describes galls, which appear
almost certainly due to Ba,cteria. I have no space to enter
more fully into this interesting subject, but I allude to it as
pertinent to the views of Sir James Paget, already quoted
(p. 327).
1 " The Old Bed Sandstone," 1858, p. 243.
INDEX OF PLACE NAMES.
A.
Aira, or Airey, Beck, 126.
Aire, Eiver, 159.
Ahie, Eiver, 181.
Alston, 49, 50, 52, 53, 55, 57, 63, 70, 71, 74,
77, 81, 133, 180, 181, 198, 237, 282, 301,
303, 305, 309, 339, 346, 348, 351-354,
357, 360, 362, 363.
Amtleside, 86, 88, 117, 118, 191.
Appleby, 49, 161, 242.
Aspatria, 161, 163, 251.
Atlantic, The, 22, 27, 94, 216, 232.
Ayre, Point of, 229.
B.
Bahama Bank, 279.
Banwell Cave, 19.
Barbon, 197.
Barrow-in-Furness, 46, 71, 282, 284.
Barton, 49, 138.
Bassenthwaite Water (or Lake), 65, 66, 74,
82, 85, 86, 106, 107, 115, 122, 128, 128,
187.
Benson Enott, 173, 175, 177, 193.
Bewcastle, 49, 60, 102, 184, 198.
Black Combe, 96, 99, 103, 109, 110, 130,
170, 171, 188.
Blakeley Raise, 105, 112, 169.
Blawith Point, 194.
Bleaberry Fell, 108, 121.
Blea Tarn, 62, 85, 108.
Blenoathra, or Saddleback, 86.
BUsooe Pike, 109, 114.
Bootle, 36, 44, 46, 47, 51, 60-63, 65, 66, 71.
Borrowdale, 85, 104, 107,|111-114, 128, 144.
Bow-Fell, 60, 85, 103, 107-111, 114, 172.
Bowness, 47, 108, 117, 222, 273.
Brampton, 49-57, 63, 71, 76, 77, 81, 101,
132, 183, 231, 281, 303-305, 307, 309,
339, 346-348, 351, 352, 354, 357, 362,
363.
Braudreth, 84, 105, 106, 113.
Bretha, Eiver, 89, 108-110, 222.
Brigsteer, 116, 193, 194.
Bristol Channel, 19, 276.
Brittany, 18, 22.
Brothers Water (Lake), 66, 87, 265.
Burnmoor Tarn, 65, 90, 111, 115.
Buttermere, Lake, 65, 66, 75, 84, 85.
Caldbeck, 154, 179, 193.
Calder Bridge, 193.
Calder, Eiver, 65, 73, 75, 105, 112, 170.
Caldew, Eiver, 77, 83, 98, 129, 130.
Caldy Island, 19.
Calf Island, 221, 229, 231, 232.
Cantyre, Mull of, 275.
Carlisle, 44, 47, 51, 52, 63, 71, 76, 77, 81.
Carrook Fell, 128, 130, 165.
Cartmell, 48, 154, 193, 197.
Casterton, 49, 50, 197.
Castlerigg Fell, 107, 113, 121.
Cat Bells, 107, 113.
Caudale Moor, 60, 87, 88, 98, 118.
Cawfell, 59, 75, 105, 112, 170.
Christenbury Crags, 52.
Claife Heights, 109.
Cleator, 59, 84, 154, 194.
Clyde, Firth of, 207, 208.
Cocker, Eiver, 84, 113.
Cookermouth, 44, 46, 47, 51, 60-63, 65, 66,
71, 74, 82, 83, 85, 102, 115, 119, 122-
124, 185, 186, 189, 194, 209, 252, 276,
282, 284, 299, 304, 309, 339, 346-349,
351-355, 357-359, 362, 363.
Coniston, 90, 122, 146, 147, 263.
(Church), 191.
„ (Monks), 191.
„ Old Man, 90, 108-110, 114, 192.
„ Water, 63, 66, 73, 76, 89, 90, 104,
108-110, 114, 189, 204, 276.
400
Index of Place Names.
Cos (now Stance), viii, 7 n.
Ehen, River, 59, 65, 72, 75, 82, 84, 168, 170,
Crinkle Crags, 109.
187, 188, 236.
Cromer, 17.
Ellen, Eiver, 65, 72, 74, 82, 129, 236.
Crosby Gill, 111, 130, 131.
EUeray, 100, 103, 117.
Cross Fell, 55, 155, 241, 242.
Elter Water, 76, 89, 172, 244, 246.
Crummock Water, 65, 66, 75, 84, 85,
104,
English Channel, 17, 18, 64, 94, 277.
106, 113, 186.
Ennerdale, 104, 170, 209, 222.
Cumberland, 15, 16, 32-34, 41, 44.
Water, 59, 65, 66, 72, 75, 82, 83,
104, 105, 112, 113, 168-170, 187.
D.
Eskdale, 90, 104, 105, 110, 111, 114, 170.
Dale Head, 106, 107, 113.
Esk Hause, 73, 111, 114, 115, 244, 265.
Dalton-in-Furness, 46, 193, 197.
„ Eiver, 48, 65, 72-76, 90, 103, 114, 115,
Dent, 105, 156.
130, 184, 188, 236, 280.
„ Hill, 59, 61, 168, 169, 208.
Esthwaite Lake, 66.
Denton (Nether), 49, 54, 198.
Water, 89, 109.
„ (Upper), 49, 62, 198.
Etna, 104, 146.
Derwent, Eiver, 65, 72, 74, 82, 84-86,
106,
107, 111-113, 115, 122, 128, 181,
236,
F.
280, 299, 310.
Derwent Valley, 35, 123.
„ Water, 62, 65, 66, 74, 82, 85
104, 107, 108, 113, 114, 186, 187.
Dockernook Crag, 173, 176, 177.
Dogger Bank, 17.
DoUywagon Pike, 118, 119, 124, 125.
Dorchester, 365.
, 86,
Fairfield, 60, 118, 126.
Farlton Knot, 154.
Froswick, 99, 100.
Furness, 217, 218, 222.
„ Abbey, 161.
„ Fells, 108, 110.
„ Junction, 65.
Dorset, 364.
Duddon, Eiver, 48, 65, 73, 75, 76, 90,
104,
G.
109-111, 130, 131, 160, 188, 192,
276, 280, 306.
Duddon Valley, 110, 114.
Dumfries, 49, 50, 208, 228, 252.
Duncansby Head, 64.
Dunmail Eaise, 60, 86, 88, 108, 115,
120-125, 172, 186, 189.
236,
118,
Galloway, Mull of, 94, 208, 209.
Ganges, Eiver, 333.
Glaramara, 86, 107, 109, 112, 114, 115.
Glenderamackin, Eiver, 120, 129.
Glenridding, 87, 126, 127.
Gowbarrow Park, 126, 126.
Grampians, The, 116.
Grasmere Lake, 88, 118.
E..
Water, 76.
Eamont river, 73, 77, 79, 87, 190.
Grayrigg, 194, 197, 207.
Easedale, 172, 251, 261.
Great Dodd, 126, 126.
Tarn, 88, 245.
„ End, 60, 62, 85, 103, 109, 168, 171,
East Ward, 49, 50, 53, 55-57, 63, 71.
172, 244, 266.
Edendale, 218.
Great Gable, 103, 109, 171.
Eden Head, 73, 76.
„ Green Howe, 110.
„ Eiver, 52, 54-56, 65, 73, 76, 77
79-
„ Knott, 114.
81, 87, 98, 101, 133-137, 163, 180,
182,
„ Linsy Hill, 128.
184, 190, 191, 208, 236, 242, 280,
299,
„ Mell Fell, 123, 125.
307, 310.
„ Ormside, 134.
Eden Side, 102, 156, 209.
„ Paddy Crag, 73, 76.
„ Vale of, 35, 36, 52, 134, 137,
154,
„ Watch Hill, 54, 133.
155, 158, 160, 164, 180, 181, 190,
202,
„ Worm Crag, 110, 114, 131.
208, 209, 241, 287, 304, 306.
,, Yarlside, 173.
Egremont, 84, 154, 155, 193, 194.
Green Gable, 59, 60, 84.
Index of Place Names.
401
Greta Bank, 244, 251, 261.
„ Eiver, 72, 74, 86, 114, 120, 122, 129,
222.
H.
Hart FeU, 60, 110, 114, 124, 173.
Hawes-Water, 60, 66, 77, 79, 87, 124, 126,
166, 173, 174, 190, 250, 264.
Hawes-Water Beck, 87, 123, 127.
Hawk's Head, 109, 110, 191.
Haycock, 60, 73, 75, 105, 170, 171.
Hayes Water, 87, 127, 172-174, 190.
Helvellyn, 87, 102, 103, 115, 118-121, 123,
125, 130, 135, 136, 172, 186, 190, 244.
HelveUyn GUI, 120.
High Street (Roman Boad), 60, 126, 127,
172-175.
Hutton Church, 173, 175, 177.
„ Eoof. 49, 195, 197.
lU BeU, 88, 99.
Irish Channel (or Sea), 36, 85, 68, 72, 94,
122, 123, 158, 168, 201, 203, 207, 208,
229, 232, 285, 279, 285.
Iron Crag, 59, 75, 105, 170.
Irt, Eiver, 65, 73, 75, 90, 112, 188.
Irthing, Eiver, 51, 52, 54, 78, 77, 132.
K.
Kendal, 36, 44, 46, 47, 49-51, 53, 56, 57, 60,
61, 63, 65, 66, 71, 74, 76, 77, 82, 83, 93,
98, 99, 102, 115, 119, 124, 154, 162, 166,
173-175, 177, 189, 190, 192, 193, 197,
201, 205, 206, 248, 260, 263, 276, 303,
305, 307, 809, 310, 339, 346, 348, 351-
355, 357, 358, 362, 363.
Kendal Castle, 116.
„ Hill, 205.
„ Fells, 115, 116, 154, 194.
Kent, or Ken, River, 34, 48, 53, 63, 65, 73,
76, 82, 88, 98-100, 115, 117, 162, 166,
173, 175, 189, 205, 236, 280.
Kentmere, 76, 87, 88, 99, 172-174, 191,
192.
Keswick, 60, 74, 86, 122, 123, 148.
Kidsty Pike, 73, 76, 87.
Kirk Fell, 60, 84, 90, 108, 105, 106.
Kirkby Lonsdale, 49, 53, 197.
„ Stephen, 154, 161, 196.
Kirkstone, 124.
Pass, 60, 88, 98, 118, 124, 245.
L.
Langdale, 52, 111, 244, 251, 261.
Pikes, 89, 108, 109.
Leveu, Eiver, 48, 65, 78, 76, 83, 89, 90.
Liddel, Eiver, 35, 51, 52, 72, 74.
Line (Lyne), Eiver, 35, 54, 72, 74, 81, 163,
184, 236.
Line (Black), 51, 72.
„ (White), 74.
Lingmell, 90.
Beck, 62, 90, 103.
End, 88, 99.
Liza, Eiver, 59, 60, 75, 82, 84, 170.
Lodore, 67.
Longtown, 35, 86, 47-54, 56, 57, 71, 74,
182.
Loughrigg, 246, 251, 261.
Fell-top, 246.
„ Tarn, 81, 191.
Low Wood Inn, 192.
Lowes Water, 65, 66, 84, 85, 252.
Lowther, 154, 155, 193, 196.
„ Castle, 245.
„ River, 87, 123, 128, 136.
Lune Forest, 52.
„ Head, 74, 77.
„ Eiver, 53, 56, 74, 77, 128, 136-138,
183, 191, 205.
Lune VaUey, 206.
Lyulph's Tower, 126.
M.
Mallerstang, 49, 180, 196.
„ Common, 135, 187.
Edge, 135.
Man, Isle of, 42, 94, 131, 202, 216-218, 221,
228, 230, 247, 271, 279.
Maryport, 46, 65, 74, 158, 185, 252.
Matterdale, 245, 251, 261.
„ Common, 120.
Meathop, 46, 194, 197.
Mell Fell (Great), 128, 125, 152, 165, 190.
„ (Little), 125, 152, 158.
Melmerby, 133, 195.
Fell, 55.
„ High Scar, 55.
Mendip Caves, 19.
„ Hills, 183.
Millom, 46, 191, 193.
Mihjthorpe, 46, 197.
Mint (tributary), 73, 99, 173, 174, 177.
D D
402
Index of Place Names.
Mite, River, 65, 73, 75, 188.
Moota Common, 122, 123, 128.
Morecambe Bay, 19, 34, 35, 44, 53, 63, 74,
76, 82, 83, 90, 93, 115, 122, 123, 179,
183, 188, 189, 216, 221, 236, 238, 276,
279, 280, 281.
Mourne Mountains, 228.
N.
Nab Cottage, 118.
„ Scar, 118.
Naddle Beck, 114, 121.
„ FeU, 120, 121.
„ Forest, 127.
Nan Bield, 173, 174.
Newlands, 113.
Beck, 106, 107, 113.
North Sea, 17, 18, 22, 24, 72, 183, 202, 278,
285.
Northumberland, 77, 181.
Northumbria, 218.
0.
Orrest Head, 100, 103, 108, 109, 116-118,
122, 189.
Orton, 49, 154, 194, 196.
„ (Great), 161.
„ Scar, 137, 155.
Oxford Museum, 166.
P.
Patterdale, 126, 251, 252, 261.
Pennine Chain, 54-56, 80, 123, 132, 134-
137, 191, 237-239, 241, 269, 271.
Pennine Chain (North), 101, 208, 209.
Penrith, 49, 50, 52, 53, 55-57, 62, 63, 66,
70, 74, 76, 77, 81, 83, 133, 161, 165, 180,
181, 190, 195, 241, 246, 252, 276, 299,
301, 303-307, 309, 339, 346, 348, 352, 353,
358.
Petterill, tributary, 73, 98, 130, 180.
Pillar, 60, 90, 105, 112, 170, 171.
Plumgarths, 194.
„ Fell, 116.
Potter Fell, 100, 173, 176.
E.
Eavenglass, 73, 75.
Bed Ness Point, 168, 187.
Bed Pike, 90, 105, 113, 170.
Bed Screes, 60, 124.
Bed Tarn, 87, 125.
Bibble, Eiver, 56, 159, 183.
Eothay, Eiver, 88, 118, 119, 172, 222.
Bother, Eiver, 53.
Eydal, 191, 245.
„ Beck, 118.
„ Fell, 118.
„ Head, 60, 118, 124.
„ Water, 66, 76, 88, 89, 118, 172.
Saddle-Back (or Blencathra), 86, 129, 130.
Sail, 106.
St. Bees Head, 35, 45, 46, 50, 59, 112, 161,
168, 169, 187, 233.
St. John's Valley, 128.
St. Sunday Crag, 126.
Scafell, 102, 111, 112, 114, 115, 119-121,
123, 125, 130, 131, 135, 168, 172, 186,
187, 189, 276.
Scafell Pike, 102, 103, 109, 111, 244, 265.
Scaleby, 251, 281, 282, 284.
Scandinavia, 210.
Scarborough, 17, 166, 209, 232.
Scotland, 42, 53, 80, 149, 200, 202.
Screes, the, 73, 75, 88, 90, 111, 114.
Seamer Station, 166.
Seathwaite, 249, 252, 258, 259, 265.
Seat Sandal, 60, 87, 118, 119, 123-125.
Serjeant Man, 60, 86, 120, 172.
Serpentine Walks, 194.
Shap, 193, 194, 246.
„ Fells, 60, 123, 128, 170, 173, 191, 192,
209.
Shap Thorn, 124, 136.
Silloth, 163, 179, 251, 271, 272, 281, 282,
284.
Silver How, 108, 223.
T.
Thames, the, 17, 18, 22, 277.
„ Valley, 18, 64, 338.
Thirlmere, 62, 66, 86, 104, 113-115, 119-
122, 172, 186.
Thirlmere Valley, 204, 208.
Three-shire Stones, 78, 76, 89, 109, 110.
Thunacar, 60, 172.
Troutbeck, 88, 98, 99, 118, 126, 173, 192.
„ Bridge, 106, 117.
„ the Howe, 245, 251, 258, 259,
261-263.
Index of Place Names.
403
Tyne, The, 18, 31, 74, 159, 181.
„ (North), 51, 52, 74, 133.
„ (South), 77, 133, 180, 202, 237, 360.
U.
UUswater, Lake, 66, 77, 86, 87, 124-126,
153, 162, 165, 166, 172-175, 190, 204,
222,250, 264, 276, 299, 306.
Ulpha, 46, 197.
„ Fell, 110, 114, 131.
Ulverston, 36, 41, 44, 46-48, 51, 62, 63, 66,
71, 76, 88, 89, 102, 154, 179, 188, 191,
197, 201, 211, 222, 301, 305, 307, 309,
310, 339, 346, 348, 351, 352, 354, 355,
357, 358, 362, 363.
Ure Head, 135.
„ or Yore, Eiver, 52, 56, 76, 80, 135, 187,
191, 208.
W.
Wales, 14-16, 19, 30, 31, 42, 45, 147, 149,
157, 183, 201, 204, 228, 238.
Walna Soar, 109, 110, 114.
Wahiey Island, 50, 160, 276.
Wampool, Eiver, 65, 72, 74, 81, 98, 185, 236.
Wansfell, 192.
Wash, The, 18, 31, 32, 94, 216, 221.
Wast Water, 62, 65, 66, 75, 84, 90, 103-105,
111, 112, 114, 115, 188, 247.
Wastdale, 111, 115, 247.
Beck, 128.
„ Head, 244, 258, 265.
„ Pike, 59, 60, 124, 173.
Watendlath, 85, 244, 251, 261.
Beck, 85, 108.
Waver, River, 65, 72, 74, 81, 185.
Wear, Eiver, 52.
Weaver, Eiver, 162, 183.
Welland, The, 18.
Westmorland, 15, 16, 83, 34, 41, 44, 48, 50,
58, 62, 63, 100, 101, 103, 115, 118, 119,
137, 139, 183, 200-202, 211, 212, 217,
218, 222, 228, 277, 293, 800, 809, 838, 342,
343.
West Ward, 59, 62, 63, 66, 71, 76, 83, 87,
124, 162, 174, 190, 304, 306, 307, 309, 310,
339, 846-348, 351-358, 362, 363.
Wetherlam, 109, 114.
Whicham, 46.
Whitbarrow, 116, 322.
„ Scar, 154.
Whitehaven, 84, 86, 44, 46, 47, 60-68, 65,
66, 71, 75, 83, 102, 158, 168, 169, 181, 187,
194, 301, 803-306, 309, 310, 889, 346-349,
351, 352, 854, 355, 857-359, 362, 363.
Wigton, 35, 44, 46, 47, 51, 63, 71, 74, 81,
162-164, 166, 185, 195, 208, 209, 228,
281, 251, 276, 804, 806, 309, 339, 346-
348, 351, 352, 854, 362, 363.
Windermere (or Winandermere), 60, 65,
66, 78, 88, 89, 100, 103, 108-110, 114,
117, 122, 172, 189, 192, 206.
Winscombe, 19.
Winster (tributary), 73.
Witham, The, 18.
Witherslaek, 46, 193, 197.
Wiza, Eiver, 72, 222.
Workington, 34, 65, 115, 122, 128, 158, 185,
187, 252.
Wray Castle, 268.
Wreay, 168.
Wrynose Pass, 109, 110.
Wythburn, 86, 114, 115, 120, 172, 244, 246,
251, 261.
Wythop Moss, 106.
Y.
Yew Bank, 110.
Yewbarrow, 105, 112.
Yewdale Beck, 90.
Yewdall (Low), 192.
Yew Tor, 192.
Yore, or Ure, Eiver, 52, 56, 76, 80, 135, 137.
Yoredale, 52, 156.
York, Vale of, 209.
YorksMre, 14, 16, 42, 43, 50, 51, 183, 201,
218.
Yorkshire, East Eiding, 31.
„ North Eiding, 31.
INDEX OF SURNAMES.
^acus, King, 240.
Agricola, 216.
Austen, Godwin, 152.
Aveline, Wm. Talbot, F.G.S., 100, 147,
148, 173-176, 189.
B.
Ballance, Chas. A., 324, 329, 333, 335re.
Balme, E. B. W., 244.
Beard, Mr., 19.
Beddoe, Dr. John, F.R.S., ix, 215, 217,
218, 224, 225, 336, 394.
Benn, Thos. G., 251-253, 257.
Best, E. P., F.G.S., x.
BUlroth, — , 315.
Bjarni, — , 222.
Boll, — , 223.
Boudin, — , 7.
Bowditoh, Dr., 361.
Brefeld, — , 315.
Broekbank, E. B., 161.
Brodie, Eev. T. B., 161.
Brunskill, Rev. J., 241.
Buchan, Dr. Alex., ix, 92, 229, 230, 281,
275, 277, 281, 283, 284.
Buchanan, Sir Geo., F.E.S., 361.
Buckland, Dean, 19.
Budd, Dr. Wm., F.E.S., 313.
Buthar, Lipr., 222, 223.
Butlin, Henry T., F.E.C.S., x.
C.
Caesar, 216, 229.
Campbell, J. F., 266, 273.
Cienkowski, — , 315.
Clode, Capt. Wm., 10.
Cohn, — , 315.
Cohnheim, — , 326.
Coleridge, family, 100.
Coleridge, Hartley, 117.
-, 117.
Cooper, Sir Astley, 19.
Crosthwaite, J. F., 244.
Cumming, Eev. J. G., 229.
D.
Dakyns, J. E., M.A., 175.
Davy, Dr., F.E.S., 245.
De Bary, — , 815.
D6h6ram, — , 322.
Dent, Mr., 242.
De Quinoey, Thomas, 100, 117.
De Eance, Mr. , 202, 203.
Dixon, Mr., 244.
„ Mrs., 244.
Dolfin, son of Cospatrick, Earl of Cum-
berland, 218.
Druitt, Dr. Rob., 9.
DunmaU, King, 119, 218.
Dupetit, — , 822.
E.
Edmund, King, 218.
Edred, King, 217.
Ehrenberg, — , 312, 315.
Eimer, 397.
Finer, 222.
Ethelred II., King, 218.
Etheridge, Prof. Eob., F.E.S., 179.
Farr, Dr. Wm., F.E.S., C.B., 6, 8, 10, 11, 14,
185, 289-293, 295, 318, 336, 338-342, 344.
Ferguson, Chancellor Eob., M.A., F.S.A.,
ix, 215, 217.
Fletcher, Isaac, F.E.S., 244, 248, 249, 258,
264.
Fodor, — , 322.
Fream, Dr. W., 199.
Frederick, Crown Prince of Germany, 288.
491
Index of Surnames.
405
G.
Gayon, — , 322.
Geikie, Sir Archibald, F.B.S., 21, 22, 27.
„ Prof. Jas., D.C.L., F.E.S., i, 18,
199-204, 212.
Geit, 222.
Gilbert, Joseph H., LL.D., F.E.S., 398.
Gils, 222.
Goodehild, J. G., F.G.S., 156, 158, 161, 179,
202, 203, 207.
Graham, Major Geo., 10, 289, 290, 338.
Guster, Frederick, Mr., 260, 262.
H.
Halle, 222.
HaUier, Prof., 314.
Hemans, Mrs., 100.
Hicks, Dr., 20, 145.
Hingeston, Mr., 11.
Hippocrates, 7, 10, 11, 14, 58, 333.
Holmes, Mr. T. V., 161-163.
Homer, 102.
Hrani (Rennie), 222.
Hughes, Prof., 146.
Huntingdon, Henry of, 218.
James, Colonel Sir Henry, E.E., F.E.S., 72.
Johnstone, Dr. Eelth, 345.
Jones, F. M. T., 245.
Jordan, Jas. B., F.G.S., 274, 275.
K.
Kettle, 222.
Klebs, — , 315.
Klein, Dr., 314.
Koeh, Dr., 29, 30, 315, 816, 344, 345.
Kurth, — , 315.
Laboulbine, 398.
Langton, S. Z., 345.
Lankester, — , Professor, 315.
Latham, Dr. E. G., F.E.S., ix.
Latour, Cagniard, 313.
Lawes, Sir John B., Bart., LL.D., F.E.S.,
398.
Lawson, Eev. BasU, 244.
Leeuwenhoek, — , 315.
Leuokart, 397.
Lister, Sir Joseph, 315,
LittrS, E., 8, 333.
Loki, 222.
Lush, Dr. Wm. Vaudrey, 365.
Luxmoor, B. B., 20.
M.
Malcolm Canmore, King, 218.
Maquenne, — , 322.
Marriott, Wm., F.E.Met.S., x, 241, 242.
Marshall, A. , 245.
H. C, 244.
Sam., 248.
„ W., 245.
Martindale, Joseph A., x.
Miller, Dr., F.E.S., 244, 245, 258.
„ Hugh, 397.
Moore, A. W., M.A., F.B.Met.S., 229.
Muir, Sir Jas., 325.
Miiller, 0. F., 315.
Muntz, — , 322.
Murchison, SirKoderick, Bart., F.E.S., 149.
N.
Nageli, — , 315.
Newton, E. B., F.G.S., 192, 194.
0.
Olafur, 222.
Ormur, 222.
Otley, Jonathan, 192, 193.
P.
Paget, Sir Jas., Bart., F.E.S., 323, 326, 328,
329, 333, 398.
Parkes, J., C.E., 245.
Parkin, A., 245.
Pasteur, — , 345.
PauUn, Thos., 273.
Penning, W. Hen., 95-97, 100.
Peyer, — , 828.
Phillips, Prof., 152, 155-158, 179.
Plumer, H. H., 245.
Pratzmowski, — , 315.
B.
Eamsay, Sir A. C, LL.D., P.B.S., 19, 45,
140, 146, 152, 180-183.
Eeynolds, Messrs. James & Sons, 179,
Eussell, Mr. Eob., F.G.S., ix, 169.
4o6
Index of Surnames.
s.
Sanderson, Dr. Burden, F.B.S., 313, 314,
329, 345.
Soaife, K. H., Surtees Soc, x.
Schlosing, — , 322.
Sohonbein, — , 6.
Schwann, — , 313.
Scott, Capt. A. de C, B.E., 72.
„ E. H., F.B.S., 266.
„ Sir (Walter), 117.
Sedgwick, Prof., 149, 154, 155, 160.
Sharman, G., 194.
Shattock, Samuel G., 324, 329, 333, 335n.
Simon, Sir John, K.C.B., D.C.L., FR.P.,
314.
Skall, 223.
Skogul, 222.
Smyth, Prof. Piazzi, 230.
Solvar, 223.
Southey, — , 100.
Spedding, J. J., 244.
Stokes, Prof., P.B.S., 267.
Strahan, A., F.G.S., 205-207.
Symons, Geo. Jas., F.E.S., 243-246, 249,
257, 258, 260, 262, 264-266.
T.
Taylor, Canon, 221, 222.
Thudichum, Dr., 314.
Tiddeman, Mr., 201, 203.
Tieghen, Van — , 315.
Topley, W., P.G.8., 275.
Trimmer, Joshua, 21.
Tripp, Wm. B., C.B., F.E.Met.S., 248.
TyndaU, Prof., P.B.S., 344.
Virchow, Professor, 325.
W.
Ward, J. C, F.G.S., 84n, 148, 144, 147,
148, 149, 151-154, 159, 170, 201, 203, 204.
Warington, — , 322.
Watheof, 218.
Watson, Sir Thos., Bart., F.B.S., 313.
Whitaker, W., F.G.S., F.B.S., 361.
William the Bastard, 221.
Eufus, 218, 224.
Williams, W. Eoger, F.B. C.S. , ix, 294, 295.
WiUiamson, Prof. W. C, F.E.S., 316re.
Wilson, Admiral, 245.
„ Prof. John (Chr. North), 100, 117.
„ J. C, 245.
Wollny, — , 322.
Woodhead, Dr. G. Sims, 396.
Woodward, H.B., F.G.S., ix, 20, 21, 145, 146,
149, 156, 157, 160, 165, 179.
Wordsworth, — , 100, 117, 119, 126.
Zopf, — , 315.